Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2018-001§ 16.4 Owner Default. Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. § 16.5 Contract Documents. All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 17 If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a Contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. § 18 Modifications to this bond are as follows: (Space is provided below for additional signatures of addedparties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: Signature: Name and Title: Address S-21491AS 8110 Signature: _ Name and Title: Address (Corporate Seal) ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of 0XIN&M Minnesota County of Hennepin ) On February 20. 2018 before me, Kell,, Bru-,geman. Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Heather R. Goedtel, Attorney -in -Fact who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of MXdffiQA that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Minnesota WITNESS my hand and official seal. KELLY NICOLE BRUGGEMAN NOTARY PUBLIC - MINNESOTA Commission Number 31076678 My COMMISSior Expires January 31.2021 Signature (Seal) U) W Y V d O d > W � 'N O 4 02 „ M d S E +O T v v as >= > L Zv THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 7796304 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company WestAmerican Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire; that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Brian D. Carpenter, Craig Olmstead; Heather R. Goedtel;.Jessica Hoff; Jill N. Swanson; Laurie Pflug; Michelle Halter; Nicole Langer all of the city of Minneapolis state of MN each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 12th day of June , 2017 . �L(Y INS'tj IYSUAq ,Pti't`SU'?4n 1991 YJ t . STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company rn in Liberty Mutual Insurance Company aa) West American Insurance Company By. - David M. Care ,"Assistant Secretary > C On this 12th day of June , 2017 , before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. �gl* PAS,, COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA r o oNwE9r2fIr Notarial Seal o Teresa Pastella, Notary Public By: oP I upper Marron Twp., Montgomery County Teresa Pastella, Notary Public My Commission Expires March 28.2021 �`✓S4'LVP� M19cmbcr, Pennsylvania Association of Notaries This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV- OFFICERS - Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations setforth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII - Execution of Contracts - SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such afforneys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys4n-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation - The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attomeys-in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver.as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization - By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company; Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. n IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed- the seals of said Companies this � day of � h' 20_. �tiEY iNStj av iS'*i;,r� ;NS Jx rn �r� .ti,�.�:;�_tp. r� - J a 1919 'r 1912 ° a 1991 By:�• Renee C. L ssistant Secretary 1599 of 2000 LMS 12873 022017 C O U� >W O ELr --a Q M O� O C O E a. .y O L O O C W >.0 d� �t OP N 1= ' i w M 00 vQV- o Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America AIIW Travelers Casualty and Surety Company TRAVELERS > St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Heather R. Goedtel of Minneapolis, Minnesota, their true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and theircorporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 3rd day of February, 2017. a itassr�oar+, � �' WKit CONN, VAa State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. Robert L. Raney, SefTor Vice President On this the 3rd day of February, 2017, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. G My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021Q1�tR. * pye1� * Mane C. Tetreault, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which remains in full force and effect. Dated this 20th day of February , 2018 cow Kevin E. Hughes, Asst taut Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, please call us at 1-800-421-3880. Please refer to the above-named Attorney -in -Fact and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. �® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) 02/20/2018 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Marsh USA Inc. NAME: 333 South 7th Street, Suite 1400 PHONE F Noi. Minneapolis, MN 55402-2400 E-MAIL ADDRESS: CN 102299309-ILBR-GAWX-18-19 INSURED INTERNATIONAL LINE BUILDERS INC. 2520 RUBIDOUX BLVD. RIVERSIDE, CA 92509 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NIIMRFR INSURERS) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Liberty Mutual Fire Ins Co 23035 INSURER B : Associated Electric & Gas Ins Services Ltd 3190004 INSURER C : Llbn Insurance Corporation 42404 INSURER D: PREMISES Ea occuen¢e $ 500,000 INSURER E: INSURER F I CHI-nnR91103R-01 RCVICIAN IM IR111211=112- PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 2,000,000 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE 'ADDL SUBR I POLICY EFF : POLICY EXP LTR POLICY NUMBER MM/DDNYYY MM/DDNYYYJ LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE OCCUR TB2-641-005097-048 01/01/2018 01/01/2019 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 PREMISES Ea occuen¢e $ 500,000 MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 10,000 I PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 2,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 4,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRO- LOC POLICY � PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 4,000,000 $ OTHER: A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY AI2-641-005097-058 101/01/2018 01/01/2019 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 2,000,000 {Ea accidents BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ I ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY I AUTOS BODILY INJURYer accident), $ ( ) IXX HIRED X NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY PROPERTYDAMAGE $ Per accident $ UMBRELLA LIAR OCCUR XL5063407P 01/01/2018 01/01/2019 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 �. I DED RETENTION $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED? ❑N (Mandatory In NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below WA7-64D-005097-018(AOS) ��I0CIl1deS "Stop -Gap" N / A 01/0112018 01/01/2019 X PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000 000 E. L. DISEASE- EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space Is required) Re: Installation of Traffic Signal at Waterman Ave. & the 1-215 On -Ramp City of San Bernardino is/are included as additional insured under general liability per the attached CG 2010 and CG 2037 endorsements and does not include professional liability coverage. Blanket Additional Insured for Automobile Liability is included per attached designated Insured Endorsement CA 20 48. Excess liability applies to general liability, products and completed operations, automobile liability, and employers liability. Blanket Waiver of Subrogation, where allowed by law, applies for General Liability per endorsement CG 24 04 attached. Blanket Waiver of Subrogation, where allowed by law, applies for Automobile Liability per Endorsement CA 04 44 attached. nULUMM City of San Bernardino Public Works Department Attn: Mirela Grigorescu 290 North D Street San Bernardino, CA 92401 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE of Marsh USA Inc. Manashi Mukherjee ©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD ACORO® AGENCY Marsh USA Inc. POLICY NUMBER CARRIER AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: CN102_299309 LOC #: Minneapolis ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE NAMED INSURED INTERNATIONAL LINE BUILDERS INC. — . 2520 RUBIDOUX BLVD. RIVERSIDE, CA 92509 I NAIC CODE I EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL Kt=MAKK5 THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance Blanket Waiver of Subrogation, where allowed by law, applies for Workers' Compensation per the attached endorsement. Page 2 of 2 :ORD 101 (2008/07) ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserve The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Policy Number AI2-641-005497-458 Issued by LIBERTY MUTUAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO THIRD PARTIES This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE PART MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE PART GARAGE COVERAGE PART TRUCKERS COVERAGE PART EXCESS AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INDEMNITY COVERAGE PART SELF-INSURED TRUCKER EXCESS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART EXCESS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL LIABILITY — UMBRELLA COVERAGE FORM Schedule Name of Other Person(s) / Organization(s): Email Address or mailing address: Number Days Notice: Per schedule of certificate holders on file with the Company Per schedule of certificate holders on file with the Company 90 A. If we cancel this policy for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will notify the persons or organizations shown in the Schedule above. We will send notice to the email, or mailing address listed above at least 10 days, or the number of days listed above, if any, before the cancellation becomes effective. In no event does the notice to the third party exceed the notice to the first named insured. B. This advance notification of a pending cancellation of coverage is intended as a courtesy only. Our failure to provide such advance notification will not extend the policy cancellation date nor negate cancellation of the policy. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. LIM 99 0105 11 © 2011 Liberty Mutual Group of Companies. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. POLICY NUMBER: Al2-641-005097-058 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 04 44 10 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) This endorsement modes insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. SCHEDULE Names) Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): Any person or organization for whom you perform work under a written contract if the contract requires you to obtain this agreement from us, but only if the contract is executed prior to the injury or damage occurring. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us condition does not apply to the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only to the extent that subrogation is waived prior to the "accident" or the 'loss" under a contract with that person or organization. CA 04 44 1013 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2011 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: Al2-641-005097-058 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 20 48 10 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED FOR COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage under the Who Is An Insured provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement does not alter coverage provided in the Coverage Form. F3a3:_I_=11113" Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): Any person or organization whom you have agreed in writing to add as an additional insured, but only to coverage and minimum limits of insurance required by the written agreement, and in no event to exceed either the scope of coverage or the limits of insurance provided in this policy. This policy will be primary and non-contributory to any like insurance available to the person or organization noted above. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is an "insured", for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Paragraph A.1. of Section II — Covered Autos Liability Coverage in the Business Auto and Motor Carrier Coverage Forms and Paragraph D.2. of Section I — Covered Autos Coverages of the Auto Dealers Coverage Form. CA 20 48 10 13 Q Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2011 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: TB2-641-005097-048 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. J_MITiONAL I SUR D - OWNERS, LESSEES OR O 'TRACTORS -SCP�.. RSOF OR ORGAN IZATIOk I This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART A. Section 11 — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury"' caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s) at the location(s) designated above. However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the Insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional Insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury"' or "property damage" occurring after: 1. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principai as a part of the same project. C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section 111— Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the addNanat insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. CG 2010 0413 0 180 Properties, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2 13 SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Oraenization(s) All persons or organizations for whom you have entered into a written contract or agreement, prior to an 'occurrence" or offense, to }provide additional insured status. Locations Of Covered Operations All locations as required by a written contractor agreement entered Into prior to an "occurrence" or offense. Information required to comptete this Schedule if not shown above will be shown in the Declarations. CG 2014 0413 0 Insurance Services Offroe, inc., 2012 Rage 2 of 2 POLICY NUMBER: TB2-641-005497-048 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT {CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or anization s Location And Description Of Completed Operations All persons or organizations for whom you have All locations as required by a written contract or entered into a written contract or agreement, prior agreement entered Into prior to an "occurrence" or to an "occurrence" or offense, to provide additional offense. insured status. Information required to cgmplete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organizations) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location designated and described in the Schedule of this endorsement performed for that additional insured and Included in the "products -completed operations hazard ". However. 1. The Insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following Is added to Section 111— Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behatf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown In the Declarations; whichever Is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. SCG 20 37 0413 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 7 of 1 T B2-641-005097-048 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF FIGHTS OF ECO AGAINST OTHI EFTS US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE .......... Name Of Person Or Organization: As required by written contract or agreement entered Into priorto loss. Information to cyFAIL, ie this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Deciarazions. ICY The following is added to Paragraph S. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV — Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products - completed: operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. V � � CG 24 04 05 09 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 Policy Number TB2-641-005097-148 Issued by LIBERTY MUTUAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO THIRD PARTIES This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE PART MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE PART GARAGE COVERAGE PART TRUCKERS COVERAGE PART EXCESS AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INDEMNITY COVERAGE PART SELF-INSURED TRUCKER EXCESS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART EXCESS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL LIABILITY—UMBRELLA COVERAGE FORM Schedule Name of tither Person(s)1 Email Address or mailing address: Number Days Notice: Per Schedule of certificate holders on file with the Cam 90 A. If we cancel this policy for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will notify the persons or organizations shown in the Schedule above. We will send notice to the email or mailing address listed above at least 10 days, or the number of days listed above, if any, before the cancellation becomes effective. In no event does the notloe to the third party exceed the notice to the first named insured. B. This advance notification of a pending cancellation of coverage is intended as a courtesy only. Our failure to provide such advance notification will not extend the policy cancellation date nor negate cancellation of the policy. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. N LIM 99 0105 11 @ 2011 Liberty Mutual Group of Companies. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 Includes vopyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO THIRD PARTIES A. If we cancel this policy for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will notify the persons or organizations shown in the Schedule below. We will send notice to the email or mailing address listed below at least 10 days, or the number of days listed below, if any, before cancellation becomes effective. In no event does the notice to the third party exceed the notice to the first named insured. B. This advance notification of a pending cancellation of coverage is intended as a courtesy only. Our failure to provide such advance notification will not extend the policy cancellation date nor negate cancellation of the policy. SCHEDULE Name of Other Person(s) / Email Address or mailing address: Number Days Notice: Organ! zati on(s): Per schedule of certificate Per schedule of certificate 90 holders on file with the holders on file with the company company All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. Issued by Liberty Insurance Corporation 21814 For attachment to Policy No. WA7-64D-005097-018 Effective Date Premium $ Issued to Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc. WC 99 20 73 O 2016 Liberty Mutual Insurance Page 1 of 1 Ed. 12101/2016 WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Not applicable in Alaska, Kentucky and New jersey Schedule Where required by contract or written agreement prior to loss and allowed by law Issued by: Liberty Insurance Corporation 21814 For attachment to Policy No WA7-64D-005097-018 Issued to: Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc. Effective Date 01/01/2018 Premium $ Inc VYC 00 03 13 ©1983 National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc. Page 1 of 1 Ed. 4!111984 FILE NO. 1.8038 ACCT. NO. 260-160-5504-8038-0025 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO STATE OF CALIFORNIA A11,-IJ':,�IND1UM i�0. TWO FOR BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13123 FOR INSTALLATION OF A TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT WATERMAN AVE. AND THE I-215 ON-RAMP (TC16 - 002) The Special Provisions for this project have been amended as follows: 1. The BID SCHEDULE has been Revised. Bid Schedule ITEM 7 Description of Items WAS: REMOVE EXISTING STREET LIGHT AND IS: REMOVE EXISTING STREET LIGHT AND EQUIPMENT ALL BIDDERS SHALL INDICATE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM NO. TWO AS REQUIRED ON PAGE C-1, "ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS99, OF THE BID DOCUMENTS OF THESE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. BY: zmr�8 C�� SABA ENGINEER, .E. Principal Civil Engineer DATE: - — ADDENDUM NO. TWO PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13123 NOVEMBER 7, 2017 CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS ADDENDUM NO. ONE TO REQUEST FOR BIDS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT WATERMAN AVENUE AND THE I-215 ON-RAMP (TC16-002) BID DUE DATE: NOVEMBER 14, 2017 UP TO THE HOUR OF 2:00 PM THE SPECIAL PROVISION NO. 13123 IS HEREBY AMENDED AS FOLLOWS: 1. In PART I, the form entitled "MBE/WBE INFORMATION — GOOD FAITH EFFORTS PLANS & SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO 13123" (after page C-7) — The first sentence is hereby amended to read "The City of San Bernardino has established a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) Goal of 15% and a Women Business Enterprise (WBE) Goal of 5% for this project". 2. Special Provisions Section 2, 2-1.04, "DBE Participation Level", is hereby amended to delete all reference to DBE project goals. 3. Special Provisions Section 2, 2-1.01, "General" - This project is State funded, therefore, all references to Federal Regulations PART III are hereby deleted. 4. Special Provisions Section 2, 2-1.05, "Submission of DBE and Good Faith Effort Information" — This project is state funded, therefore, all references to DBE Good Faith Effort, DBE Information, Exhibit 15-G and Exhibit 15-H are hereby deleted. 5. Any and all references to Federal funding throughout the Special Provision No. 13123 are hereby deleted. ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THE ORIGINAL REQUEST FOR BIDS AS FIRST ISSUED ON 10/16/17 SHALL REMAIN UNCHANGED. A copy of this Addendum will be posted on the City's web site at ht1�://www.ci.san-bemardino.ca.us/services/re quest for_bidi�/lsublic works If you have questions regarding this Addendum or concerning the RFP, please contact the undersigned or Michael Grubbs at (409) 384-5174 or e-mail at g_rubbs mi(@,sbcity.org ALL PROPOSERS ARE REQUIRED TO INDICATE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM NO. ONE IN THE SPACE PROVIDED ON PAGE C-1 OF THE BID DOCUMENT. Page 1 of 2 • b CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS Thank you for your continued interest in the City of San Bernardino. We appreciate the effort and expense that you have undertaken in the preparation of your Bid. Please let us know if you have any comments or suggestions regarding how we can improve our process. BY: Mahmoud Khodr, P.E. City Traffic Engineer Phone: 909-384-7251 Email: khodr ma@sbcity.org Page 2 of 2 DATE: t G 31 J DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPONENTS OF THESE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS The "Bid and Contract Documents" for this project consists of three (3) Parts as follows: PART I — Administration PART II — Special Provisions The above two (2) parts are bound together in one (1) manual titled "Bid and Contract Documents " PART III — PLANS, One (1) separately bound set DRAWING NO. 13123 - Sheets 1-3 TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT WATERMAN AVENUE AND THE I-215 ON-RAMP (TC 16-002) CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO Contents for Bid and Contract Documents.doc TABLE OF CONT'JNl.,S PART I ADMINISTRATION NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS A-1 BID DOCUMENTS BID FORM B-1 BID SCHEDULE B-2 BIDDER'S INFORMATION AND SIGNATURE SP -5 & BIDDER'S INITIALED ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS C-1 SPECIAL NOTICE C-2 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS C-3 TRAFFIC SIGNAL VENDOR INFORMATION C -4A WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION C-5 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT C-6 FORM OF BID BOND C-7 MBE/WBE INFORMATION - GOOD FAITH EFFORTS SECTION 7 REFERENCES SP -36 PART II SPECIAL PROVISIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 1 - SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS SP -1 SECTION 2 - BID REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS SP -5 SECTION 3 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT SP -14 SECTION 4 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE & COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, TIME OF COMPLETION & LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SP -16 SECTION 5 - LEGAL REQUIREMENTS SP -18 SECTION 6 - GENERAL SP -25 SECTION 7 - UTILITIES SP -36 SECTION 8 - DESCRIPTION OF WORK SP -41 SECTION 9 - TRAFFIC CONTROL SP -44 SECTION 10 - MOBILIZATION SP -48 SECTION 11 - CLEARING & GRUBBING, UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION & UNCLASSIFIED FILL SP -50 SECTION 12 THROUGH SECTION 13 BLANK SP -53 SECTION 14 - ASPHALT CONCRETE SP -54 SECTION 15 - AGGREGATE BASE SP -56 SECTION 16 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SP -58 SECTION 17 THROUGH SECTION 19 BLANK SP -60 SECTION 20 - THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKING AND RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS SP -61 SECTION 21 THROUGH SECTION 23 BLANK SP -62 SECTION 24 - TRAFFIC SIGNALS SP -63 SECTION 24 - TRAFFIC UNINTERRUPTED POWER SUPPLY ( UPS) SP -66 SECTION 24A - WIRELESS, BATTERY -POWERED MAGNETOMETER VEHICLE DETECTION SYSTEM FOR PRESENCE DETECTION APPLICATION SP -87 SECTION 24C - PREEMPTION AND PRIORITY CONTROL SYSTEM INFRARED ACTIVATED, DATA -ENCODED SP -91 SECTION 24D - SPREAD SPECTRUM INTERCONNECT SP -98 SECTION 25 THROUGH SECTION 49 BLANK SP -102 SECTION 50 - REMOVAL & RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDING STREET PAVEMENT SP -103 SECTION 51 THROUGH SECTION 55 BLANK SP -105 APPENDIX CALTRANS ENCROACHMENT PERMIT FEDERAL PREVAILING WAGES STATE OF CALIFORNIA, DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO STANDARD DRAWINGS SAN BERNARDINO MUNICIPAL WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD DRAWINGS STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CALTRANS) STANDARDS CALIFORNIA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD) STANDARDS SURVEY DOCUMENTS CONTRACT AGREEMENT PART I ADMINISTRATION Engineer's Estimate (Range Only): $190.000 to $210,000 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO Owner NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of San Bernardino (CITY) will receive bids for: INSTALLATION OF A TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT WATERMAN AVENUE AND THE I-215 ON-RAMP (TC 16-002) in accordance with Special Provision No. 13123 in file in the Office of the City Engineer, Third Floor, San Bernardino City Hall. Plans and Special Provisions shall be provided in portable document format (pdf) on compact disc (CD) upon registering with the City of San Bernardino, Public Works Department, at the above location, between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Thursday. There is no charge for the Plans and Special Provisions on CD. Upon request, a CD of the Plans and Special Provisions may be mailed for an additional fee of $10.00. These electronic documents shall also be available to be downloaded (copied) from the CITY's website at http://www ci.san-bernardino.ca.us/services/request dor bids1 ublic works/defaultasn It shall be the responsibility of firms wishing to bid on this Project to provide a firm name, physical address, contact person, phone number, fax number and email address for inclusion on the CITY's List of Plan Holders. The above listed information and confirmation of receipt of any issued addendum to the City Engineer's Office shall be submitted to the CITY a minimum of one (1) business day prior to the scheduled day of the Bid Opening. Only those firms listed on the CITY's "LIST OF PLAN HOLDERS" and providing confirmation of any issued addendum shall be eligible to submit bids for this Project. Any Addenda shall be issued by e-mail to those on the CITY's "List of Plan Holders" Said bids will be received up to the hour of 2:00 p.m., on, Tuesdav, November 149 2017, at which time all of said bids will be publicly opened, and examined and declared in the City Engineer's Conference Room, 201 N. "E" Street. 2nd Floor, San Bernardino, California. A-1 No bid will be received unless it is made on a bid form furnished by the CITY with the unit prices written in words and also shown in figures for each item, and with the total of each item and total of all items extended and inserted in the spaces provided. The Contractor shall possess a Class "A" License or Appropriate Specialty License(s) at the time the contract is awarded. The prime Contractor shall perform, with his own organization, contract work amounting to at least 50 % of the contract price. All bids shall be signed, sealed and accompanied by cash, cashier's check, certified check or bid bond made payable to the City of San Bernardino, in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the bid. Such cash, check or bond shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the contract if awarded to him. In the event the bidder refuses to execute said contract, the use by the public of the improvements will be delayed, and the public will suffer great damage. From the nature of the case, it would be extremely difficult and impractical to fix said amount of damages. Therefore, the CITY and the bidder agree that the above sum of ten percent shall be paid to the CITY upon the condition above set forth as liquidated damages and not as forfeiture. All bonds furnished pursuant to this notice must be underwritten by a surety company having a rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of "A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest version of U. S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized to issue bonds in the State of California. The Form of Bid Bond is contained in the Bid Documents in Part I of the Special Provision. Notarization of the signatures of both the Principal and the Surety and the Power of Attorney of the signing Surety shall accompany this form. The Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the contract as provided for in Section 10263 and Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code. A Non -mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting will be held on -Tuesday , November 7, 2017, at 2:00 p.m., in the office of the City Engineer, Department of Public Works, 201 N. "E" Street, San Bernardino, California. This meeting is to provide information, to answer questions, to inform bidders of MBEs/WBEs subcontracting and material supply opportunities, and to make the prime Contractor aware of the CITY's outreach program as it relates to minority hiring and participation. Bidder's attendance at this meeting is recommended, but the prime may certify that they are familiar with the program and attendance is not required. Attendance and/or certification may be used to assist with the good faith effort. The CITY contract goal for this project is and 15.0% for minority owned business utilization and 5.0% for female owned business utilization. A-2 Certified minority (MBE/WBE) subcontractors and material suppliers for the San Bernardino area located in Caltrans District 8 are listed on the California Unified Certification Program (UCP) DBE Directory and can be obtained by accessing the directory on the California Department of Transportation DBE website at hgp.-11www dot. ca..00v/hq/bep/ Pursuant to law, the Mayor and the Common Council of the City of San Bernardino, by Resolution No. 90-358 and any and all amendments thereto which are hereby referred to and made a part thereof by references as fully as though set at length herein, have ascertained and determined the general prevailing rate per diem wages, and of per diem wages for legal holidays and overtime work for each craft or type work of workman needed in the execution of contracts under jurisdiction of said Mayor and Common Council. Said prevailing rates of wages shall conform to Section 1773 of the California Labor Code. The general prevailing wage rates in the county in which the work is to be done have been determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. These wages are available from the California Department of Industrial Relations' Internet web site at htt ://www.dir.ca. ov/dirdatabases.html General prevailing wage rates, in effect ten (10) days prior to the actual Bid Opening, which have been predetermined and are on file with the California Department of Industrial Relations are also referenced and made a part thereof. It shall be mandatory upon the Contractor to whom the contract is awarded and upon any sub- contractor under him to pay not less than specified rates to all laborers, workmen, and mechanics employed by them in the execution of the contract, and to prevent discrimination in the employment of persons because of race, creed, color, or national origin, as set forth in the provisions of Resolution No. 7414 of the Mayor and Common Council of the City of San Bernardino. This project is subject to requirements for the employment of apprentices registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Apprenticeship Standards. Additional information can be obtained at http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/PublicWorksForms.htm The City of San Bernardino reserves the right to waive any informalities or inconsequential deviations from contract specifications, or to reject any and all bids. No bidder may withdraw his bid within 60 calendar days from the date of the bid opening. The CITY reserves the right to take all bids under advisement for a period of 90 calendar days. A-3 Specific questions regarding this project should be submitted in writing to the City Engineer's Office as follows: City of San Bernardino City Engineer's Office Public Works Department Mail: 290 North "D" Street Delivery: 201 N. `B" Street San Bernardino, CA 92401 SUBJECT: INSTALLATION OF A TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT WATERMAN AVENUE AND THE I-215 ON-RAMP (TC 16-002) Attention: Mirela Grigorescu Tel: (909) 384-5202; Fax: (909) 384-5190 E-mail: tri og rescu mi(a_),sbcity.org Inquiries or questions based on alleged patent ambiguity of the Plans or the Special Provisions must be communicated as a bidder inquiry prior to the bid opening. Any such inquiries or questions, submitted after the bid opening, will not be treated as a bid protest. Written responses will only be provided to written questions. No written response will be provided to verbal questions. NOTICE TO ADVERTISE: SPECIFICATION NO. 13123 SHALL APPEAR IN FIRST ISSUE NOT LATER THAN DATE 10/16/2017 & 10/21/2017 (FIVE DAYS BETWEEN FIRST & SECOND PUBLICATION) SIGNATURE DATE A-4 CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO GEORGEANN HANNA City Clerk BID DOCUMENT BID FORM TO THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work, that he has examined the Plan and read the accompanying instructions to bidders and hereby proposes to furnish any and all required labor, materials, transportation and service for the INSTALLATION OF A TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT WATERMAN AVENUE AND THE I-215 ON-RAMP (TC 16-002) in strict conformity with Plans and Special Provisions No. 13123 , of the Department of Public Works for the City of San Bernardino and also in accordance with Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition in effect on the first day of the advertised "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids". The undersigned proposes and agrees if this bid is accepted, that he will contract with the City of San Bernardino, in the form of the copy of the contract annexed hereto, to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of maintenance, and to do all the work and furnish all the materials specified in the contract, in the manner and time therein prescribed, and that he will take in full payment therefor the following unit prices or lump sum prices, to -wit: S. 1 9. 1 LS SURVEYING LS. $ 2,668.00 LS THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPING, 10,455.00 PAVEMENT MARKING & RAISED LS. $ _ PAVEMENT MARKERS (INCLUDING REMOVAL OF CONFLICTING STRIPING AND MARKINGS TOTAL BID $ 168,214.00 DID SCHEDULE PLAN NO.13123 INSTALLATION OF A TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT WATERMAN AVENUE AND THE 1-215 ON-RAMP (TC 10-002) ITEM ESTIMATED DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT PRICE TOTAL NO. QUANTITY UNIT AND UNIT PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS IN FIGURES IN FIGURES 1. 1 LS MOBILIZATION LS $ 11,072.00 2. 1 LS TRAFFIC CONTROL, LS 3. 1 LS CLEARING and GRUBBING, 8+100.00 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION and LS. $ UNCLASSIFIED FILL 4. 1 LS TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM LS, $ 130,400.00 s. 1 LS REFLECTORIZED STREET NAME SIGN LS $ 1,130.00 6. 2 EA SIGN ON MAST ARM $ 222 / EA $ 444.00 7. 1 EA REMOVE EXISTING STREET LIGHT AND $645 EA $ 645.00 S. 1 9. 1 LS SURVEYING LS. $ 2,668.00 LS THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPING, 10,455.00 PAVEMENT MARKING & RAISED LS. $ _ PAVEMENT MARKERS (INCLUDING REMOVAL OF CONFLICTING STRIPING AND MARKINGS TOTAL BID $ 168,214.00 MID SCHEDULE PLAN NO.13123 INSTALLATI®N OF A TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT WATERMAN AVENUE AND THE I-21.5 ®N -RAMP (TC 16-002) BID NOTES: Bids shall be submitted on the bid forms provided in the Bid and Contract Documents package. All bid forms shall be completed, signed, and sealed in accordance with these instructions and the instructions included with the individual bid forms. A bid that fails to include all bid forms, will be considered nonresponsive. CITY reserves the right to award a Contract to the lowest responsible bidder for the GRAND TOTAL BID. The Bid Schedule shall be typed or clearly completed in ink. All spaces for unit prices, item totals, and total bid shall be completed, in figures. All prices shall be in United States Dollars. For a Lump Sum item, the unit price shall match the item total price. If a Bid Schedule is found to contain minor errors or illegible entries, the bidder agrees that the CITY may, if deemed in the public interest, cure the error or entry, using one of the following methods: Method A. - If the sum of the item totals does not equal the total bid, but all items totals correctly indicate the products of the unit price and quantity, the CITY will consider the corrected sum of the item totals to be the Bidder's total bid. Method B. - If the sum of the item totals equals the total bid, but the product of a unit price and a quantity does not equal the stated item total, the CITY will determine a correct unit price by dividing the item total by the item quantity. Total bid price for the entire contract work shall include the cost of labor, materials, equipment parts, implements, taxes and supplies necessary to complete the project, as based on the City Engineer's estimate of quantities of work. The total price must be extended for each item of work and the total of all items inserted in the space provided. Bidders shall complete and submit entire BID DOCUMENT section as their bid to the City. Failure to do so will result in bid being non-responsive. Any situation not specifically provided for will be determined in the discretion of the City of San Bernardino (CITY), and that discretion will be exercised in the manner deemed by the CITY to best protect the public interest in the prompt and economical completion of the work.. The decision of the CITY respecting the amount of a bid, or the existence or treatment of an irregularity in a bid, shall be final. BIDDER declares that this BID is based upon careful examination of the work site and the Bid and Contract Documents. BIDDER'S INFORMATION AND SIGNATURE: It is the understanding of the undersigned that the work hereinabove described shall be commenced within 10 working days from the date of the "Notice to Proceed", and shall be completed within 120 working days from the date of said notice, as directed in SECTION 4 of these Special Provisions.. The undersigned further agrees that in case of default in executing the contract, or furnishing necessary bonds, all within the specified time, the proceeds of the Bidder's Guaranty accompanying this bid shall be paid to the City of San Bernardino as liquidated damages. Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of Contractor, LICENSE EXPIRATION NO.: 782515 CLASSIFICATION: A -C10 DATE: 08/31/2018 FIRMNAME: International Line Builder's, Inc. BUSINESS ADDRESS: 2520 Rubidoux Blvd _ Riverside, CA 92509 BUSINESS PHONE: 951-682-2982 FAX: 951-848-0886 CELL: If an individual, so state. If a firm or co -partnership, give the names of all individuals, co-partners composing the firm. If a corporation, give the names of the president, secretary, treasurer and manager thereof: Corporation Legal Status of Firm NAME (S1 Michael Bass Earnest Brown Is Bidder currently a certified DBE? Yes ADDRESS (ES) President Sr. Vice President T No Brad Hulquist Vice President of Accounting Nicholas Olsen Secretary SIGNATURE OF BIDDER: . _ _ _ Dated: ��y j 20 BIDDER'S INITIALED ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS: ADDENDUM NO.1 1 f2k-?— DATE: ADDENDUM NO.2 2 T _ _ DATE: t ADDENDUM NO.3 DATE: 1 ADDENDUM NO.4 DATE: C-1 SPECIAL NOTICE The bidder's attention is directed to the section entitled, "Required Listing of Proposed Subcontractors", in Section 2 of the special provisions regarding the requirement that proposed subcontractors be listed in the bidder's Bid Documents. Instead of listing only subcontractors for signal and lighting work as in the past, all subcontractors are now to be listed in the Designation of Sub -Contractors for items of work or portions thereof to be subcontracted in excess of one-half of one percent of the total bid or $10,000.00, whichever is greater. In the case where a bidder claims an inadvertent clerical error in listing sub -contractors, a notice of the claim must be submitted to the Office of the City Engineer in writing within 2 working days after the time of the bid opening and send copies of the notice to the subcontractors involved. The bidder shall provide the actual dollar "Sub -Contract Amount" as submitted by each listed sub -contractor, keeping in mind that the prime contractor for this project is required to provide or perform, with his own organization, contract work amounting to at least 50% of the total contract bid price. Material required for any of the contract work of this project that is purchased directly by the prime contractor is considered as included in the prime contractor's 50% requirement. If material purchased directly by the prime contractor is to be used by a listed sub -contractor in performing contract work, the dollar amount of such purchased material should not be included in the dollar amount listed for said sub -contractor. C-2 International Line Builder's, Inc. BIDDER'S FIRM NAME DESIGNATION OF SUB- CONTRACTORS PLANS & SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13123 In compliance with the provisions of Section 41004114 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California and any amendments thereof, each bidder shall set forth the name and location of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Contractor. Name & Address Agency & No. of Under Which MBE/WBE CERT, Sub -Contractor's Sub -Contract Work to Be Licensed (If Applicable) Phone -No. Amount Performed: 1 Traffic Control BC Traffic Specialist 638 V. Southern Ave 2845.00 $ 2845.00 Orange, CA 92865 2. Chrisp Company 2280 South Lilac Ave Bloomington, CA 92316 3. 4. C-3 9,013.00 Stripping $ 9,013.00 IF ADDITIONAL SPACE IS REQUIRED, PLEASE DUPLICATE THIS SHEET DO NOT WRITE ON THE BACK C-4 w y Fri ZW m WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code requiring every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract. Contractor: NAME OF FIRM:Inter at nal Line Builder's, Inc. BY: _. TITLE: Vice President DATE: 1 t - 13— 17 C-5 (This affidavit shall be executed by all bidders at the time of bid submittal. Failure to execute the affidavit on this page will result in rejection of bid.) NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT To the Department of Public Works, City of San Bernardino, State of California: The undersigned in submitting a bid for performing the following work by contract, being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he or she is of the party making the foregoing bid, that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; communication, or conference with anyone to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract on anyone interested in the proposed contract; or take any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with such contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Interna ' nal Line Builder's, Inc. Signature of Bid er Earnest Brown- Vice President Printed Name and Title 2520 Rubidoux Blvd, Riverside, CA 92509 Business Address Riverside, CA Place of Residence Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me thi. r•,6a y of November 20 the above proved to me on the basis of Signed _ .T. Notary Public in and for. Riverside My Commission expire `Z U rl e L satisfac evidence to,) a person who appeared before me. (rte e County of State of California. 28 18 Year C-6 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Riverside Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this 14 day of November , 20:17 , by Earnest Brown Vice President of International Line Builder's, Inc. proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) who appeared before me. SASHLEY C. ESPARZA Commission 01 2472845 i m Notary Public - California z ' ' Riverside County my Comm. E ices Jun 27, 2015 (Seal) Signature SURETY Document A310TM -2010 Conforms with The American Institute of Architects AIA Document 310 Bed Bond CONTRACTOR: (Name, legal status and address) International Line Builders, Inc. 1055 Montecito Drive Corona, CA 92879 OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) SURETY: (Name, legal status and principal place of business) Liberty Mutual Insurance Company 175 Berkeley Street Boston, MA 02116 Mailing Address for Notices City of San Bernardino 290 North D Street San Bernardino, CA 92401 BOND AMOUNT: Ten Percent of Amount Bid 10% PROJECT: (Name, location or address, and Project number, ifairy) This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. Installation of a Traffic Signal at Waterman Avenue and the 1-215 On -Ramp (TC 16-002) Specification No. 13123 The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above, for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein. The conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in the bid documents, or within such time period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, and the Contractor either (1) enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents, with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof; or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect The Surety hereby waives any notice of an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may accept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty (60) days in the aggregate beyond the time for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety's consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days. If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor's bid to a Contractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the tern Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. Signed and sealed this 14th day of November 2017 Internation(Lin)Buil nc. (Principal) (Seal) (Witness) By: Liberty Mutual Insurance Company A":5 1"s (Surety) g� `wo ave (Witness % e 1912 BY^ / y%�9�snc0i� LMS-10os4 08110 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of GXRVMM Minnesota County of Hennepin ) On November 14. 2017 before me, Till N_ Swanson. Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Nicole Langer Attorney -in -Fact , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Minnesota I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of Mftkft that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. T , JILL N. SWANSON WITNESS m hand and official seal. y a5(`;�' NOTARY PUBLIC as171 �,^*<9 My Commission Expires 9 January 31, 2020 Signature � (Seal) 6 6� P THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID "ILESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herei d they have no authority to bind the Company except in th mer and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 7794972 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Brian D. Carpenter; Craig Olmstead; Heather R. Goedtel; Jessica Hoff; Jill N. Swanson; Laurie Pflu ;Michelle Halter, Nicole Lancter all of the city of Minna oris state of MN each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 12th day of June , 2017 :s `9FSci, STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West American Insurance Company By. - A"�Carey:.-Assistant , _ David MSecretary On this 12th day of June , 2017 , before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. PAST COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA 2� <� I Notarial Seal C Teresa Pastella, Notary Public. BY OF i Upper MerionTwp., Montgomery County Teresa Pastella, Notary Public 4 �,�4 My Commission Expires March 28, 2021 fQy Ly Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notaries This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS - Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE X111- Execution of Contracts - SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation - The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys -in - fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization - By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. 1, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this ti, of. ]4�� C�1 1��� 20� .v�y�r<•r+4 Thy �J��,pc:;%C@; ti•�.. .} :'5'"'`9•.. ''. ' :�, • � Zc�*, � P � `�� � 'p r• a 15'3 > 1912 1 1491 > By. r Renee C. Llev ssistant Secretary LMS_12873_022017 267 of 2000 ip V ®� d C 3M ® £, N w O �4D dit® EM se 0 Oo 0 V- 0 International Line Builder's, Inc. BIDDER'S FIRM NAME MBE/WBE INFORMATION - GOOD FAITH EFFORTS PLANS & SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13183 The City of San Bernardino has established a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) Goal of 5% and a Women Business Enterprise (WBE) Goal of 0% for this project. The information provided herein shows that adequate good faith efforts were made. A. The names and dates of each publication in which a request for MBE/WBE participation for this project was placed by the bidder (please attach copies of advertisements or proofs of publication): Publications Dates ofAdvertisement B. The names and dates of written notices sent to certified MBEs/WBEs soliciting bids for this project and the dates and methods used for following up initial solicitations to determine with certainty whether the MBEs/WBEs were interested (please attach copies of solicitations, telephone records, fax confirmations, etc.): Names of MBEIWBE Initial Solicitation Follow Up Methods Solicited Dates and Dates C. The items of work which the bidder made available to MBE/WBE firms, including, where appropriate, any breaking down of the contract work items (including those items normally performed by the bidder with its own forces) into economically feasible units to facilitate MBE/WBE participation. It is the bidder's responsibility to demonstrate that sufficient work to facilitate MBE/WBE participation was made available to MBE/WBE firms. Items of Work Breakdown of Items 4 Controllers, Cabinets, Battery Backup, Pull boxes, Conduits, Luminaries D. The names, addresses and phone numbers of rejected MBE/WBE firms, the reasons for the bidder's rejection of the MBE/WBE, and the firms selected for that work (please attach copies of quotes from the firms involved): Firms Rejected Firms Selected Agile Sourcing Partners- 2385 Railroad Street, Corona, CA 92880 (WBE) One Time UtilitySales, Inc. - 501 Garfield Street, Santa Ana, CA 92701 M (MBE) E. Efforts made to assist interested MBE/WBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit or insurance, and any technical assistance or information related to the plans, specifications and requirements for the work which was provided to MBE/WBEs: F. Efforts made to assist interested MBE/WBEs in obtaining necessary equipment, supplies, materials or related assistance or services, excluding supplies and equipment the MBE/WBE subcontractor purchases or leases from the prime contractor or its affiliate: G. The names of agencies, organizations or groups contacted to provide assistance in contacting, recruiting and using certified MBEs/WBE funis (please attach copies of requests to agencies or organizations, and any responses received, i.e., lists, Internet page download, etc.): Name of Method /Date Results Agency/Organization of Contact of Contact H. Any additional data to support a demonstration of good faith efforts ( use additional sheets if necessary): International Line Builder's, Inc. BIDDER'S FIRM NAME REFERENCES PIANS & SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13123 Date: 11/13/2017 The following are the names, addresses, and phone numbers for three public agencies for which BIDDER has performed similar work within the past two years: Public Agency's Contract Name, Title Name & Address Type of Project Contract Amount Date Completed & Phone Number 1. City of Riverside "The Woods" New Streetlights $1,963,203.11 10/31/2017 Julian Cardenas 951-826-5937 2 City of Alhambra LED Conversion $670780.96 10/01/2017 Edward Wright 626-570-5067 3 City of San Juan Capistrano New Traffic Signal $ 289000.00 12/30/2016 Jim Devore 949-443-6356 PART 1I SPECIAL PROVISIONS SPECIAL PROVISIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CF.0 TTnN 1 1-1 SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS 1-1.01 GENERAL -- The work embodied herein shall be done in accordance with the Standard Specifications for the Public Works Construction, latest edition in effect on the first day of the advertised "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids" for this project, and City of San Bernardino Standard Drawings, insofar as the same apply and in accordance with the following Special Provisions. 1-1.02 DEFINITIONS -- Whenever in the Standard Specifications the following terms are used, they shall be understood to mean and refer to the following: Agency - The City of San Bernardino. Board - The Mayor and Common Council for the City of San Bernardino. City Enzineer - The City Engineer for the City of San Bernardino. Laboratory - The laboratory to be designated by the City of San Bernardino to test materials and work involved in the contract. Office of the District - Whenever, in the Standard Specifications, reference is made to the office of the District or the District's office, such references shall be deemed made to the Office of the City Engineer, Public Works Department, located on the 2nd floor at 201 N. "E" Street, San Bernardino. SP -1 The mailing address for the City of San Bernardino's Public Works Department is: City of San Bernardino Public Works Department 290 North "D" Street San Bernardino, CA 92401 The delivery address for the City of San Bernardino's Public Works Department is: City of San Bernardino Public Works Department 201 North "E" Street San Bernardino, CA 92401 Resident Engineer - The Resident Engineer is the City of San Bernardino's Engineer City Engineer, registered as a Civil Engineer in the State of California, or the designated representative of the City of San Bernardino's City Engineer, registered as a Civil Engineer in the State of California. Notice Advertising for Bids - Notice Inviting Sealed Bids. Standard Specifications - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction "Green Book". Other terms appearing in the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions, shall have the intent and meaning specified in Section 1-2, "Definitions", in the Standard Specifications. 1-1.03 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS - The Standard Specifications for the Agency are contained in the most current edition of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, "GREEN BOOK", as written and promulgated by the Public Works Standards, Incorporated, a mutual benefit corporation comprised of five members representing the American Public Works Association, and four members from the Associated General Contractors of California, the Engineering Contractors Association, the Southern California Contractors Association, and BNI Publications, Incorporated. The Standard Specifications set forth above will control the general provisions for this Contract except as amended by the Plans, Special Provisions, or other contract documents. SP -2 Only those Sections requiring amendment or elaboration or specifying options are called out. In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions, the Special Provisions shall take precedence over and be used in lieu of such conflicting portions. References in the Special Provisions to "CALTRANS Standard Specifications" shall mean the Standard Specifications (MAY, 2015) of the State of California, Department of Transportation. References in the Special Provisions to Standard Plans shall mean the Standard Plans for the City of San Bernardino or other governing agency as specified. Applicable Standard Plans for this project are contained in the "Standard Drawings", section of these Special Provisions. Where the Plans or Specifications describe portions of the work in general terms, but not in complete detail, it is understood that the item is to be furnished and installed complete and in place, that only the best general practice is to prevail and that only materials and workmanship of the first quality are to be used. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and do all the work involved in executing the Contract. The Contractor shall meet or exceed the applicable Public Works Policies and Procedures unless directed otherwise by these Special Provisions or as directed by the Engineer. The plans and specifications of this project shall conform to the requirements of the City of San Bernardino Municipal Code and Public Works Construction Policies, the latest editions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (green book), the American Concrete Institute (ACI), the current California Building Code, the current California Plumbing Code, Caltrans Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Wherever reference it made to any of the standards mentioned above, the reference shall be construed to mean the code, order or standard that is in effect on the first day of the advertised "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids". 1-1.04 TAXES -- No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use Tax, or any tax, as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes, which may be applicable. 1-1.05 INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS -- If any person contemplates submission of a bid for the proposed contract and is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the services to be performed, they may submit a written request for an interpretation or correction thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery by 5:00 p.m. of the 5t" working day prior to the day of the proposed bid opening. SP -3 Any interpretation or correction of the proposed documents shall be made only by addendum duly issued and copy of such addendum will be faxed and mailed or delivered to each person of record as receiving a set of such documents. The CITY will not be responsible for any other form of explanation or interpretation of the proposed documents. 1-1.06 ADDENDA OR BULLETINS -- All Bidders are advised as to the possibility of issuance of addenda affecting the items, scope or quantity of the work required for this project. Each Bidder shall be fully responsible for informing themselves as to whether or not any such addenda have been issued. The effect of all addenda to the Contract Documents shall be considered in the bid and said addenda shall be made a part of the Contract Documents and shall be returned with them. Failure to cover in a bid any such addenda issued may render the bid irregular and may result in its rejection by the CITY. 1-1.07 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO BE PROVIDED -- The CITY will provide the Contractor with five (5) sets of Plans and Specifications at no cost after the Award of Contract. The Contractor shall obtain all additional sets at its own cost. SP -4 SECTION 2 2-1 BID REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 2-1.01 GENERAL -- Bids must be submitted on the bid form contained herein. All bids or bids shall be signed, sealed and accompanied by cash, cashier's check or bid bond made payable to the City of San Bernardino, in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the Bid. Such cash, check or bond shall be given a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the contract, if awarded to him. In the event the bidder, to whom the contact is awarded, refuses to execute said contract, the use by the public of the improvements will be delayed and the public will suffer great damage. From the nature of the case, it would be extremely difficult and impractical to fix said amount of damage. Therefore, the City and the bidder agree that the bid guarantee of 10% of the bid shall be paid to the City as forfeiture. Bid bonds shall be underwritten by a surety company having a rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of "A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized to issue bonds in the State of California. The Form of Bid Bond is contained in the Bid Documents in Part I of these Special Provisions. Notarization of both the signature of the Principal and the Surety and the Power of Attorney of the signing Surety shall accompany this form. Any bid not accompanied by such bid bond will be rejected as invalid. When cross sections are included with the contract Plans, it is expressly understood and agreed that said cross sections do not constitute part of the contract, do not necessarily represent actual site conditions or show location, character, dimensions and details of work to be performed, and are included in the Plans only for the convenience of bidders and their use is subject to all the conditions and limitations set forth in Section 3-1.06 of these Special Provisions. When cross sections were not included in the Plans but are available, bidders or Contractors may inspect such cross sections and obtain copies for their use, at their expense. In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 7106, a Non -collusion Affidavit is included in the Bid Documents. Signing the bid shall also constitute signature of the Non- collusion Affidavit. This project is subject to the "BUY AMERICA" provisions of the SURFACE TRANSPORTATION ASSISTANCE ACT OF 1982, as amended by the INTERMODAL SURFACE TRANSPORTATION EFFICIENCY ACT OF 1991. See Section 8-2 of these Special Provisions. The Bidder shall also refer to the Federal Regulations contained in PART III of these Special Provisions. SP -5 2-1.02 FEDERAL LOBBYING RESTRICTIONS -- Section 1352, Title 31, United States Code prohibits Federal funds from being expended by the recipient or any lower tier sub - recipient of a Federal -aid contract to pay for any person for influencing or attempting to influence a Federal agency or Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal -aid contract, the making of any Federal grant or loan, or the entering into of any cooperative agreement. If any funds other than Federal funds have been paid for the same purposes in connection with this Federal -aid contract, the recipient shall submit an executed certification and, if required, submit a completed disclosure form as part of the bid documents. A certification for Federal -aid contracts regarding payment of funds to lobby Congress or a Federal agency is included in the bid. Standard Form - LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities", with instructions for completion of the Standard Form is also included in the Bid Documents. Signing the bid shall constitute signature of the Certification. The above -referenced certification and disclosure of lobbying activities shall be included in each subcontract and any lower -tier contracts exceeding $100,000.00. All disclosure forms, but not certifications, shall be forwarded from tier to tier until received by the Engineer. The Contractor, subcontractors and any lower -tier contractors, shall file a disclosure form at the end of each calendar quarter in which there occurs any event that requires disclosure or that materially affects the accuracy of the information contained in any disclosure form previously filed by the Contractor, subcontractors and any lower -tier contractors. An event that materially affects the accuracy of the information reported includes: (1) A cumulative increase of $25,000.00 or more in the amount paid or expected to be paid for influencing or attempting to influence a covered Federal action; or (2) A change in the person(s) or individual(s) influencing or attempting to influence a covered Federal action; or (3) A change in the officer(s), employee(s), or Member(s) contacted to influence or attempt to influence a covered Federal action. SP -6 2-1.03 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) -- This project is subject to Part 23, Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations 26.13(b) entitled, "Participation By Minority Business Enterprises In Department of Transportation Programs". The Regulations in their entirety are incorporated herein by this reference. Disadvantaged business enterprises (DBEs), as defined in 49 CFR part 26 are encouraged to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal Funds. The contractor, sub recipient or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT -assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Bidders shall be fully informed respecting the requirements of the Regulations and the California Department of Transportation's Disadvantaged Business (DBE) Program developed pursuant to the Regulations. Particular attention is directed to the following matters: (a.) Take necessary and reasonable steps to ensure that DBEs have opportunity to participate in the contract (49 CFR 26). (b) Make work available to Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs) and select work parts consistent with available DBE subcontractors and suppliers. (c.) Meet the DBE goal shown in these Special Provisions or demonstrate that you made adequate good faith efforts to meet this goal. (d.) It is your responsibility to verify that the DBE firm is certified as DBE at date of bid opening. For a list of DBEs certified by the California Unified Certification Program, go to: http: 1/www. dot. ca.gov/hq/bep/find certified. htm Bidders are. advised that, as required by federal law, the State of California has established a statewide overall small enterprise (DBE) participation level. This CITY project is funded in part by federal funds, and as such, is considered to be part of the statewide overall DBE participation statistics. The CITY is required to report to Caltrans on DBE participation for all federal -aid contracts on an annual basis so that attainment efforts may be evaluated. SP -7 2-1.04 DBE PARTICIPATION LEVEL -- To ensure there is equal participation of the DBE groups specified in 49 CFR 26.5, the CITY specifies a project goal for Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs) of 3%. The Contractor shall endeavor to make work available to DBEs and select work parts consistent with available DBE subcontractors and suppliers to meet the goals of these Special Provisions and/or demonstrate that adequate good faith efforts were made to achieve this goal. Only DBE participation will count towards the DBE goal. Other DBE participation will count towards the CITY's Annual Anticipated DBE Participation Level (AADPL) and the California statewide goal. Credit for materials or supplies purchased from DBEs counts towards the goal in the following manner: 1. 100 percent counts if the materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE manufacturer. 2. 60 percent counts if the materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE regular dealer. 3. Only fees, commissions, and charges for assistance in the procurement and delivery of materials or supplies count if obtained from a DBE that is neither a manufacturer nor regular dealer. (49 CFR 26.55 defines "manufacturer" and "regular dealer") The Contractor will receive credit towards the goal for employment of a DBE trucking company that performs a commercially useful function as defined in 49 CFR 26.55. The Contractor shall include the names, addresses and phone numbers of DBE firms that will participate, with a complete description of work or supplies to be provided by each, and the dollar value of each DBE transaction. When 100 percent of a contract item of work is not to be performed or furnished by a DBE, a description of the exact portion of that work to be performed or furnished by that DBE shall be included in the DBE information, including the planned location of that work. A successful bidder certified as a DBE shall describe the work it has committed to be performed with its own forces as well as any other work that it has committed to be performed by DBE subcontractors, suppliers and trucking companies. SP -8 2-1.05 SUBMISSION OF DBE AND GOOD FAITH INFORMATION -- The responsive low -bidder, along with the second and third low -bidders will be required to submit the LOCAL AGENCY BIDDER DBE COMMITMENT form to the City Engineer at the City of San Bernardino, Public Works Division, Third Floor of City Hall, 300 N. "D" Street, San Bernardino, California, no later than 4:00 p.m. on the fourth day, not including Fridays, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, following the date of the bid opening. Failure to submit the DBE Commitment form within the specified time will result in a non-responsive bid. DBE information shall be submitted on the "Local Agency Bidder DBE Commitment (Construction Contracts)," Exhibit 15-G form with instructions that is included in the Bid Documents of these Special Provisions. If the form is not submitted with the bid, remove the form from the Bid and Contract Documents before submitting the bid. Other bidders do not need to submit the DBE Commitment form unless the CITY requests it. If the CITY requests a submittal of a DBE Commitment form, the Contractor shall submit the completed form within 4 business days of the CITY's request. The Contractor shall submit written confirmation from each DBE subcontractor stating that it is participating in the contract. Include the confirmation with the DBE Commitment form. A copy of a DBE's quote will serve as written confirmation that the DBE is participating in the contract. DBE information sent by U. S. Postal Service certified mail with return receipt and certificate of mailing and postmarked as mailed on or before the third day, not including Fridays, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, following the day of the Bid Opening will be accepted even if it is received after the fourth day following the day of the Bid Opening. The "DBE Information - Good Faith Efforts," Exhibit 15-H form should be submitted with the bid showing that the Bidder has made adequate good faith efforts to meet the goal. Only good faith efforts directed towards obtaining participation by DBEs will be considered. If good faith efforts documentation is not submitted with the bid, it must be received by the CITY no later than 4:00 p.m. on the 4th business day after bid opening. Even though the Bidder's DBE Commitment form shows that the DBE goal has been met, the Bidder must also submit good faith efforts documentation within the specified time to protect the Bidder's eligibility for award of the contract in the event the CITY finds that the DBE goal has not been met. If the form is not submitted with the bid, remove the form from the Bid and Contract Documents before submitting the bid. SP -9 Good faith efforts documentation must include the following information and supporting documents, as necessary: 1. Items of work Contractor has made available to DBE firms. Identify those items of work that the Contractor might otherwise perform with its own forces and those items that have been broken down into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation. For each item listed, show the dollar value and percentage of the total contract. It is the Contractor's responsibility to demonstrate that sufficient work to meet the goal was made available to DBE firms. 2. Names of certified DBEs and dates on which they were solicited to bid on the project. Include the items of work offered. Describe the methods used for following up initial solicitations to determine with certainty if the DBEs were interested, and the dates of the follow-up. Attach supporting documents such as copies of letters, memos, facsimiles sent, telephone logs, telephone billing statements, and other evidence of solicitation. The Bidder is reminded to solicit certified DBEs through all reasonable and available means and provide sufficient time to allow DBEs to respond. 3. Name of selected firm and its status as a DBE for each item of work made available. Include name, address, and telephone number of each DBE that provided a quote and their price quote. If the firm selected for the item is not a DBE, provide the reasons for the selection. 4. Name and date of each publication in which the Bidder requested DBE participation for the project. Attach copies of the published advertisements. 5. Names of agencies and dates on which they were contacted to provide assistance in contacting, recruiting, and using DBE firms. If the agencies were contacted in writing, provide copies of supporting documents. 6. List of efforts made to provide interested DBEs with adequate information about the plans, specifications, and requirements of the contract to assist them in responding to a solicitation. If the Bidder has provided information, identify the name of the DBE assisted, the nature of the information provided, and date of contact. Provide copies of supporting documents, as appropriate. SP -10 7. List of efforts made to assist interested DBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, insurance, necessary equipment, supplies, and materials, excluding supplies and equipment that the DBE subcontractor purchases or leases from the prime contractor or its affiliate. If such assistance is provided by the Bidder, identify the name of the DBE assisted, nature of the assistance offered, and date. Provide copies of supporting documents, as appropriate. 8. Any additional data to support demonstration of good faith efforts. 2-1.06 REQUIRED LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS -- Each bid shall have listed therein the name and address of each subcontractor to whom the bidder proposes to subcontract portions of the work in the amount of 1/2 of one percent of his total bid or $10,000.00, whichever is greater, in accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act, commencing with Section 4100 of the Public Contract Code. The bidder's attention is invited to other provisions of said Act related to the imposition of penalties for a failure to observe its provisions by using unauthorized subcontractors or by making unauthorized substitutions. A sheet for listing the subcontractors, as required herein, is included in the Bid Documents, in Part I of these Special Provisions. The subcontractor listing requirement referred to above is in addition to the DBE subcontractor listing on the LOCAL AGENCY BIDDER DBE COMMITMENT form and the total DBE subcontractors on the LOCAL AGENCY BIDDER DBE INFORMATION form. Instructions for filling out the forms are provided in the Bid Documents Section, PART I of these Special Provisions. The three listings must be consistent when the subcontracting amount meets the appropriate dollar amount thresholds. 2-1.07 DESIGN ENGINEER MAY NOT BID ON CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT -- No engineering or architectural firm which has provided design services for a project shall be eligible to bid on the contract to construct the project. The ineligible to bid include the prime contractor for design, subcontractors of portions of the design, and affiliates of either. An affiliate is a firm which is subject to the control of the same persons, through joint ownership or otherwise. SP -11 2-1.08 REQUIRED EXAMINATION OF ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with the Specifications, Plans, and addenda, or any other Contract Documents. The submission of a Bid shall constitute an acknowledgement upon which the CITY may rely that the Bidder has thoroughly examined and is familiar with all the Contract Documents. B. The failure or neglect of a Bidder to receive or examine any of the Contract Documents shall in no way relieve that Bidder from any obligation with respect to its bid or to the Contract. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge of any Contract Documents. C. The Bidder shall not be allowed any extra compensation by reason of any matter or thing, concerning that which such Bidder might have fully informed himself prior to the bidding. D. No Bidder shall at any time after submission of a bid make any claim or assertion that there was any misunderstanding or lack of information regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. 2-1.09 RE UIRED INSPECTION OF THE SITE -- A. Bidders are required to inspect the site of the work to satisfy themselves by personal examination, or by such other means as they may prefer, of the location of the proposed work, and of the actual conditions, including subsurface, of, and at, the site of the work. B. If, during the course of examination, a Bidder finds facts or conditions that appear to be in conflict with the letter or spirit of the bidding documents, the Bidder shall notify the Engineer immediately. SP -12 C. Submission of a Bid by the Bidder shall constitute conclusive evidence that, if awarded the Contract, it has relied and is relying on its own examination of the following: 1. The site of the work. 2. Access to the site. 3. All other data and matter requisite to the fulfillment of the work. 4. The Bidder's own knowledge of existing facilities on and- in the vicinity of the site of the work under the Contract. 5. The conditions to be encountered. 6. The character, quality, scope and complexity of the proposed work. 7. The quality and quantity of the materials to be furnished. 8. The requirements of the Specifications, Plans, any addenda, or any other Contract Documents. D. The information provided by the CITY is not intended to be a substitute for, or a supplement to, the independent verification by the Bidder to the extent such independent investigation of site conditions is deemed necessary or desirable by the Bidder. 2-1.10 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS -- A bid may be withdrawn by a written request signed by the Bidder. Such requests must be delivered to the CITY's designated official prior to the bid opening hour stipulated in the "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids". The withdrawal of a bid will not prejudice the right of the Bidder to submit a new bid, providing there is time to do so. Bids may not be withdrawn after said bid opening hour without forfeiture of the Bidder's bid guarantee. 2-1.11 IRREGULAR BIDS -- Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to a bid will render it irregular and may cause its rejection. The completed bid forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. No oral, telegraphic, or telephonic bid, proposal, modification, or withdrawal will be considered. SP -13 SECTION 3 3-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 3-1.01 GENERAL -- The award of the contract, if it be awarded, will be to the lowest responsible bidder whose bid complies with all the requirements prescribed. The award of the contract will be made by the Mayor and the Common Council at a Council meeting. The bidder, to whore the contract is awarded, shall file with the Engineer all required bonds and insurance policies, and execute the contract within 10 calendar days after receiving notification of the award. Failure to file the stipulated documents and execute the contract within the prescribed time shall constitute good and sufficient grounds for rescission of the award and payment of 10% of the bid to the CITY as liquidated damages. 3-1.02 AWARD OF CONTRACT -- Following a review of the bids, the CITY shall determine whether to award the contract or to reject all bids. The award of contract, if made, will be to the lowest responsible Bidder as determined solely by the CITY. Additionally, the CITY reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to accept any bid or portion thereof, to waive any irregularity and to take the bids under advisement for the period of time stated in the legal Notice Inviting Sealed Bids as may be required to provide for the best interest of the CITY. The Contractor's original signature on the Bid Form shall constitute a commitment on the part of the Bidder to furnish the items as set forth in the Bid Form, the Special Provisions -Instructions to Bidders, the Plans, the Standard Specifications, the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids and Addenda, together with any attachments. The Bidder to whom the contract is awarded shall be notified upon approval of the contract by the Mayor and Common Council. The Bid Form, the Special Provisions -Instructions to Bidders, the Plans, the Standard Specifications, the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids and Addenda, together with any attachments, shall be considered as part of the contract between the CITY and the Contractor to whom the contract is awarded. In no event will an award be made until all necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility and qualifications of the Bidder to whom the award is contemplated. 3-1.03 CONTRACT BONDS -- The Payment and Faithful Performance Bonds shall be filed with the Engineer before the Notice to Proceed is executed by the CITY. In accordance with Section 2-4, "CONTRACT BONDS", of the Standard Specifications, the contract bonds, including Payment Bond (Material and Labor Bond) and Performance Bond shall be underwritten by a surety company having a rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of "A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized to issue bonds in the State of California. The Contractor shall provide to the CITY three (3) original "wet" copies of Payment and Performance Bonds equal to 100% of the award amount of the contract. SP -14 3-1.04 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS -- In the event that any Bidder acting as a prime contractor has an interest in more than one submitted bid, all such submitted bids will be rejected and the Bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one Bidder and, while doing so, may also submit a formal bid as a prime contractor. No contract will be executed unless the Bidder is licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. The Contractor shall fill out all documents contained in the Bid Document section, and comply with all the requirements of the Bid Documents and specifications contained in the Special Provisions. Failure of the bidder to fulfill the requirements of the Special Provisions for submittals required to be furnished after bid opening, including but not limited to BMP/SWPPP, traffic control and detour plans or escrowed bid documents, where applicable, will delay the issue of the Notice to Proceed, and such delay will subject the bidder to a negative determination of the bidder's responsibility should the bidder choose to participate in future public works bid offerings. SP -15 SECTION 4 4-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 4-1.01 GENERAL -- Attention is directed to the provisions of Section 6-1, "Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work", Section 6-7.1, "Time of Completion", Section 6-8, "Completion, Acceptance and Warranty" and of Section 6-9, "Liquidated Damages" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 4-1.02 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING -- The Pre -Construction Meeting shall be within 10 working days of the notification of the award of the contract by the Mayor and Common Council. The Contractor shall, at the time of the notification of award, inform the Construction/Survey Manager of any special circumstances or conditions that might prohibit the Contractor from attending a Pre -Construction Meeting during this period, or from commencing work as scheduled. 4-1.03 NOTICE TO PROCEED -- The Notice to Proceed shall not be issued until all required documents have been submitted and approved by the CITY. The Contractor shall immediately notify and obtain the approval of the Construction/Survey Manager, prior to the Pre - Construction Meeting, should special circumstances or conditions exist that might prohibit the Contractor from providing all required documentation and commencing work as scheduled within 10 working days of the Pre -Construction meeting. Required documentation shall include the Contractor's applicable NPDES plan (for required submittal time refer to Section 6-1.03 of these Special Provisions), the proposed Construction Schedule, Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Detour Plan (as required). The Construction Schedule shall be supported by written statements from each supplier of materials or equipment indicating that all orders have been placed and acknowledged and setting forth the dates that each item will be delivered. The schedule shall be in the form of a tabulation, chart or graph. 4-1.04 WORKING DAYS -- The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of 120 WORKING DAYS from the date of the "NOTICE TO PROCEED". SP -16 4-1.05 PERMITS AND LICENSES -- Prior to issuance of a "Notice to Proceed", Contractor shall obtain a CITY Business Registration from the City Clerk's Office, San Bernardino City Hall, 300 North "D" Street, 2nd Floor, San Bernardino, CA 92418. 4-1.06 LIQUIDATED UIDATED DAMAGES -- The Contractor shall pay to the City of San Bernardino the sum of $500.00 per day for each calendar day's delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of working days prescribed above. In case all the work called for is not completed in all parts and requirements within the time specified, the CITY shall have the right to grant or deny an extension of time for completion, as may seem best to serve the interest of the CITY. The Contractor will not be assessed with liquidated damages during the delay in the completion of the work caused by acts of God or of the Public Enemy, acts of the State, fire not due to acts of Contractors or Subcontractors, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, freight embargo, unusually severe weather, or delays of Subcontractors due to such causes provided that the Contractor shall, within ten (10) days from the beginning of such delay, notify the CITY, in writing, of the cause of the delay. The CITY will ascertain the facts and the extent of the delay, and the findings thereon shall be final and conclusive. 4-1.07 PROGRESS REPORTS AND ACCOUNTING OF CONTRACTOR WORKING DAYS -- The Contractor shall submit periodic Progress Reports to the Engineer by the tenth of each month. The report shall include an updated Construction Schedule. Any deviations from the original schedule shall be explained. Progress payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports. Section 6-7.3, "Contract Time Accounting", of the Standard S peciLications is superseded by these S )ecial Provisions. The Engineer or his/her designee will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the contract time. Per the Contractor's written request, the Engineer will provide working and non -working days to the Contractor. 4-1.08 INSPECTION -- The Contractor is responsible to notify the Public Works Department Inspection 48 hours prior to the start of any work. Any work performed without inspection by the CITY is subject to rejection and removal of work performed and, at the Contractor's expense, the work will have to be reconstructed. At the CITY's request, and the Contractor's expense, any pipes less than 24" must be inspected by camera for joint grouting and any other inspection. For inspection after regular working hours, see Section 6-1.06 "HOLIDAYS, WORKING DAYS AND HOURS", of these Special Provisions. SP -17 SECTION 5 5-1 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 5-1.01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS -- The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the City of San Bernardino, the County of San Bernardino, the State of California, and/or any incorporated city from all claims or suits for damages arising from the prosecution of the contract work, as more fully described in Subsection 5-1.07, "Contractor's Liability", of these Special Provisions.. The Contractor agrees to protect, defend and indemnify the City of San Bernardino against loss, damage or expense by reason of any suit claims, demands, judgments and causes of action caused by the Contractor, its employees, agents or any subcontractor, or by any third party arising out of or in consequence of the performance of all or any operations covered by the Certificate of Insurance. The Contractor, at its option, may include such coverage under Public Liability coverage. 5-1.02 LIABILITY INSURANCE -- The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 7-3, "Liability Insurance", of the Standard Specifications, providing that the Contractor shall furnish the CITY with a policy or certificate of liability insurance prior to execution of the contract. All of the Insurance Policies shall name the City of San Bernardino as an additional insured. The endorsement shall be provided by the broker or agent of the insurance company and shall be notarized to that effect. ACCORD Forms are not acceptable, nor forms signed by the broker, unless they have Power of Attorney to bind the insurance provider. (See attached sample forms.) Contractor shall maintain minimum limits of insurance no less than: 1. General Liability: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $2,000,000.00 aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location; SP -18 2. Products/Completed Operations: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $2,000,000.00 aggregate; 3. Automobile Liability: $1,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury and property damage; 4. Employer's Liability: $1,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury or illness; 5. Course of Construction: Completed value of the project. 5-1.03 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE -- The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 7-4, "Workers' Compensation Insurance", of Standard Specifications, providing that the Contractor shall file a signed Certificate of Workers' Compensation Insurance before execution of the contract. 5-1.04 PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATE -- The Contractor and all subcontractors shall pay each craft or worker employed on this project not less than the prevailing wage rates specified in Resolution No. 90-358 of the Mayor and Common Council of the City of San Bernardino. The Engineer shall have the right to interview any craft or worker on the project site in order to verify payment of prevailing wage rates in accordance with Resolution No. 90-358. Prevailing wages, available from the California Department of Industrial Relations' Internet web site at http://www.dir.ca.gov/dirdatabases.html, shall comply with current rates and all updates in effect ten (10) days prior to the actual Bid Opening. Said prevailing rates of wages shall conform to Section 1773 of the California Labor Code. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions in Sections 10262 and 10262.5 of the Public Contract Code and Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions Code concerning prompt payment to subcontractors. 5-1.05 PAYROLL RECORDS -- The Contractor's attention is directed to the following provisions of Labor Code Section 1776. The Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance with these provisions by his subcontractors. (a) The Contractor and all subcontractors shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name address, social security number, work classification, straight time, and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with public work. SP -19 (b) The payroll records enumerated under subdivision (a) shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the Contractor on the following basis: (1) A certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available for inspection or furnished to such employee or his or her authorized representative on request. (c) Each Contractor shall file a certified copy of the records enumerated in subdivision (a) with the Engineer on a weekly basis. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to submit the records enumerated in subdivision (a) for all his subcontractors, in addition to his own employees. Failure to submit the records enumerated in subdivision (a) on a timely basis shall constitute good and sufficient reason for withholding the partial payments for work accomplished. 5-1.06 EMPLOYMENT OF APPRENTICES -- This project is subject to the State of California Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) requirements for the employment of apprentices. The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions in the following section of the California Labor Code concerning employment of apprentices on public works projects: 1773.3 An awarding agency whose public works contract falls within the jurisdiction of Section 1777.5 shall, within five days of the award, send a copy of the award to the Division of Apprenticeship Standards. When specifically requested by a local joint apprenticeship committee, the division shall notify the local joint apprenticeship committee regarding all such awards applicable to the joint apprenticeship committee making the request. Additional information regarding the Contractor's options for the employment of apprentices registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations, DAS can be obtained at http://www.dir.cagov/DAS/PublicWorksForms.htm. 5-1.07 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY -- The City of San Bernardino, the Mayor and Common Council, the City Manager or the City Engineer shall not be answerable or accountable in any manner for any loss or damage that may happen to the work or any part thereof; or for any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the work; or for injury to any person or persons, either workers or the public; or for damage to any person or persons, either workers or the public; or for damage to adjoining property from any cause which might have been prevented by the Contractor, or his workers, or any one employed by him; against all of which injuries or damages to persons and property the Contractor, having control over such work, must properly guard. SP -20 The Contractor shall not encroach on private property adjacent to this project in any phase of the construction without first obtaining a signed Right Of Entry document from the property owner and submitting this Right Of Entry to the Engineer for approval, prior to any entry or encroachment onto private property. The Contractor shall be responsible for any injury to any person or damage to property resulting from any defects or obstruction occurring any time before project completion and final acceptance, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of San Bernardino, the Mayor and Common Council, the City Manager or the City Engineer from all suits or actions of every name and description brought for, or on account of, any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons, by the Contractor, his servants or agents, in the construction of the work or in consequence of any negligence in guarding the same, in improper materials used in its construction, by or on account of any act or omission of the Contractor or his agents, and so much of the money due the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered necessary by the CITY may be retained by the CITY until disposition has been made of such suits or claims for damages aforesaid. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the precautions taken by the Contractor are not safe or adequate at any time during the life of the Contract, the Engineer may order the Contractor to take further precautions, and if the Contractor shall fail to do so, the Engineer may order the work done by others and charge the Contractor for the cost thereof, such cost to be deducted from any monies due, or becoming due, the Contractor. Failure of the Engineer to order such additional precautions, however, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full responsibility for public safety. 5-1.08 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS -- During the progress of the work, if subsurface or latent physical conditions are encountered at the site differing materially from those indicated in the contract or if unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, are encountered at the site, the party discovering such conditions shall promptly notify the other party in writing of the specific differing conditions before they are disturbed and before the affected work is performed. Upon written notification, the Engineer will investigate the conditions, and if the Engineer determines that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding loss of anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of his determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. SP -21 No conflict adjustment which results in a benefit to the Contractor will be allowed unless the Contractor has provided the required written notice. No contract adjustment will be allowed under the provisions specified in this section for any effects caused on unchanged work. Any contract adjustment warranted due to differing site conditions will be made in accordance with the provisions in Section 3-4, "Changed Conditions", of the Standard Specifications. 5-1.09 ATTORNEY'S FEES AND ARBITRATION -- The prevailing party in any legal action to enforce or interpret any provisions of this Agreement will be entitled to recover from the losing party all attorney fees, court costs and necessary disbursements, in connection with that action. The costs, salary and expenses of the City Attorney and members of his office, in connection with that action, shall be considered as attorney's fees for the purposes of this Agreement. Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 9-1.10 regarding Binding Arbitration is hereby specifically excluded from this Contract. 5-1.10 CITY BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE -- The Contractor warrants it possesses, or shall obtain, and maintain during the term of this Agreement, a business registration certificate pursuant to Title 5 of the City of San Bernardino Municipal Code, and any and all other licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of whatever nature that are legally required of contractor/consultant/vendor to practice its profession, skill or business. Contractor shall obtain a City of San Bernardino Business Registration at his/her own expense. SP -22 ACORD FORM INSURANCE SAMPLE: 1 ACCORD CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DATE(NHWVY/DD) SP -23 00/00/00 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. COMMERCIAL ASSOCIATES INS., INC. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND, OR ALTER 1226 EAST LA PALMA AVENUE THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE ANAHEIM, CA 92807 COMPANY A CNA -TRANSCONTINENTAL (714) 524-4949 FAX: (7145) 524-4940 INSURED COMPANY B CNA - VALLEY FORGE COMPANY YOUR COMPANY NAME C CHUBB GROUP - FEDERAL INSURANCE AND ADDRESS COMPANY D COVERAGES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM, OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE (MM/YY/DD) POLICY EXPIR DATE (MM/YY/DD) LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GEN LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE (ANY ONE FIRE) A $ 500,000 CLAIMS MADE OCCUR MED EXP ANY ONE PERSON} $ 5,000 X OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $1,000,000 102267576 02/01/98 02/01/99 GENERAL AGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGO $2,000,900 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE I.IIrIIT $ 1,000,000 X AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per Person) $ ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY B Per cident $ BAP 5197135 02/01/98 02/01/99 SCHEDULED AUTOS ERTY DAMAGE ccident $ HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS GARAGE LIABILITY O ONLY -EACH ACCIDENT $ other than auto only: ANY AUTO EACH $ ACCIDENT other than auto only: S AGGREGATE WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY IP X WORKERS COMP STATUTORY LIMITS E.L. EACHACCIDENT $1,000,000 C "01/98 02/01/99 THE PROPRIRETOR/ INCL E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 PARTNERS/EXECUTIV E OFFICERS ARE: EXCL E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $1'000'000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEMCLES/SPECIAL ITEMS JOB LOCATION: ALL CALIFORNIA OPERATIONS OF THE NAMED INSURED RE: (INSERTPROJECT NAME) BELOW NAMES AS ADDITIONAL INSURED WITH RESPECT TO GENERAL LIABILITY AS REQUIRED BY PROJECT CONTRACT CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUEING COMPANY WILL MAIL _L0 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMES TO THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS LEFT. 300 N. "D" STREET, 3- FLOOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATNE SAN BERNARDINO, CA 92418-0001 JOHN E. SMIFH (Signature) ACCORD 25-5 1/951 D ACCORD CORPORATION SP -23 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY NAMED INSURED: POLICY NUMBER: THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY ADDITIONAL INSURED ------ OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS ( FORM B) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART -OCCURRENCE SCHEDULE NAME OF PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS 300 NORTH "D" STREET, 3' FLOOR SAN BERNARDINO, CA 92418-0001 (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you. NOTE: MUST BE SIGNED BYAUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE FOR PROVIDER SUPPLY POWER OF ATTORNEY GIVING A UTHORITY TO BIND CG 20 10 11 85 SP -24 Authorized Representative for CNA Insurance Group Golden Eagle Insurance Company WCTION 6 6-1 GENERAL 6-1.01 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES -- If the total pay quantity of any item of work subject to the provisions in Section 3-2.2, "Contract Unit Prices", of the Standard Specifications varies by more than 25 percent, compensation payable to the Contractor will be determined in accordance with said Section 3-2.2.1, "General", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. When the compensation payable for the number of units of an item of work performed in excess of 125 percent of the Engineer's Estimate is less than $1,500 at the applicable contract unit price, the Engineer reserves the right to make no adjustment in said price if he so elects, except that an adjustment will be made if requested in writing by the Contractor. Such Contractor's request shall be accompanied by adequate, detailed data to support costs of the item. Should the total pay quantity of any item of work required under the contract be less than 75 percent of the Engineer's Estimate, therefor, the Engineer reserves the right to make no adjustment in said price if he so elects, except that an adjustment will be made if requested in writing by the Contractor. Such Contractor's request shall be accompanied by adequate, detailed data to support costs of the item. The payment of the total pay quantity of such item of work will in no case exceed the payment which would be made for the performance of 75 percent of the Engineer's Estimate of the quantity at the original contract unit price. 6-1.02 SOUND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS -- Sound control shall comply with Chapter 8.54 of the City of San Bernardino Municipal Code and these Special Provisions. The noise level from the Contractor's operations between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. shall not exceed 86 dbA at the distance of 50 feet. This requirement in no way relieves the Contractor from responsibility for complying with local ordinances regulating noise levels Said noise level requirements shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not limited to trucks, transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor. The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel. SP -25 6-1.03 NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) REQUIREMENTS -- The Contractor shall strictly adhere to Sections 7-8 and 7-10 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works (Green Book) throughout the entire project. The Contractor, without limitation, shall be responsible for providing and implementing Best Management Practices to comply with National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) standards and practices. The Contractor shall be responsible, to the fullest extent possible, for preventing any contaminants, including soil, from entering any drainage system. The Contractor shall be responsible for having sufficient materials on hand and being prepared to provide erosion and sediment controls capable of preventing erosion from being washed into the storm drain system. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining equipment so that oil, grease, gasoline, diesel fuel, et al., do not contaminate areas subject to run-off. The Contractor and its Surety shall fully indemnify the CITY for any pollution damage and/or cleaning costs. All construction on off-site or on-site improvements shall adhere to NPDES (National Pollution Discharge Elimination System) Best Management Practices to prevent deleterious materials or pollutants from entering the CITY or County storm drain systems. The following are the areas to be addressed where a licable: 1. Handle, store and dispose of materials properly. 2. Avoiding excavation and grading activities during wet weather. 3. Construct diversion dikes and drainage swales around working sites. 4. Cover stockpiles and excavated soil with secured tarps or plastic sheeting. 5. Develop and implement erosion control plans. 6. Check and repair leaking equipment away from construction site. 7. Designate a location away from storm drains for refueling. 8. Cover and seal catch basins whenever working in their vicinity. 9. Use vacuum with all concrete sawing operations. 10. Never wash excess material from aggregate, concrete or equipment onto a street. 11. Catch drips from paver with drip pans or absorbent material. 12. Clean up all spills using dry methods. 13. Sweep all gutters at the end of each working day. Gutters shall be kept clean after leaving construction site. 14. Call 911 in case of a hazardous spill. 15. Keep a running log of all activities in connection with the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). 16. Name a person, on site, responsible for complying with SWPPP. BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES BMPs : Best Management Practices shall be defined as any program, technology, process, site criteria, operating method, measure, or device which controls, prevents, removes, or reduces pollution. The Contractor shall obtain and refer to the California Storm Water Best Management Practice Handbooks, Volume 3 Construction BMP Handbook and the County Regional Best Management Practices Handbook for Construction Activities. SP -26 The Contractor shall have a minimum of two (2) readily accessible copies of each publication on the project work site at all times. The Contractor shall implement the following BMPs in conjunction with the construction operation and activities: CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES Water Conservation Practices Dewatering Paving Operations Structure Construction and Painting MATERIAL MANAGEMENT Material Delivery and Storage Material Use Spill Prevention and Control WASTE MANAGEMENT Solid Waste Management Hazardous Waste Management Contaminated Soil Management Concrete Waste Management Sanitary/Septic Waste Management VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning Vehicle and Equipment Fueling Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance VEGETATIVE STABILIZATION Scheduling Preservation of Existing Vegetation Temporary Seeding and Planting Mulching PHYSICAL STABILIZATION Geotextiles and Mats Soil Stabilizer/Dust Control Temporary Stream Crossing Stabilized Construction Roadway Stabilized Construction Entrance SP -27 RUNOFF DIVERSION Sodding, Grass Plugging, and Vegetative Buffer strips Earth Dikes, Drainage Swales, and Lined Ditches Top and Toe of Slope Diversion Ditches/Berms Slope Drains and Subsurface Drains VELOCITY REDUCTION Flared Culvert End Sections Outlet Protection/Velocity Dissipation Devices Check Dams Slope Roughening/Terracing/Rounding SEDIMENT TRAPPING Silt Fences Straw Bale Barrier Sand Bag Barrier Brush or Rock Filter Storm Drain Inlet Protection Sediment Traps Sediment Basin Additional BMPs may be required as a result of a change in actual field conditions, contractor activities, or construction operations. When more than one BMP is listed under each specific BMP category, the Contractor shall select the appropriate and necessary number of BMPs within each category in order to achieve the BMP objective. BMPs for contractor activities shall be continuously implemented throughout the project. Resources to implement BMPs for erosion control and sedimentation shall be readily available and implemented throughout the construction phase and whenever the National Weather Service predicts rain within 24 hours. BMPs for erosion control and sedimentation shall also be implemented prior to the commencement of any contractor activity or construction operation that may produce run-off, and whenever run-off from other sources may occur. STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN SWPPP_): A Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) shall be defined as a report that includes site map(s), identification of construction and contractor activities that could pollute storm water, and a description of measures and practices to control the potential pollutants. The preparation and implementation of the SWPPP is intended to ensure that the Contractor will make every reasonable effort to prevent the pollution of water resources during the period of construction. All projects, regardless of size, shall have a SWPPP developed prior to the performance of any soil disturbing activities. SP -28 Projects over one acre are placed under the regulations of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharge Associated with Construction Activity. In the State of California, these regulations are adopted by the State Water Resources Control Board and as such projects that fall into this category must submit a Notice of New Construction (NONC) to the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) to obtain a waste discharge identification number (WDID). This information is available for review and downloading on the State of California, Department of Transportation web site at http://www.dot.ca.govlhqlconstruclstormwaterlmanuals.htm. SWPPP's over one acre shall be prepared under the supervision of, and signed by, a Civil Engineer registered by the State of California. All SWPPP's shall include and incorporate BMPs that address contractor activities, erosion, and sedimentation control. The SWPPP shall also include and incorporate appropriate BMPs for run-off generated by construction activities and other non -storm water sources. During all periods of construction, excavated soils which are stored on-site shall be completely covered with waterproof material and gravel bagged or bermed in order that, in the event of a storm, no soil becomes mixed with or transported by storm water run-off. If, during construction operations, field conditions change in a manner which, in the opinion of the Engineer, significantly deviates from how the SWPPP, as approved by the CITY, addressed the current construction operation, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to revise the current construction operation and/or the SWPPP. Such directions will be made in writing and will specify the items of work for which the SWPPP is inadequate. No further work on these items will be permitted until the Contractor revises the construction operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer and/or until the Contractor submits a revised SWPPP and receives CITY approval. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor of the acceptance or rejection of the revised SWPPP within seven (7) working days from the date of submittal. The BMP (Best Management Practices) and/or SWPPP (Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan) shall be submitted to the CITY for review and approval a minimum of ten (10) working days prior to the commencement of construction operations in accordance with this Section 6-1.03 of these Special Provisions. The CITY, as Permittee, is subject to enforcement actions by the State Water Resources Control Board, Environmental Protection Agency, and private citizens. The CITY may assess the Contractor a penalty of $1,000 for each calendar day that the Contractor has not fully implemented the BMP(s) or SWPPP specified for the Contract and/or is otherwise in noncompliance with these provisions. In addition, the CITY will deduct, from the final payment due the Contractor, the total amount of any fines levied on the CITY, plus legal and staff costs, as a result of the Contractor's lack of compliance with these provisions and/or less than complete implementation of the specified BMP(s) or SWPPP. SP -29 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS AND CITY ENGINEER'S DIRECTIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall provide to the CITY, prior to beginning construction, the name and telephone number(s) of the Contractor and/or the Contractor's NPDES representative, which can be reached and will respond to calls 24 hours/day for emergencies during construction activity. Full compensation for the implementation of BMPs, including the construction, removal, and the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment, and materials to comply fully with NPDES requirements shall be considered as included in the other contract bid prices paid for the various bid items of work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. PAYMENT - Full compensation for preparation of the SWPPP, revisions to the SWPPP, and all other related costs, including the construction, removal, and the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment, and materials to comply fully with NPDES requirements shall be considered as included in the other contract bid prices paid for the various bid items of work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. 6-1.04 PERMITS AND LICENSE -- The Contractor shall pay for and obtain a City Business Registration prior to the execution of the contract. Contractor shall obtain a City of San Bernardino Business Registration at his/her own expense. Prior to the commencement of work, the Contractor shall obtain a construction permit at no cost from the City of San Bernardino, Public Works Department, located at San Bernardino City Hall, 300 North "D" Street, aid Floor, San Bernardino, California. The permit shall be kept in a readily available place on the job site at all times during construction. While no fee will be charged for the permit, no permit will be issued unless the Contractor provides a code reference number from USA. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits from all other City of San Bernardino Departments/divisions and/or agencies including, but not limited to the Community Development, Building and Safety Division, the Public Works Department, Street Division, any involved water agency, county flood control, railroad, Caltrans, Fish & Game, Corp. of Engineers, Regional Water Quality Board, etc., at his/her own expense, unless otherwise stated in the Plans and Specifications. These fees and permits shall include water and sewer hook-up, meter, inspection and flagging fees. SP -30 6-1.05 EXTRA WORK AND MARKUP -- Any extra work done shall conform to the provisions of Section 3.3, "Extra Work", of the Standard Specifications, subject to the restrictions of Section 20452 and 20455 of the Public Contract Code. A. Work by Contractor The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor 20% 2) Material 15% 3) Equipment Rental 15% 4) Other items and Expenditures 15% To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, compensation for bonding shall be at the rate specified by the bonding company. B. Work by Subcontractor When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established above shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work, also a markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000.00 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000.00 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 6-1.06 HOLIDAYS, WORKING DAYS AND HOURS -- The Contractor's activities shall be confined to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Thursday,. excluding holidays, as defined in this section. Deviation from these hours will not be permitted without the prior consent of the Engineer, except in emergencies involving immediate hazard to persons or property. No traveled lane shall be closed during rush hour, (7:00 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., unless approved by the Engineer. The Contractor will coordinate inspections with the Public Works Inspector 48 hours prior to any work being done during evenings, Fridays or Saturdays. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer regarding working hours prior to start of construction. Except for Fridays, in the event of either a requested or emergency deviation, inspection service fees will be charged against the Contractor. The service fees will be calculated at overtime rates, including benefits, overhead and travel time. SP -31 Designated legal Holidays are: January 1St, the third Monday in January, the third Monday in February, the last Monday in May, July 4th, the first Monday in September, November 11th, Thanksgiving Day and the Friday following, December 25th and the working day preceding or following (as directed by the Mayor and Common Council) and the last working day of the year. When a designated legal holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be a designated legal holiday. When a designated legal holiday falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be designated a legal holiday. 6-1.07 PAYMENTS -- Attention is directed to Section 9-3, "Payment", and 9-3.2, "Partial and Final Payment", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. No partial payment will be made for any materials which are furnished, but not incorporated in the work. The Contractor shall submit "As Built" project drawings to the Engineer prior to the release of final payment and/or bonds. 6-1.08 PROJECT APPEARANCE -- The contractor shall maintain a neat appearance to the work including use of street sweeping and graffiti removal. The Contractor shall inspect the project site each working day and be prepared to remove debris and graffiti from all surfaces, including security fencing, on the day of occurrence. In any area visible to the public, the following shall apply: When practicable, broken concrete and debris developed during clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of concurrently with its removal. If stockpiling is necessary, the material shall be removed or disposed of weekly unless otherwise specified. The Contractor is encouraged to recycle all materials. The Contractor shall provide the CITY all documents as to the weight of materials removed during excavations in accordance with the requirements of AB939. 6-1.09 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED OR REMOVED MATERIAL -- Unless otherwise specified, all excess excavation or removed material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by him away from the site of the work. SP -32 6-1.10 SURVEYING SERVICE -- The Contractor shall refer to the PROJECT LOCATION SURVEY DOCUMENTS section in the APPENDIX of these Special Provisions for California Land Surveyors Association (CLSA) and Consulting Engineers and Land Surveyors of California (CELSOC) survey monument preservation guidelines. The Contractor shall perform and be responsible for the accuracy of surveying adequate for construction. A California registered Civil Engineer licensed to perform surveying or a California registered Land Surveyor shall perform any surveying or staking, as directed by the Engineer, at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall preserve construction survey stakes and marks for the duration of their usefulness. If any construction survey stakes are lost or disturbed and need to be replaced, such replacement shall be by the Contractor at the expense of the Contractor. In case of missing or incorrect ties, the Contractor's Surveyor shall restore ties as necessary at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit to the CITY a copy of all survey notes and a Certificate Record of Survey. All new and replaced survey ties shall be by transit method. All existing monumentation shall be tied and recorded prior to construction. Corner Records shall be filed, pre and post construction, in accordance with Section 8771 of the Business and Professions Code (AB 1414). Final monumentation of alignments and new R/W lines shall be performed in accordance with the State of California Surveys Manual (latest edition). Record of Surveys or In -Lieu Maps, as applicable, shall be prepared and filed. One reproducible (mylar) copy of all filed maps and one photocopy of all filed Corner Records or Records of Survey shall be delivered to the CITY within 30 days of such filings. PAYMENT - Full compensation for preparation of the survey documents, revisions to the survey documents, and all other related costs, including the construction, removal, and the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment, and materials to comply fully with these Special Provisions and the CLSA shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price, or if no specific bid item, the contract bid prices paid for the various bid items of work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. 6-1.11 CLAYTON ACT AND CARTWRIGHT ACT -- Section 4551 of the State Government Code specifies that in executing a public works contract with the CITY to supply goods, services or materials, the Contractor or Subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the CITY all rights, title and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 commencing with Sec. 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code, arising from purchase of goods, services or materials pursuant to the contract or subcontract. This assignment shall become effective when the CITY tenders final payment to the Contractor without further acknowledgement by the parties. SP -33 6-1.12 PROJECT ERRORS, OMISSIONS, INCONSISTENCIES, AND/OR DISCREPANCIES -- In the event of errors, omissions, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies among two or more portions of the Contract Documents, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to follow the most stringent requirements at no additional cost. If errors, omission, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies appear in the Contract Documents or in the work done by others affecting this work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer prior to proceeding with the work, and the Engineer shall issue appropriate instructions. If the Contractor proceeds with the work so affected, without instructions from the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove the incorrect work or make the necessary corrections to comply with the Engineer's instructions at no cost to the City of San Bernardino. In case of conflicts, errors, omissions, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies on the plan sheets, it is assumed that the bid included the cost for implementing and/or constructing the discrepancy that would have the highest dollar value. 6-1.13 EMERGENCY INFORMATION -- The names, addresses and telephone numbers of the Contractor and subcontractors, or their representatives, which can be reached and will respond to calls 24 hours/day, shall be filed with the Office of the City Engineer prior to beginning work. 6-1.14 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS -- The Contractor shall protect and maintain all existing improvements and facilities in place to remain from the first day of work under this contract to acceptance. The Contractor is responsible for replacing any damaged improvement or facility to original condition or better. 6-1.15 CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY -- The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA), the California Occupational Safety and Health Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, County, and CITY laws, ordinances, regulations, codes, the requirements set forth below, and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts of the Contract Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed. SP -34 6-1.16 SAFETY SUPERVISOR AND MEETINGS -- A. The Contractor shall appoint an employee as safety supervisor who is qualified and authorize to supervise and enforce compliance with the Safety Program. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing prior to the commencement of work of the name of the person who will act as the Contractor's Safety Supervisor. B. The Contractor will, through and with his Safety Supervisor, ensure that all of its employees, and its subcontractors of any tier, fully comply with the Project Safety Policies. The Safety Supervisor shall be a full-time employee of the Contractor whose responsibility shall be for supervising compliance with applicable safety requirements on the work site and for developing and implementing safety training classes for all job personnel. C. The Contractor and its affected subcontractors shall attend safety coordination meetings. The minutes of their meetings shall be submitted to the Engineer. 6-1-17 MEETINGS -- A. The Contractor shall attend weekly progress meetings at the project site. B. In general, these meetings will be attended by the Contractor, the Engineer or his designee, and any subcontractors, suppliers, distributors or other concerned individuals with issues or items to discuss. C. Meeting minutes will be taken by the Engineer or his/her designee. The meeting minutes will be available to the Contractor at the following weekly meeting. The Contractor shall be responsible to distribute the meeting minutes to all parties performing work under his contract. D. The Engineer shall have the authority to require that a mandatory meeting be held at any time during normal work hours. E. These meetings shall be attended by the Contractor, the Engineer or his/her designee, and any subcontractors specified by the Engineer. 6-1.18 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Section 6 shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract bid items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP -35 SECTION 7 7-1 UTILITIES 7-1.01 GENERAL -- The location of all utility substructures that may affect the work shall comply with Section 5, "Utilities", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately of any conflict. The Contractor shall match existing products. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating work with the utility owners. Certain companies, governmental agencies, or their contractors may be working within the construction area. Certain utility facilities at various locations within the project limits may be removed, relocated, abandoned, or installed by companies' or agencies' contractors. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with utility owners and their contractors. The Contractor shall exercise due caution to prevent any damage to/or movement of these utility facilities. Listed below are the utilities that may be affected, with the designated contact person. These names and phone numbers are listed for information purposes only. The Contractor is responsible for verifying phone numbers and contact persons. 1. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY 287 Tennessee Street Redlands, CA 92373 Phone: (909) 307-6788 Attn: Ben Murguia 2. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANY 1981 West Lugonia Avenue Redlands, CA 92374-9796 Phone: (909) 335-7772 Attn: Devery Jennings 3. SAN BERNARDINO MUNICIPAL WATER DEPARTMENT Water Utility Engineering Section 1350 South "E" Street San Bernardino, CA 92408 Phone: (909) 384-5141 Attn: Mike Nevarez SP -36 4. VERIZON 1980 Orange Tree Lane, Suite 100 Redlands, CA 92374-2803 Phone: (909) 748-6655 Attn: Control Desk 5. TIME WARNER TELCOM OF CALIFORNIA (ADELPHIA; COMCAST ) 1500 Auto Center Drive Ontario, CA 91761-1561 Phone: (909) 795-3349 Attn: Stewart King 6. TIME WARNER TELCOM OF CALIFORNIA (ADELPHL4; TCI) 1500 Auto Center Drive Ontario, CA 91761-1561 Phone: (909) 798-8588 Attn: Mark Davenhauer 7. TIME WARNER TELECOM OF CALIFORNIA 3281 Guasti Road, Suite #350 Ontario, CA 91761 Phone: (909) 456-3697 Attn: Richard Wilkerson Cell: (714) 801-6141 8. A.T. & T. - OSP Engineering Cable Maintenance & Right of Way 2741 N. Main Street Walnut, CA 94596-2714 or Phone: (916) 799-4642 A.T. & T. - Cable Hazards Center Phone: (800) 252-1133 Attn: Rosemary Hamill, Cell Phone A.T. & T. - Plant Protection Services Phone: (909) 381-7385 Attn: John Bradley 9. A.T. & T. (SBC - PACIFIC BELL TELEPHONE) ATTN: Right -of -Way Liaison 1265 N. Van Buren Street, Room #180 Anaheim, CA 92807 Phone: (714) 666-5401 Attn: Susan Morgan SP -37 10. SPRINT COMMUNICATIONS Attn: Outside Plant Engineering 282 South Sycamore Street Rialto, CA 92376 Phone: (909) 874-7450 11. MCI — Western Region OSP Outside Plant Construction 157 S. Lilac Street Rialto, CA 92376 Phone: (909) 421-5309 Attn: Lynn Durrett Attn: Chuck Trimble 12. CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS 7337 Central Avenue Riverside, CA 92504-1440 Phone: (951) 343-5139 Attn: Dean Vandever 13. EAST VALLEY WATER DISTRICT 31111 Greenspot Road Highland, CA 92346 Phone: (909) 889-9501 Attn: Justin Parker 14. SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY INFORMATION SERVICES NETWORK SERVICES Attn: Randy Miller, Division Chief 670 E. Gilbert Street San Bernardino, CA 92415 Phone: (909) 388-5910 15. OMNITRANS 1700 W. 5th Street San Bernardino, CA 92411 Phone: (909) 379-7153 Attn: Michele Watson Attn: Allen Wild — Stops & Station Changes SP -38 16. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY NETWORK GROUP 300 North "D" Street, 4th Floor San Bernardino, CA 92418 Phone: (909) 384-5947 Attn: Larry Martin 17. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STREET DIVISION 234 S, Mt. View Avenue San Bernardino, CA 92408 Phone: (909) 384-5143 Attn: Arlington Rodgers 18. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TRAFFIC SIGNALS & STREET LIGHTING 234 S. Mt. View, #110 San Bernardino, CA Phone: (909) 384-5129 Attn: Clemente Elizalde 7-1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY -- The Contractor shall verify the location of all underground utilities and services, including potholing, before proceeding with the excavation work, requesting in advance the services of inspectors from the utility companies in order to ascertain said locations. Damage to underground utilities resulting from neglect on the part of the Contractor shall be corrected and paid for by the Contractor. 7-1.03 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK -- The Contractor shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-7, "Cooperation and Collateral Work", of the Standard Specifications. 7-1.04 UTILITIES NOTIFICATION -- The Contractor shall notify all owners of public utilities seventy two (72) hours in advance of excavating around any of their facilities and substructures and shall also provide the same notice to Underground Service Alert of Southern California, telephone number 1/800/422-4133. SP -39 7-1.05 UTILITIES INTERFERENCE -- Utilities which are found, by exploratory location or by excavation, to interfere with the construction of this project will be relocated, altered, or reconstructed, or the Engineer may order changes in location, line or grade of the project structure, to be built in order to avoid said utility. The Contractor may coordinate the work with the utility owners. Abandoned utilities, which interfere with the construction of any portion of this project, may be cut by the Contractor, the interfering portion of the utility removed and open ends of the pipe sealed with a suitable plug or cap. 7-1.06 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section, not otherwise provided for, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract bid items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP -40 SECTION 8 8-1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 8-1.01 DESCRIPTION -- The work to be done consists, in general, of clearing and grubbing, grading, installing curb ramps including sidewalk by-pass and detectable warning surface on existing curb ramp, constructing asphalt concrete dike and pedestrian landing at curb return, asphalt concrete pavement infill around curb return, painting traffic striping and pavement markings, installing related road signs, loop detectors, installing traffic signal standards, installing conduit, pull boxes and conductors, constructing traffic signal standard foundations, installing controller service equipment enclosure, spread spectrum traffic signal interconnect, emergency vehicle preemption, and such other items or details, not mentioned above, that are required by the Plans, Standard Specifications, or these Special Provisions shall be performed, placed, constructed or installed. The work to be done shall include furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, labor, taxes and incidentals as required by the Contract Documents to construct the project. Addenda issued during the time of bidding shall become a part of the documents furnished to all bidders for the preparation of bids, shall be covered in the bids, and shall be made a part of the contract. Each Bid shall include specific acknowledgement in the space provided of receipt of all Addenda issued during the bidding period. Failure to so acknowledge Addenda may result in the Bid being rejected as not responsive. 8-1.02 ORDER OF WORK -- The first order of work shall be to place the order for the traffic signal equipment. Within one (1) week of the NOTICE TO PROCEED, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a statement from the vendor that the order for said equipment has been received and accepted by the vendor. All other works shall be considered second order of work. 8-1.03 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE -- The Contractor shall comply with the provisions in Section 7-8, "Work Site Maintenance", of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall water down the site during periods of high winds as directed by the Engineer, including periods when the work is not actually in progress. Failure to respond to a directive to water the site in a prompt manner will result in the CITY making other arrangements to have this item of work done and the costs billed to the Contractor, or it shall be paid for by the Contractor as a deduction from his contract. SP -41 8-1.04 PROJECT LOCATIONS -- See separate bound Plans. 8-1.05 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION -- None. 8-1.06 APPROVED MATERIALS -- Whenever the expression "or approved equal" is used, it shall be taken to mean the approval by the City Engineer of any substitution of material or material specified herein. All substitution requests shall state the reason for the request and the difference in price between the item specified and the requested substitution. All substitution requests shall be submitted to the City Engineer in writing five (5) working days prior to the bid opening. No requests for substitutions will be considered by telephone. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval six (6) copies of all shop drawings. The Contractor shall make any corrections to shop drawings required by the Engineer. 8-1.07 CITY -FURNISHED MATERIALS -- CITY furnished material, when applicable as specified in other sections of these Special Provisions, shall comply with the following: A. Materials, if furnished by the CITY, will be made available as specified in these Specifications. The Contractor is responsible for loading, unloading, hauling and handling, and placing CITY -furnished materials. B. The Contractor shall inspect and assure itself of the amount and soundness of such materials. C. The Contractor will be held responsible for all materials furnished to it, and shall pay all demurrage and storage charges. CITY -furnished materials that are lost or damaged from any cause whatsoever shall be replaced by the Contractor. The Contractor will be liable to the CITY for the cost of replacing CITY -furnished material and such costs may be deducted from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. SP -42 8-1.08 PRE-BID INQUIRIES -- NO ORAL representations or interpretations will be made to any Bidder as to the meaning of the Specifications, Plans, any addenda, or other Contract Documents. Written requests for an interpretation, or to identify a potential omission, discrepancy, or misunderstanding will be accepted if received by 5:00 p.m. of the 5'h working day prior to the day of the proposed bid opening. If there are any questions regarding this project, please contact: City of San Bernardino Department of Public Works Mail: 290 North "D" Street Office: 201 N. `B" Street San Bernardino, CA 92401 Re: PLANS & SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13123 INSTALLATION OF A TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT WATERMAN AVENUE AND I-215 ON-RAMP (TC 16-002) Attention: Mahmoud Khodr, P.E., P.T.O.E., City Traffic Engineer Tel: (909) 384-7251; Fax: (909) 384-5190 E-mail: Khodr ma(ii,sbcit}.or SP -43 SECTION 9 9-1 TRAFFIC CONTROL 9-1.01 GENERAL -- The Contractor shall comply with Section 7-10, "Public Convenience and Safety", of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition, and these Special Provisions. Warning signs, lights, cones, barricades and devices for use in performance of work upon highways shall conform to the most recent "California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices". The Contractor shall submit and obtain CITY approval for traffic control and traffic detour plans prior to the commencement of operations on a street. Traffic control plans shall be based on the most recent "California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices". All temporary traffic striping and maintenance shall be done by the Contractor, including placement of temporary tape on all crosswalks. The Contractor shall restore all existing striping to original configuration, and as directed by the Engineer. All warning, regulatory and construction signs shall be fully reflectorized. The traffic cones to be used shall be thirty-six inches (36") in height, rubber or plastic, and be reflectorized. All work areas that remain after dusk shall be properly lighted to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to maintain a normal flow of traffic to prevent accidents and to protect the work throughout the construction stages until completion of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing the approved traffic control plan based on the most recent "California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices". The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements to provide and maintain barriers, cones, barricades, construction warnings, regulatory signs and any other safety control devices, including flagmen. The Contractor shall take measures necessary to protect all other portions of the work during construction and until completion, providing and maintaining all necessary barriers, barricade lights and striping, including crosswalks. In addition to the foregoing traffic control and safety measures, the Contractor shall immediately implement any measures requested by the Engineer defined as necessary to ensure the proper flow of traffic, the protection of the public and/or the safety of the workers. SP -44 The Contractor shall maintain at all times the ability to respond to calls from the Engineer, including during non -working hours to replace or provide additional traffic control or safety devices as required. All places of business and residences along the streets that are within the limits of any work shall be notified by the Contractor in writing at least seven (7) days prior to commencement of work. This notification shall explain the sequence of work and indicate any restrictions of parking and access. Verbal notification shall be given to all places of business and residences at least 18 hours in advance of commencing work that will affect access to and from their properties. The Contractor shall notify all local authorities of his intent to begin work, in writing, at least seven (7) days before work is begun. 9-1.02 TURN RESTRICTIONS -- The Contractor shall post appropriate signs restricting turns when directed to do so by the Engineer. 9-1.03 PARKING RESTRICTIONS -- Unless otherwise provided herein, the Contractor may post temporary "NO PARKING" signs within the area of work as required to facilitate construction operations, subject to approval of the Engineer. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked on the traveled way at any time. The Contractor shall furnish, maintain, and install (seven days prior to the start of work) all "TEMPORARY NO PARKING" signs with the duration of the no parking time written on them. The Contractor will be responsible for posting, removing, and maintaining these signs as required for this project. The Contractor shall cooperate with local authorities relative to handling traffic through the area and shall make his own arrangements relative to keeping the working area clear of parked vehicles. The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer for removal of vehicles. 9-1.04 TRAFFIC LANES -- Traffic lanes shall have a minimum width of 10 feet. A minimum shoulder width of 2 feet shall be provided adjacent to curbs, posts and other similar obstructions, and 5 feet shall be provided adjacent to any excavation, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. SP -45 9-1.05 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE -- During the progress of work, adequate provisions shall be made by the Contractor to accommodate the normal vehicular and pedestrian traffic along streets, roads, and highways, immediately adjacent to or crossing the work, so as to cause a minimum of inconvenience to the general public. Convenient access to abutting properties shall be maintained and remain open, unless approved by the Engineer. 9-1.06 FLASHING ARROW SIGNS -- The Contractor shall furnish and maintain flashing arrow signs (FAS) during lane closures or detours on streets. The Engineer shall determine when FAS is required at any location. 9-1.07 LANE CLOSURE -- The Contractor shall not close more than one (1) lane at a time. The Contractor shall submit traffic control plans and obtain written approval from the Traffic Engineer prior to lane closure. No traveled lane will be closed without authorized approval given by the Engineer. If any traveled lane or road is allowed to be closed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install signs to notify the public of days and times that traveled lanes or roads will be closed seven (7) days in advance of the lane or road closure. If lane closures are approved by the Engineer, the full width of the traveled way shall be open for use by public traffic from 4:00 p.m. to 8:30 a.m., all day for Saturdays, Sundays, and designated legal holidays; after 3:00 p.m. on Fridays (unless otherwise approved by the Engineer) and the day preceding designated legal holidays; and when construction operations are not actively in progress on working days. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and upon completion of the work, remove all signs and warning devices required for directing, protecting, and detour of the public during construction. Emergency vehicles shall be permitted access at all times to any street. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, pedestrian access shall be permitted to pass through the work area, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian access to all business establishments shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. SP -46 9-1.08 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for furnishing and installing signs, lights, flares, barricades, traffic control plan and other traffic control devices, necessary to expedite passage of public traffic through the work area, shall be considered as included in the lump sum prices paid for "TRAFFIC CONTROL", and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The provisions in this Section may be modified or altered if, in the opinion of the Engineer, public traffic will be better served and work expedited. Said modifications or alterations shall not be adopted until approved in writing by the Engineer. Such approved modifications or alterations shall be adopted immediately and shall be considered paid in full as a part of the lump sum contract bid price for "TRAFFIC CONTROL", and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP -47 SECTION 10 10-1 MOBILIZATION 10-1.01 GENERAL -- Mobilization shall comply with the requirements of Section 9-3.4, "Mobilization", of the Standard Specifications. Mobilization may include, but not be limited to, the following principal items: 1. Submittal and modification, as required, of the Construction Schedule. 2. Review of the Site. 3. Obtaining all required Transportation Permits. 4. Submittal of all required insurance certificates and bonds as required by these Specifications 5. Moving onto the site, including, but not limited to: a. Equipment b. Arranging for and erection of Contractor's work and storage areas. 6. Installing construction fencing and temporary construction power and wiring. 7. Providing a minimum of one restroom facility for each twenty-five (25) workers occupying the site. Facilities may include existing functioning restrooms, or portable chemical facilities, or any combination thereof, and shall count as one for each urinal or one for each water closet (as required). 8. Installing all temporary utilities (as required). 9. Establishing required fire protection provisions. 10. Posting all OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs. 11. Posting of all Department of Labor notices. 12. Having the Contractor's superintendent at the job site full-time and responding 24 hours per day. 13. Air and water quality protective measures, as necessary, and without limitation. 14. Potholing and other research and review as necessary to verify site conditions and utility locations. 15. Demobilization of the Site. 16. Any other item as specified. The cost of bonds, insurance, move in and move out costs, preparation and submission of submittals, obtaining encroachment permits, and miscellaneous incidental costs, shall be included in the Bid Item provided for mobilization and demobilization and incidental project costs as a lump sum item, for which 75 percent (75%) will be eligible for inclusion in the first progress payment, with the remaining 25 percent (25%) not eligible for inclusion until 100 percent (100%) of the work has been completed and if progress of the work is satisfactory. SP -48 No work shall be started without prior approval of the submittals. Failure to comply with the preceding requirement will be sufficient ground for the Engineer to stop all work on the project until the requirements are met. 10-1.02 PAYMENT — The contract bid lump sum price paid for "MOBILIZATION" shall be deemed to include the cost of work in advance of construction operation and not directly attributable to any specific bid item, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP -49 SECTION 11 11-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION AND UNCLASSIFIED FILL 11-1.01 GENERAL --Clearing and grubbing, unclassified excavation and unclassified fill shall comply with Section 300-1, "Clearing and Grubbing", Section 300-2, "Unclassified Excavation", and Section 300-4, "Unclassified Fill", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The lump sum bid item for "CLEARING and GRUBBING, UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION and UNCLASSIFIED FILL" shall include, but not be limited to the following items as shown on the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. PART "A" The following items shall be classified as clearing and grubbing: Remove existing asphalt concrete pavement per the Plans, including saw cutting, and as directed by the Engineer. 2. Remove existing concrete curb and gutter, local depression and sidewalk per the Plans, including saw cutting, and as directed by the Engineer. 3. Remove all existing conflicting traffic stripes, crosswalks and pavement markings by grinding and sand blasting as designated and directed by the Engineer. NOTE: Where blast cleaning is used for the removal of painted traffic stripes and pavement markings, or for removal of objectionable material and such removal operation is being performed within 10 feet of a lane occupied by public traffic, the residue, including dust, shall be removed immediately after contract between the sand and the surface being treated. Such removal shall be by a vacuum attachment operating concurrently with the blast cleaning operation. SP -50 PART "B" Nothing in these Special Provisions shall relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities as provided in Section 7-10, "Public Convenience and Safety", of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall deliver salvaged material to the CITY YARD, at 234 South Mountain View Avenue, San Bernardino, CA 92404. The Contractor shall contact the Engineer at (909) 384- 5166, 48 hours prior to hauling. The Contractor shall provide equipment, as required, to safely load and unload the salvaged materials. All removed concrete and other materials, not specifically requested to be salvaged, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be legally disposed of outside of the right-of-way in accordance with Section 300-2.2, "Unsuitable Materials", and Section 300-2.6, "Surplus Material', of the Standard Specifications. Where unclassified fill and grading is necessary in preparation for laying concrete, it shall be made with clean material which shall be solidly compacted to avoid future settlement. The Contractor shall grade the roadway as required, provide all unclassified excavating and unclassified fill necessary for curbs, gutters, cross gutter and apron, sidewalk, driveways, driveway approaches, handicap ramps and street paving, as indicated on the Plans and described in these Special Provisions. Excess and/or unsuitable materials shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. Outside the traveled way, in areas to receive concrete, soil shall be compacted to a relative density of not less than 90%. Backfill under the traveled way shall be compacted to a relative compaction of a minimum of 90%. When asphalt pavement is to be placed directly on subgrade material, subgrade material shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 95%. SP -51 11-1.02 PAYMENT -- The contract bid lump sum price paid for "CLEARING AND GRUBBING, UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION AND UNCLASSIFIED FILL" shall be considered as full compensation for doing all the work involved in clearing and grubbing, miscellaneous unclassified excavation and unclassified fill, removing traffic striping and marking and providing, relocating and removing temporary construction fencing, per the Plans, the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for in the following manner: 1. Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the Contractor, as a deduction from his contract. The Contractor shall pay the price at the same rate that the CITY is charged by the testing soils lab. 2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the CITY, SP -52 SECTION 12 AND SECTION 13 BLANK SP -53 SECTION 14 14-1 ASPHALT CONCRETE 14-1.01 GENERAL -- Asphalt concrete shall comply with the requirements of Section 203-6, "Asphalt Concrete", and Section 302-5, "Asphalt Concrete Pavement", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The Performance Grade of the asphalt concrete shall be PG 64-10. Where dense graded asphalt is being constructed in two layers or more, the asphalt concrete pavement for the base course shall be B -PG 64-10. Where dense graded asphalt is being constructed in a single layer or for a finishing course or asphalt concrete overlay, the asphalt concrete pavement shall be C2 -PG 64-10. Before placing asphalt concrete pavement over native soil, the subgrade shall be prepared in accordance with Sub -Section 301-1.2, "Preparation of Subgrade", of the Standard Specifications. Subsoil over native under the traveled way shall be compacted to a relative compaction of a minimum of 95%. A soil sterilant shall be applied as directed by the Engineer. Soil sterilant shall be "Poly-Bor-Chlorate", or Borascu", with colored marker dye, manufactured by Pacific Coast Borax Company or approved product of other manufacturer provided they are of non-flammable type. After all fine grading, checking, shaping and compacting of the subgrade has been completed, all soil in the areas to receive bituminous concrete pavements shall be thoroughly treated with soil sterilant and thoroughly sprinkled to distribute the chemical through the first two or three inches of the subgrade. Soil sterilant shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection to prevent injury to animal or plant life and property occasioned by the application of the soil sterilant. The Contractor will be held responsible for all personal injury or property damage caused by the application of soil sterilant or the storage of same. A tack coat shall be applied, as directed by the Engineer. 14-1.02 CRACK SEALING -- BLANK 14-1.03 TACK COAT -- Tack coat shall be applied in compliance with Sub -Section 302-5.4, "Tack Coat", of the Standard Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. SP -54 14-1.04 ADJUSTING MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS AND WATER VALVE COVERS TO GRADE - Adjusting manhole frames and covers to grade after completion of paving shall be in accordance with Sub -Section 301-1.6 "Adjustment of Manhole Frame and Cover Sets to Grade", of the Standard Specifications, SECTION 46, "Adjust Manhole Frames And Covers To Grade" of these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Adjusting water valve enclosures to grade after completion of paving shall be in accordance with SECTION 25A, "Adjustment of Water Facilities" of these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. All debris and foreign material shall be removed from the enclosure in accordance with Sub -Section 301-1.6, "Adjustment of Manhole Frame and Cover Sets to Grade", of the Standard Specifications. The pavement surrounding the frames, covers and enclosures shall meet the smoothness requirement as specified in Sub -Section 302-5.8, "Manholes (and other structures)", of the Standard Specifications. 14-1.05 ADJUSTING NON -CITY UTILITY MANHOLES/VAULTS -- Adjusting non -city utility manhole/vault frames and covers to grade after completion of paving shall be performed by others. 14-1.06 PAYMENT -- The price paid for "ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT" shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. Payment for adjusting water facility enclosures to grade shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. Payment for adjusting manhole frames and covers to grade shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM"; and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for in the following manner: 1. Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the Contractor, as a deduction from his contract. The Contractor shall pay the price at the same rate that the CITY is charged by the testing soils lab. 2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the CITY. SP -55 SECTION 15 15-1 AGGREGATE BASE 15-1.01 GENERAL -- Aggregate base shall comply with requirements of Section 200-2, "Untreated Base Materials", and Section 301-2, "Untreated Base", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions for crushed aggregate base. Crushed rock for aggregate base shall be 3/4 inch. A soil sterilant shall be applied to all soil in the areas to receive bituminous concrete pavements as directed by the Engineer. Before application of soil sterilant or aggregate base material, the subgrade shall be prepared in accordance with Sub -Section 301-1.2, "Preparation of Subgrade", of the Standard Specifications. Subsoil under the traveled way shall be compacted to a relative compaction of a minimum of 95%. 15-1.02 SOIL STERILIZATION -- Soil sterilant shall be "Poly-Bor-Chlorate", or Borascu", with colored marker dye, manufactured by Pacific Coast Borax Company or approved product of other manufacturer provided they are of non-flammable type. After all fine grading, checking, shaping and compacting of the subgrade has been completed, all soil in the areas to receive bituminous concrete pavements shall be thoroughly treated with soil sterilant and thoroughly sprinkled to distribute the chemical through the first two or three inches of the subgrade. Soil sterilant shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection to prevent injury to animal or plant life and property occasioned by the application of the soil sterilant. The Contractor will be held responsible for all personal injury or property damage caused by the application of soil sterilant or the storage of same. SP -56 15-1.03 PAYMENT -- The Price paid for "CLASS II AGGREGATE BASE", shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for in the following manner: 1. Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the Contractor, as a deduction from his contract. The Contractor shall pay the price at the same rate that the CITY is charged by the testing soils lab. 2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the CITY. SP -57 SECTION 16 16-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 16-1.01 GENERAL -- Portland cement concrete construction shall comply with Section 201-1, "Portland Cement Concrete", and Section 303-5, "Concrete Curb, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps and Driveways", of the Standard Specifications, as shown on the Plans, Standard Drawings and these Special Provisions. Portland cement concrete shall be Class 560-C-3250, with a maximum slump of five (5) inches. 16-1.02 PCC CURB AND GUTTER -- Portland cement concrete curb and gutter shall be constructed in accordance with CITY Standard Plan 200 Type `B" as shown on the Plans, and as directed by the Engineer. 16-1.03 PCC CURB RAMP -- Portland cement concrete curb ramp, including required retaining curb, shall be constructed in accordance with Standard Plans for Public Works Construction (SPPWC) Standard Plan 111-4, as shown on the Plans, and as directed by the Engineer. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify ramp -type selection and geometrics, with concurrence from the Engineer, at every access ramp location, before proceedipg to remove existing improvements. No removals shall be done until it has been determined by the Contractor that an access ramp can be installed that will meet all ADA requirements and SPPWC Standard Plan 111-4. Corner record transit ties shall be performed and recorded prior to existing removals. The Contractor shall be responsible for modifying traffic signal and highway lighting conduit and conductors when adjusting pull boxes in ramp areas. The Contractor shall be responsible for replacement of any pull boxes and/or pull box covers damaged prior to and/or during construction. 16-1.04 PCC SIDEWALK -- Portland cement concrete sidewalk shall be constructed in accordance with CITY Standard Plan 202 Case `B" as shown on the Plans, and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall protect all existing structures and facilities which are adjacent to the limits of the work to be done under this contract, in accordance with Section 7-9, "Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. SP -58 16-1.05 BONDING -- Joints between new and existing concrete shall be given surface preparation as follows: 1. Joints made with the mass of existing concrete by cutting, chipping, or grinding shall be cleaned free of all loose deleterious material by thorough brooming and compressed air jetting. 2. Original surfaces or existing concrete shall be cleaned free of bitumens, grease, paint, and other deleterious materials and clean aggregate of at least 3/8 -inch size shall be exposed by rock hammer abrasive blast cleaning or machine scarifying. 16-1.06 PAYMENT -- The contract bid unit price paid per linear foot for "PCC CURB AND GUTTER", "PCC SIDEWALK" AND "PCC CURB RAMPS" shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. There will be "No Payment" of n kind for access ramps that do not meet the ADA Standards and the APWA Standard Drawing No. 111-4. SP -59 SECTION 17 THROUGH SECTION 19 BLANK SP -60 SECTION 20 20-1 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKING AND RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS 20-1.01 GENERAL - The application of traffic striping, pavement markings and raised pavement markers shall conform to the requirements of Section 210-1.6, "Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking", Section 214, "Pavement Markers", Section 310- 5.6, "Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings, and Curb Markings" and Section 312, "Pavement Marker Placement and Removal" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Paint for traffic striping and pavement markings shall conform to the requirements of Section 210-1.6.2, "Thermoplastic Paint, State Specifications", of the Standard Specifications. The paint shall contain pre -mixed glass beads with additional glass beads to be mechanically applied when the paint is applied, in accordance with Section 210-1.6.5, "Reflective Material', of the Standard Specifications. Pavement markings and traffic stripes are to conform to pavement delineation plates. Thermoplastic material for traffic stripes shall be applied at a minimum thickness of 0.080 - inch. Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall be placed a minimum of 6 working days after paving is completed. Raised pavement markers (RPMs), if required, shall be Stimsonite-Low Profile No. 953A (yellow) and No. 953B (clear white) or approved equal. The CALTRANS Standard Plans details referenced on the Plans and in the BID DOCUMENTS, and the related figures from the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD) are included in the APPENDIX and made a part of these Special Provisions. All work shall conform to the above standards to the extent feasible; however, emphasis shall be given to matching dimensions of adjoining improvements, subject to concurrence of the Engineer. 20-1.02 PAYMENT - The contract bid lump sum price paid for "THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKING & RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS (INCLUDING REMOVAL OF CONFLICTING STRIPING AND MARKINGS" shall include full compensation for furnishing all equipment and materials, and for doing all work involved in the application of thermoplastic pavement traffic striping and pavement marking, and the installation of raised pavement markers (RPM) including removal of conflicting striping and markings, per the Plans, the CALTRANS Standard Plans and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD) Figures, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP -61 SECTION 21 THROUGH SECTION 23 BLANK SP -62 SECTION 24 24-1 TRAFFIC SIGNALS 24-1.01 TRAFFIC SIGNALS -- Traffic signals and highway lighting shall conform to the provisions in Section 86, "ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS", of the Specifications entitled, "State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Standard Specifications", dated MAY, 2015, and the Caltrans Standard Plans, dated MAY, 2015, the Standard Specifications (Green Book), latest edition, and these Special Provisions. Traffic signal work is to be performed at the following location: WATERMAN AVENUE AND I-215 ON-RAMP 24-1.02 EQUIPMENT LIST AND DRAWINGS -- The Contractor shall provide one (1) copy of the Traffic Signal Plan for each controller cabinet. Record Drawings shall be evaluated by the CITY's Representative before copies of the Traffic Signal Plans are prepared. The size of the plan shall be 1.2" smaller than controller door, on all sides. The plan shall be a reduced copy of the Traffic Signal Plan of record for the project. In the event the data is not legible when the Plan is reduced, data numbers and symbols shall be enlarged. The Plan shall be a black line print. When completed and approved, the Plan shall be hermetically sealed between two pieces of plastic, each a minimum of 20 mils thick. The Plan shall be mounted using Velcro tape so that, when the cabinet door is fully open, the drawing is oriented with the intersection. The Contractor shall furnish a maintenance manual for all controller units, auxiliary equipment, and vehicle detector sensor units, control units and amplifiers. The maintenance manual shall be submitted at the time the controllers are delivered for testing or, if ordered by the Engineer, previous to purchase. The maintenance manual shall include, but need not be limited to, the following items: (a) Specifications (b) Design characteristics (c) General operation theory (d) Function of all controls (e) Trouble shooting procedure (diagnostic routine) (f) Block circuit diagram (g) Geographical layout of components SP -63 (h) Schematic diagram (i) List of replaceable component parts with stock numbers 24-1.02(a) MAINTAINING EXISTING AND TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM -- Traffic signal system shutdowns shall be limited to periods between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. The Contractor shall place "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs to direct vehicle and pedestrian traffic through the intersection during traffic signal system shutdowns. All signal faces shall be covered when the system is shutdown overnight. Temporary "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs shall be either covered or removed when the system is turned on. "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall conform to the provisions in Section 12-3.06, "Construction Area Signs", of the Standard Specifications. Minimum size of "STOP" signs shall be 36 inches. One "STOP AHEAD" sign and one "STOP" sign shall be placed for each direction of traffic. For two lane approaches, two "STOP" signs shall be placed. Location of signs shall be as directed by the Engineer. Full compensation for furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing temporary "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs and for covering signs and signal faces not in use shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for the signal items involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 24-1.03 FOUNDATIONS -- Foundations shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.03, "FOUNDATIONS", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Portland Cement Concrete shall conform to Section 90-10, "MINOR CONCRETE" of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard, except concrete for reinforced pile foundations shall contain not less than 590 pounds of cement per cubic yard. 24-1.04 STANDARDS. STEEL PEDESTALS AND POSTS -- Standards, steel pedestals, and posts shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.04, "STANDARDS, STEEL PEDESTALS AND POSTS", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Where the Plans refer to the side tenon detail at the end of the signal mast arm, the applicable tip tenon may be substituted. SP -64 24-1.05 CONDUIT -- Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.05, "CONDUIT", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All conduit on this project shall be rigid metal type. Conduit from pedestal to point of electrical service shall be 3" conduit with pull rope per current Southern California Edison Company electrical service standards. Insulated bonding bushings will be required on metal conduit. After conductors have been installed, the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes and controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound. Rigid metal conduit to be used as a drilling or jacking rod shall be fitted with suitable drill bits for size hole required. When a standard coupling cannot be used for coupling metal type conduit, a UL listed threaded union coupling, as specified in the third paragraph in Section 86-2.05C, "Installation", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, or a concrete -tight split coupling or concrete -tight set screw coupling shall be used. 24-1.06 PULL BOXES -- Pull boxes shall be #5 (except as shown on the Plans) and installed flush with top of curb or concrete sidewalk. Plastic pull boxes will not be allowed. Mark all covers "CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO" and "TRAFFIC". Pull Boxes shall be secured with a locking pull box insert, as manufactured by McCain Incorporated, (760) 727-8100, or approved equal. The manufacturer's product description is included in the APPENDIX of these Special Provisions. 24-1.07 CONDUCTORS AND WIRING -- Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.08, "CONDUCTORS", and Section 86-2.09, "WIRING" of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Nylon jacketed conductors shall not be used. Splices shall be insulated by "Method B" as provided on Caltrans Standard Plans ES -13A. 24-1.08 SOLID-STATE TRAFFIC ACTUATED CONTROLLER -- Solid-state traffic actuated controller units, cabinets, and auxiliary equipment shall conform to the provisions SP -65 in Section 86-3, "CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. New Solid-state traffic actuated controller shall remain at the following intersection: WATERMAN AVENUE AND I-215 ON-RAMP In addition to the provisions in Section 86-3.03, "MODEL 170 AND 2070 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, the complete control system, including the Model 332 cabinet, shall conform to State of California, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation, "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Modifications", latest edition, and subsequent addendums. The above -referenced document is available from the State of California, Bids and Documents Section in Sacramento, for a fee. Each controller shall have a local controller package consisting of 1 Model 400 Modem, 1 Model 412 AZ with extended memory 2-64K SRAM chips (Dallas DS -1225) and 1-27256 blank program EPROM chip and C-2 Connector. A full complement of EPROM chips shall be furnished for each controller program module. Two (2) complete manuals and four (4) complete cabinet wiring diagrams shall be supplied in accordance with the above -referenced Standard Specifications, latest edition. The convenience receptacle shall have ground -fault circuit interruption as defined by the Code. Circuit interruption shall occur on less than 4 milliamperes of ground -fault current. The Contractor shall arrange to have a signal technician qualified to work on the controller and employed by the controller manufacturer, or his representative, present at the time the equipment is turned on. 24-1.09 TRAFFIC UNINTERRUPTED POWER SUPPLY (UPS) OVERVIEW The traffic UPS is a turnkey, true on-line, power conditioner and uninterruptible power or battery backup system (UPS -BBS) designed for transportation and traffic applications. The traffic UPS -BBS shall be capable of operating, up to its rated power level, in extreme environments with existing equipment on the street today, including any and all signal heads (i.e., Incandescent, LED, Neon, etc.). Where shown on plans, the Traffic UPS -BBS shall be mounted on the back side of the controller cabinet, per the manufacturer's instructions. The UPS -BBS shall be Model 22 BBS SP -66 from Tesco Controls, Incorporated, 3409 52"d Avenue, Sacramento, CA 95823, telephone 800- 948-3726, or in all reference within, approved equal. Refer to the Tesco System Specifications in the APPENDIX of these Special Provisions. The UPS -BBS cabinets shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-3.04A, "Cabinet Construction", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The UPS -BBS shall be furnished and installed in conformance with the following specifications: 1.0 Operation A. The traffic UPS -BBS shall be capable of producing - simultaneously - fully regenerated, conditioned and true sine wave, standby and continuous AC outputs. B. Suggested operating mode for respective outputs during power failure: Continuous output provided for signal controllers and modems: Standby output provided for signals in flash mode operation (optional delay timer available for short-term battery run under full cycling operation). C. Up to the maximum rating, the Traffic UPS shall be capable of running any combination of signal heads, whether Incandescent, LED or Neon, by any manufacturer, regardless of power factor, without overdriving the poorer power factor LED heads which may cause early degradation, low luminosity or early signal failure. D. Upon loss of utility power the Traffic UPS -BBS shall insert battery power into the system via a supplied Power Interface Module (PIM). In case of UPS -BBS failure and/or battery depletion, the PIM will ensure that the UPS -BBS will drop out and, upon return of utility power, the traffic control system will default to normal operating mode. E. The Power Interface Module shall enable removal and replacement of the Traffic UPS -BBS without shutting down the traffic control system (i.e. "hot swap" capability). Connectors shall be equipped with a "safety interlock" feature. F. For 170E, 2070L or "California" style cabinets, upon loss of power the Traffic UPS -BBS shall actuate the existing Flash Transfer Relays (RTFs) and Mercury Contactor (MC) to force the traffic control system into Flash Mode operation. SP -67 G. Existing Flasher Modules and Flash Transfer Relays shall be utilized. H. To facilitate emergency crews and police activities, the Traffic UPS -BBS shall be compatible with police panel functions (i.e. "Signals Off' switch must kill power to the field wiring even when on UPS-BBS/Battery power). I. The Traffic UPS -BBS shall not duplicate or take over flash operation or flash transfer relay functions. J. The Traffic UPS -BBS shall be capable of providing continuous, fully conditioned, regulated, sinusoidal (AC) power to selected devices such as signal controllers, modems, communications hubs, NTCIP adapters and video equipment. 2.0 Description The Traffic UPS -BBS shall consist of three major components, the Electronics Module, the Power Interface Module, and the Battery System. 2.01 The Electronics Module shall consist of the following: A. True sine wave, high frequency inverter utilizing IGBT technology; B. 3 -stage, temperature compensated, battery charger; C. For connection from the Electronics Module to the Power Interface Module and Battery System, dedicated harnesses shall be provided with quick -release, keyed, circular connectors and braided nylon sleeving over all conductors; D. Local and remote control of UPS -BBS functions; E. Local and remote communications capabilities; F. Be capable of accepting and NTCIP ready adapter or a Spread Spectrum Radio modem; G. Separate Power Interface Module (PIM) for inserting power safely and reliable. SP -68 2.1 MountingXonfi rum 2. 1.1 Mounting method shall be shelf -mount. 2.1.2 170 Style: mounting method shall be 19" rack -mount. Shelf angles or rails, typically supplied by others, are available as optional accessories. 2.2 Battery System 2.2.1 The battery shall be comprised of extreme temperature, deep cycle, AGM/VRLA (Absorbed Glass Mat/Valve Regulated Lead Acid) batteries that have been field proven and tested by the U. S. military. 2.2.2 The battery system shall consist of one or more strings (typically 4 or 6 batteries per string) of extreme temperature, deep cycle, AGMNRLA (Absorbed Glass Mat/Valve Regulated Lead Acid) batteries. 2.2.3 Batteries shall be certified to operate at extreme temperatures from -37°C to +74°C. 2.2.4 The batteries shall be provided with appropriate interconnect wiring and a corrosion -resistant mounting trays and/or brackets appropriate for the cabinet into which they will be installed. 2.2.5 The interconnect cable shall be protected with abrasion - resistant nylon sheathing. 2.2.6 The interconnect cable shall connect to the base module via a quick -release circular connector. 2.2.7 For purposes of safety and proper operation, the circular battery connector shall have interlocking pins to prevent turn -on if batteries are not connected, and to shut off the UPS -BBS should the batteries be disconnected. 2.2.8 Battery construction shall include heavy-duty, inter -cell connections for low -impedance between cells, and heavy- duty plates to withstand shock and vibration. SP -69 3.0 ,O 2.2.9 The top cover shall use tongue and groove construction and shall be epoxied to the battery case for maximum strength and durability. 2.2.10 An optional lifting handle shall be available on most battery models. Electrical Specifications 3.1 Input Specification: Nominal Input Voltage 120 VAC, Single Phase Input Voltage Range 85 VAC to 140 VAC Input Frequency 50 or 60 Hz (+/- 5%) Input Configuration 3 Wire (Hot, Neutral & Ground) Input Current (Max. draw) 7.2 amps, Power -Factor Corrected Input Protection Input Fuse (12 amps) 3.2 Output Specification Nominal Output Voltage 120 VAC, Single Phase Power Rating 1 k VA (1000VA/700W) Output Voltage Regulation +/- 2% for 100% step load change and from High battery to Low battery condition Output Frequency 50 to 60 Hz (+/ - 5%) Output Configuration Keyed, circular connectors and duplex receptacle Output Wave Form True Sinewave Overload capability 100% for 10 minutes 200% for 1/2 second Fault Clearing Current limit and automatic shutdown Short circuit protection Current limit and automatic shutdown Efficiency 85% at full load Load Power Factor .7 lagging through unity to .7 leading Physical Specifications, UPS -BBS Electronics Module 4.1 Dimensions: Rack -mount: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX) Shelf -mount: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX) SP -70 Wall-mount/Unistrut Rail mount: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX) Separate Power -Interface Module: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX) 4.2 Weight: UPS -BBS: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX) 5.0 Environmental Specifications 5.1 The UPS -BBS shall meet or exceed NEMA temperature standards from -37°C to +74°C. 5.2 The UPS -BBS shall be certified and field proven to meet or exceed NEMA temperature standards. A certificate of compliance shall be made available upon request. 6.0 Battery Specifications 6.1 The battery system shall be certified and field proven to meet or exceed NEMA temperature standards from -37°C to +74°C. 6.2 Ampere -Hour ratings: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX) 6.3 Hydrogen gas emissions: must meet Mil -Spec #MIL -B-8565) 6.4 Dimensions: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX) 6.5 Weights: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX) 7.0 Communications Controls & Diagnostic 7.1 Alarm Function Monitoring: The traffic UPS -BBS shall come standard with a DB -9F connector with open collectors (40V @ 20 mA) indicating: 7.1. l Loss of Utility Power, 5P-71 7.1.2 Inverter Failure, and 7.1.3 Low Battery. 7.2 An RS232 Interface shall be provided via a DB -9F connector allowing full, interactive, remote computer monitoring and control of the UPS -BBS functions. 7.3 Front Panel controls: Power ON, Cold (DC) Start, Alarm Silence, Battery Test, Bypass Breaker, and DC/Battery Breaker. 8.0 Reliabilily 8.1 Calculated MTBF is 100,000 hours based on component ratings. 8.2 When Bypass and Power Interface Module are included, system MTBF increases to 150,000. 9.0 Battery Mounting 9.1 Battery Tray mounted on standard RETMA rails: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX) 9.2 Swing -out Battery Box: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX) 9.3 Adjustable Delay -timer to provide up to 10 hours of full cycling while on battery before switching to flash mode (only available where 100% low-power/LED signals and pedestrian heads are used). Batteries must be sized properly to fully utilize this feature. 9.4 Service pedestal -mounting option. 9.5 One-shot ground pulse to trigger External Start upon return of AC power. 9.6 Dial -out modem for wireless or land line communication. 9.7 Enhanced battery charger provides accelerated charging capacity (Contact factory for details and proper application). SP -72 10.0 Serviceability & Maintainabilit 10.1 MTTR (Mean -Time -To Replace or Repair) 10.1.1 Electronics: 15 minutes or less 10.1.2 Battery System: 15 minute or less 11.0 Warrant The Manufacturer shall provide a two (2) year factory -replacement parts warranty on the entire Traffic UPS -BBS. Batteries shall be warranted for full replacement for two (2) -years. The warranty shall be included in the total contract bid lump sum price for the installation of the traffic signal system, per the Plans, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 24-1.10 FUNCTIONAL TESTING Functional testing shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.14C, "Functional Testing", of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. The complete control system including the cabinet shall be delivered to the City of San Bernardino Signal Maintenance Yard, 234 South Mountain View Avenue, San Bernardino, CA 92408, for operational testing and adjustment. The exact location of delivery shall be designed by the City Engineer. Prior to testing, the materials delivered must display or provide the following information: (a) Project Identification (b) Job Location (c) Contractor's Name, Address and Telephone Number (d) Manufacturer's Name, Address and Telephone Number (e) Controller Program Identification (f) All auxiliary equipment shall be provided prior to testing (sensors, isolators, conflict monitors, etc.) SP -73 The Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 48 hours prior to delivery of equipment to be tested. When notified by the CITY, the Contractor shall pick up the complete control system within 48 hours and haul same to the office of the work at his own expense. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 10 working days for operational testing and adjustment, with the added provisions that if the equipment should fail, an additional 10 -day period shall be allowed for retesting. All testing and transportation and/or shipping costs for the complete control system shall be borne by the Contractor. Costs for controller testing shall be paid for in the following manner: 1. Controller systems which do not pass testing shall be paid for by the Contractor as a deduction from his contract. 2. Controller systems which pass testing will be paid for by the CITY. 24-1.10 Continued: Controller systems which fail the testing shall be picked up by the Contractor for repairs and then redelivered to the testing lab for retesting. A functional test shall be made in which it is demonstrated that each and every part of the system functions as specified. This shall include camera vehicle counting, counting equipment, interconnect wireless and hardwire. 24-1.10(a) TRAFFIC SIGNAL TURN -ON -- Traffic signal turn -on shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.07, "Scheduling of Work", of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. The traffic signal turn -on schedule shall be approved in writing by the City Engineer a minimum of four (4) working days prior to turn -on. All traffic signal equipment shall be provided and in place including, but not limited to, signal cabinet equipment, traffic signal equipment, signal interconnect, phone drops, modems, counting equipment, striping and signing. The Engineer, as well as representatives of the Public Works Department, Street Maintenance Section and Traffic Signal Section, shall be present at the traffic signal turn -on. SP -74 24-1.11 TRAFFIC DETECTION -- Traffic detection shall be by SENSYS wireless vehicle detection system (or approved equal) and shall conform to the provisions in Section 24A, "WIRELESS, BATTERY -POWERED MAGNETOMETER VEHICLE DETECTION SYSTEM FOR PRESENCE DETECTION APPLICATIONS" of these Special Provisions. 24-1.12 VEHICLE SIGNAL FACES -- Vehicle signal faces shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-4, "TRAFFIC SIGNAL FACES AND FITTINGS" of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Mast arm and arrow signal heads shall have 12" glass lenses. Pole mounted signal heads shall have 12" glass lenses. All lamps for traffic signal units shall be LED and furnished by the Contractor. All LED lamps must be hardwired ( Type 1). Signal section housing shall be metal type and back plates shall be metal louvered type. 24-1.13 LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) SIGNAL MODULES -- LED signal modules shall conform to Section 209-5.511, "Circular Light Emitting Diode (LED) Signal Modules" of Standard Specifications (Green Book) and these Special Provisions. Each module shall consist of an assembly that utilizes LEDs as the light source in lieu of an incandescent lamp for use in traffic signal sections. The modules shall be rated for a minimum useful life of 48 months. All modules shall meet all parameters of this specification during this period. LED modules will have EPA Energy Star compliance ratings. When a current of 20 mA AC *or less) is applied to the unit, the voltage reading across the two leads shall be 15 VAC or less. The modules and associated on -board circuitry must meet Class A emission limits referred in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, SubPart B, Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of electronic noise. The assembly and manufacturing process for the LED signal assembly shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources. Material used for the lens and signal module construction shall conform to ASTM specifications for the materials. SP -75 24-1.13(a) PHOTOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS -- The minimum initial luminous intensity values for the modules shall be as stated in Table 2- 1 and Table 2-3 at 25°C. The modules shall meet or exceed the illumination values as shown in Table 2-2 and Table 2-4, throughout the useful life based on normal use in a traffic signal operation over the operating temperature range. SP -76 I== I*■ 24-1.13 Continued: Table 2-1 Minimum Initial Intensities for Circular Indications ( in cd ) Table 2-2 Maintained Minimum Intensities for Circular Indications in cd 8" 12„ An le v h Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green 2.5,+/-2.5 157 314 314 399 798 798 2.5,+/-7.5 114 228 228 295 589 589 2.5,+/- 12.5 67 133 133 166 333 333 2.5,+/- 17.5 29 57 57 90 181 181 7.5,+/-2.5 119 238 238 266 532 532 7.5,+/-7.5 105 209 209 238 475 475 7.5,+/- 12.5 76 152 152 171 342 342 7.5,+/- 17.5 48 95 95 105 209 209 7.5,+/- 22.5 21 43 43 45 90 90 7.5,+/- 27.5 12 24 24 19 38 38 12.5,+/- 2.5 43 86 86 59 119 119 12.5,+/- 7.5 38 76 76 57 114 114 12.5,+/- 12.5 33 67 67 52 105 105 12.5,+/- 17.5 24 48 48 40 81 81 12.5, +/- 22.5 14 29 29 26 52 52 12.5, +/- 27.5 10 19 19 19 38 38 17.5, +/- 2.5 19 38 38 26 52 52 17.5, +/- 7.5 17 33 33 26 52 52 17.5, +/- 12.5 12 24 24 26 52 52 17.5, +/- 17.5 10 19 19 26 52 52 17.5, +/- 22.5 1 7 14 14 24 48 48 17.5, +/- 27.5 1 5 10 10 19 38 38 Table 2-2 Maintained Minimum Intensities for Circular Indications in cd SP -77 877 1299 Angle v h Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green 2.5,+/-2.5 133 267 267 339 679 679 2.5,+/-7.5 97 194 194 251 501 501 2.5, +/- 12.5 57 113 113 141 283 283 2.5, +/- 17.5 25 48 48 77 154 154 7.5,+/-2.5 101 202 202 226 452 452 7.5,+/-7.5 89 178 178 202 404 404 7.5,+/- 12.5 65 129 129 145 291 291 7.5,+/- 17.5 41 81 81 89 1 178 178 7.5, +/- 22.5 18 37 37 38 77 77 7.5, +/- 27.5 10 20 20 16 32 32 12.5, +/- 2.5 37 73 73 50 101 101 12.5, +/- 7.5 32 65 65 48 97 97 12.5,+/- 12.5 28 57 57 44 89 89 12.5,+/- 17.5 20 41 41 1 34 69 69 12.5,+/- 22.5 12 25 25 22 44 44 12.5,+/- 27.5 9 16 16 16 32 32 17.5,+/- 2.5 16 32 32 22 44 44 17.5, +/- 7.5 14 28 28 22 44 44 17.5, +/- 12.5 10 20 20 22 44 44 17.5, +/- 17.5 9 16 16 22 44 44 17.5, +/- 22.5 6 12 12 20 41 41 17.5, +/- 27.5 4 9 9 16 32 32 SP -77 24-1.13 Continued: Table 2-3 Minimal Initial Intensities for Arrow Indications in cd/m2 ) Table 2-4 Minimum Maintained Intensities for Arrow Indications ( in cd/m2 ) Red Yellow Green Arrow Indication 5,500 11,000 11,000 Table 2-4 Minimum Maintained Intensities for Arrow Indications ( in cd/m2 ) The measured chromaticity coordinates of the modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements of Table 2-5, throughout the useful life over the operating temperature range. Table 2-5 Chromaticity Standards CIE Chart Red Red Yellow Green Arrow Indication 5,500 11,000 11,000 The measured chromaticity coordinates of the modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements of Table 2-5, throughout the useful life over the operating temperature range. Table 2-5 Chromaticity Standards CIE Chart Red Y: Not greater than 0.308, or less than 0.998 - x Yellow Y: Not less than 0.411, nor less than 0.995 — x, nor less than 0.452 Y: Not less than 0.506 - .519x, nor less than 0.150 + 1.068x Green nor more than 0.730 - x 24-1.13(b) MODULE IDENTIFICATION -- Each module shall have the manufacturer's name, trademark, model number, serial number, date of manufacture (month -year), and lot number as iden6tification permanently marked on the back of the module. The following operating characteristics shall be permanently marked on the back of the module: Rated voltage and rated power in Watts and Volt -Ampere If a specific mounting orientation is required, each module shall have prominent and permanent marking(s) for correct indexing and orientation within a signal housing. The markings shall consist of an up arrow, or the word "UP" or "TOP". SP -78 24-1.13 Continued: 24-1.13(c) TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODULE - LED traffic signal modules shall be designed as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal indications and shall not require special tools for installation. The following specification requirements apply to the Type 1 (hard wired) module only. All general specifications apply unless specifically superceded in this section. FACE Size: 12" circular (Red, Yellow, Green) 12" arrow (Red, Yellow, Green) The maximum weight of a Type 1 module shall be 1.8 kg (4 lbs.). Two secured, color coded, 600 V, 20 AWG minimum, jacketed wires, conforming to the National Electric Code, rated for service at +105°C, are to be provided for electrical connection for each Type 1 LED signal module. Conductors for Type 1 modules shall be 1-m in length, with quick disconnect terminals attached and shall conform to Section 86-4.01 C, "Electrical Components", of the Standard Specifications. If specified in the purchased order, the module will be equipped with an adapter that will screw into the medium base, lamp socket. The adapter shall be able to accept the quick disconnect terminals at the end of the conductors for the module. The electrical contacts of the adapter shall be made of brass. The LED signal module lens shall be UV stabilized and shall be capable of withstanding ultraviolet (direct sunlight) exposure for a minimum period of 60 months without exhibiting evidence of deterioration. If a polymeric lens is used, a surface coating or chemical surface treatment shall be used to provide front surface abrasion resistance. 24-1.13(d) LIGHT EMITTING DIODE LED 12" ARROW -- LED arrow signal modules shall conform to Section 209-5.511.6, "Arrow LED Signal Modules" of Standard Specifications (Green Book) and these Special Provisions. SP -79 24-1.13 Continued: 24-1.13(e) QUALITY ASSURANCE - The modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a manufacturer quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production quality assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of the modules built to meet this specification, and a documented process of how problems are to be resolved. QA process and test results documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years. LED signal module designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or sold as conforming to this specification. Design qualification testing shall be performed by the manufacturer or an independent testing lab hired by the manufacturer on new LED module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an existing design. A major design change is defined as a design change (electrical or physical) which changes any of the performance characteristics of the module, results in a different circuit configuration for the power supply or changes the layout of the individual LEDs in the module. A quality of two units for each design shall be submitted for design qualification testing. Test units shall be submitted to the CITY after the manufacturer's testing is complete. Manufacturer's testing data shall be submitted with test units for the CITY's verification of design qualification testing data. The sample modules shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours, at 100 percent on-time duty cycle, at a temperature of +74°C (+165°F) before performing any design qualification testing. Any failure of the module, which renders the unit non-compliant with the specification after burn -in shall be cause for rejection. For design qualification testing, all specifications will be measured including, but not limited to: Rated initial luminous intensity and chromaticity (color) shall be measured over the operating temperature range. SP -80 All specified electrical parameters shall be measured and used for quality comparison of production quality assurance on production modules. (rated power, etc.) Modules shall be tested for comparability with the controller unit, conflict monitor, and load switch. Each signal module shall be connected to the output of a standard load switch connected to an AC voltage supply between the values of 95 and 135 VAC with the input to the load switch in the "off' position. The AC voltage developed across each LED signal module so connected shall not exceed 10 Vrms as the input AC voltage is varied from 95 Wins to 135 Vrms. Mechanical vibration testing shall be as per MIL -STD -883, Test Method 2007, using 3 four -minute cycles along each x, y, and z axis, at a force of 2.5 Gs, with a frequency sweep from 2 HZ to 120 HZ. The loosening of the lens, of any internal components, or other physical damage shall be cause for rejection. Temperature cycling shall be performed as per MIL -STD -883, Test Method 1010. The temperature range shall be per "Environmental Requirements". A minimum of 20 cycles shall be performed with a 30 -minute transfer time between temperature extremes and a 30 -minute dwell time at each temperature. Module(s) being tested shall be energized and functioning throughout the duration of the test. Failure of a module to function properly or any evidence of cracking of the module lens or housing after temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection. Moisture resistance testing shall be performed on all modules mounted in a standard type "A" pedestrian housing per NEMA Standard 250-1991 for Type 4 enclosures. Any evidence of internal moisture after testing shall be cause for rejection. 24-1.13(f) PRODUCTION QUALITY CONTROL TESTING -- Production quality control testing shall comply with Section 209-5.5.11.7, "Testing Requirements" of the Standard Specifications (Green Book) and these Special Provisions. Production quality assurance tests shall be performed on each new module prior to shipment. Failure to meet requirements of any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. Test results shall be retained by the manufacturer for seven years. Burn -in period shall consist of each signal module being energized at rated voltage for a 30 - minute stabilization period before the measurement is made. Each module shall be tested for rated initial intensity after burn -in. A single point measurement, with a correlation to the intensity requirements of Table 2-1 for circular modules, may be used. Each module not meeting minimum luminous intensity requirements per Table 2-1 or Table 2-3 shall be cause for rejection. The ambient temperature for this measurement shall be +25°C (+77°F). SP -81 24-1.13 Continued: Each module shall be tested for required power factor after burn -in. Each module shall be measured for current flow in amperes after burn -in. The measured current values shall be compared against rated values resulting from design qualification measurements under "Design Qualification Testing". The current flow shall not exceed the rated value. Each module shall be visually inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly anomalies. Careful attention shall be paid to the surface of the lens to ensure there are no scratches (abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration, or other defects. Any such defect shall be cause for rejection. The CITY may perform random sample testing on all shipments. Random sample testing should be completed within 30 days after delivery to the specified location on the purchase order. Arrow modules shall be tested as per California Test 3001 and as described herein. All optical testing shall be performed with the module mounted in a standard traffic signal section or in a standard Type "A" Pedestrian Housing, but without a visor or hood attached to the section or housing. The number of units tested (sample size) shall be determined by the quantity of each model in the shipment. The sample size shall conform to ANSI/ASQC Z1.4. The Caltrans METS shall determine the sampling parameters to be used for the random sample testing. All parameters of the specification may be tested on the shipment sample. 24-1.13(g) WARRANTY -- In addition to meeting the performance requirements for the minimum period of 60 months, the manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for the modules for a period of 60 months after acceptance of the modules. Replacement modules shall be provided promptly after receipt of modules that have failed at no cost to the CITY. All warranty documentation shall be given to the CITY prior to random sample testing. SP -82 24-1.14 PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS -- Pedestrian signals shall comply with Section 209-5.6, "Pedestrian Signal Sections" of the Standard Specifications (Green Book) and these Special Provisions. Pedestrian signals shall be Type "A". If shown on Plan as applicable, the audible pedestrian signal shall supplement the visible "WALK" symbol indicated and shall be mounted within the housing of the pedestrian signal on the walk symbol side. Output (electric current) shall be generated from the field conductors to the associated pedestrian signal head. Audio output shall be adjustable. Additional audio output shall be adjustable from adjustable low to an adjustable high, and shall be responsive to external ambient noise. Directional audio outputs for right -of way designations shall be presented by 2 distinct bird chirping sounds. The Northerly and Southerly phase(s) shall utilize a "CUCKOO" sound. The Easterly and Westerly phase(s) shall utilize the "PEEP -PEEP" sound. Operation parameters shall be: 115V AC +/- 25%, 60Hz, 3 watts 120 C temperature range 90/db watts at 1 meter (max) output 24-1.15 LIGHT EMITTING DIODE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL FACE "UPRAISED HAND" MODULE -- The pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" shall be installed in each Type "A" pedestrian signal. The light emitting diode (LED) module for the pedestrian signal shall conform to Section 209-5.6.6, "LED Pedestrian Signal Section "UPRAISED HAND" Module", of the Standard Specifications (Green Book) and these Special Provisions. 24-1.16 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON -- Pedestrian push button housings shall be the metal type. Pedestrian push buttons shall be Type "B". SP -83 24-1.17 ADA PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON -- The push button unit shall be Synchronex Part No. 1 ASY2021-40, ADA -2. The housing for the push button shall be either machined aluminum, or die-cast aluminum. All housing shall be coated with powered paint, matching colors of Federal Standard No. 595b, and shall be shock and rain proof. The housing shall be "Bull Nosed" in shape to reduce vandalism. The pedestrian push button switch shall be a precision type, single pole, single throw, expandable to three poles, single throw operation, having pressure type terminals, rated at 120vac, and capable of 1X106 operations. The switches shall be UL listed, CSA certified, and meet the requirements of NEMA ICS -1, ICS -2. The switch shall have the following characteristics: A. The switching unit shall have a stainless steel, aluminum, or structural plastic operator and shall be mounted within the housing with a stainless steel, non- corrosive, temper -proof, fastening device. It shall be of such a size to permit recessed mounting in most existing standard type pedestrian push buttons without any modifications to either unit. B. The actuator shall be conical in shape with the cone extending 7/16" to %2" above bezel of the switch housing, and 2" in diameter. C. The switch shall have an operating force of 9 to 13 ounces and a minimum release force of 4 ounces. Pretravel shall be 1/64 inch maximum. Overtravel shall be 7/32 inch minimum. Differential travel shall be .0004 to .002 inch. 24-1.18 LUMINAIRES -- Luminaires shall conform to the provisions in Section 86- 6.01, "High -Intensity Discharge — Luminaires", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All luminaire to be mounted on horizontal mast arms, when tested in accordance with California Test 611, shall be capable of withstanding cyclic loading in: (1) a vertical plane at a minimum peak acceleration level of 3.0 g's peak -to -peak sinusoidal loading (same as 1.5 g's peak) with the internal ballast removed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire parts. (2) a horizontal plane perpendicular to the direction of the mast arm at a minimum peak acceleration level of 1.5 g's peak -to -peak sinusoidal loading (same as 0.75- g peak) with the internal ballast installed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire parts. SP -84 24-1.19 MAST ARM -MOUNTED REFLECTORIZED STREET NAME SIGN -- Mast arm -mounted reflectorized street name signs shall be Type SG. Sign panel surfaces, including lettering and borders, shall be 3M Brand Visual Impact performance (VIP 3990) reflective sheeting or approved alternate. Reflective sheeting shall be applied in such a manner as to maintain light transmission levels specified in the Caltrans Specifications. Sign legends shall be white on green as shown on the Plan. Minimum copy size for the legends shall be 8" U.C. and 6" series D. Minimum sign panel width shall conform to the Standards established by Caltrans. "Periods" shall not be used on abbreviations. Full-size layouts for each legend shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to fabrication. Sign panels shall be .063 gauge 50521-138 aluminum with chromate conversion coating as per Caltrans Specifications. Sign frames shall be constructed of 6061T6 aluminum channel: 1-1/4" X 1-1/4" X 1/8" The frame shall be welded on all four corners. Sign faces shall be aluminum rivets. A face will appear on both sides of frame. The Contractor shall provide and install all the necessary hardware and mounting brackets to install the mast arm -mounted reflectorized street name signs. The Contractor shall provide Safeway Sign bracket EZ -L telescoping mast arm sign bracket with swing assembly, or approved equal, by the City Traffic Engineer. All modifications to standard equipment must be documented. The Contractor is responsible for generating the desired documentation in the event that it is not available from the manufacturer. , high molecular weight polyethylene with a minimum of 0.060 -inch (1.52 mm) jacketthickness, which shall be resistant to sunlight and chemicals, shall withstand temperatures of -20°C. and shall conform to the requirements of Specification PE -22 latest edition. The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall be approximately 0.52 -inch (13.1 mm). Interconnect cable shall not be spliced. SP -85 24-1.20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL INTERCONNECT SYSTEM -- The interconnection of the traffic signal system shall be by spread spectrum radio interconnect system and shall conform to the provisions in Section 24D, "SPREAD SPECTRUM INTERCONNECT SYSTEM" of these Special Provisions. 24-1.21 EMERGENCY VEHICLE PREEMPTION -- Emergency vehicle preemption and priority system shall be installed at this traffic intersection and shall conform to the provisions in Section 24C, "PREEMPTION AND PRIORITY CONTROL, INFRARED DATA -ENCODED" of these Special Provisions. 24-1.22 PAYMENT -- The contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM" shall be considered as full compensation for furnishing all materials, tools and equipment and for executing all the work involved in the installation of the traffic signal, street lighting system, video detection system, interconnect and emergency vehicle preemption priority systems, UPS/BBS System, Type III -CF Dual Service meter, 2070 controller and a master 2070 controller, universal time base module GPS receiver, conduit, pull boxes, poles and foundation 165 watt LED Luminaire, vehicle heads, wiring and other appurtenant work, complete in place, per the Plans, the Caltrans and Greenbook Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP -86 SECTION 24A 24A -I INDUCTIVE LOOP DETECTOR 24A-1.01 GENERAL - Inductive loop detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 209, "Street Lighting and Traffic Signal Systems" and Section 209-5.8, "Detectors" of the Standard Specifications (latest edition), the Caltrans Standard Specifications and Standard Plans (latest edition), and these Special Provisions. The traffic signal work includes installation of new inductive loop detectors and detector lead -in -cables as shown on the Plan and/or as directed by the Engineer, and shall conform to Section 209-5.8.2, "Inductive Loop Detectors" of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. 24A-1.02 MAINTAINING EXISTING AND TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Traffic signal system shutdowns shall be limited to periods between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. The Contractor shall place "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs to direct vehicle and pedestrian traffic through the intersection during traffic signal system shutdowns. All signal faces shall be covered when the system is shutdown overnight. Temporary "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs shall be either covered or removed when the system is turned on. "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall conform to the provisions in Section 12-3.06, "Construction Area Signs", of the Standard Specifications. Minimum size of "STOP" signs shall be 36 inches. One "STOP AHEAD" sign and one "STOP" sign shall be placed for each direction of traffic. For two lane approaches, two "STOP" signs shall be placed. Location of signs shall be as directed by the Engineer. Full compensation for furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing temporary "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs and for covering signs and signal faces not in use shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for the signal items involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP -87 24A-1.03 PULL BOXES - Pull boxes shall be #3-1/2 (except as shown on the Plans) and installed flush with top of curb or concrete sidewalk. Plastic pull boxes will not be allowed. Mark all covers "CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO" and "TRAFFIC". Pull Boxes shall be secured with a locking pull box cover, as manufactured by Lighting Security Products, (866) 922-5661, or approved equal. The manufacturer's recommended installation instructions are included in the APPENDIX of these Special Provisions. 24A-1.04 CONDUCTORS - Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-5.8.2.3, "Conductors", and these Special Provisions. Loop wire shall be Type 2. Loop detector lead-in shall be Type C. Nylon jacketed conductors shall not be used. Splices shall be insulated by Method `B" as provided on Caltrans Standard Plans ES -13A. 24A-1.05 INDUCTIVE LOOP DETECTOR - Inductive loop detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-5.8.2, "Inductive Loop Detectors" of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall install a 6 foot diameter circular loop, Type E, at the locations as shown on the Plans and as directed by the Engineer. The sides of the slot shall be vertical and the minimum radius of the slot entering and leaving the circular part of the loop shall be 1-5/8 inch. Slot width shall be a maximum of 5/8 inch. Loop wire for circular loops shall be Type 2. Slots of circular loops shall be filled with elastomeric sealant or hot -melt rubberized asphalt sealant. 24A-1.06 SEALANT - Elastomeric sealant or hot -melt rubberized asphalt sealant shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-5.8.2.4, "Sealants" of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Residue resulting from slot cutting operations shall not be permitted to flow across shoulders or lanes occupied by public traffic and shall be removed from the pavement surface. SP -88 Slots shall be filled with elastomeric sealant or asphaltic emulsion sealant. Slots in asphalt concrete pavement shall be filled with asphaltic concrete sealant as follows: After conductors are installed in the slots cut in the pavement, paint binder shall be applied to all surfaces of slots in accordance with the provisions in Section 302-5.4, "Tack Coat", of the Standard Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. Temperature of sealant material during installation shall be above 70T. Sealant placed in the slots shall be compacted by use of an 8 -inch diameter by 1/8 -inch thick steel hand roller or other tool approved by the Engineer. Compacted conductor coverage shall be one inch. Excess sealant remaining after rolling shall not be reused. On completion of rolling, traffic will be permitted to travel over the sealant. 24A-1.07 TESTING - The Contractor shall test inductive detector loops in accordance with Section 86-2.14B, "Field Testing", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. An operating test consisting of five (5) days of trouble-free operation shall be satisfactorily completed prior to acceptance by the Engineer. Functional testing shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.14C, "Functional Testing", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall test the detectors with a motor -drive cycle, as defined in the California Vehicle Code, that is licensed for street use by the Department of Motor Vehicles, of the State of California. The unladen weight of the vehicle shall not exceed 220 pounds and the engine displacement shall not exceed 100 cubic centimeters. Special features, components or vehicles designed to activate the detector will not be permitted. The Contractor shall provide an operator who shall drive the motor -driven cycle through the response or detection area of the detector at not less than 3 miles per hour nor more than 7 miles per hour. The detector shall provide an indication in response to this test. 24A-1.08 REMOVING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Removal of any existing electrical equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-7.01, "Removing Electrical Equipment", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Any existing electrical equipment removed shall not be reused, especially conductors, detectors and fuse boxes, and they shall become the property of the Contractor. SP -89 24A-1.09 PAYMENT - Full compensation for the installation of traffic inductive loop detector, including furnishing all materials, tools and equipment and for doing all the work involved in the installation of the inductive loop detector system, including all the appurtenant facilities, saw cutting, splicing, testing, complete in place, per the Plans, per the Standard Specifications (Green Book), the Caltrans Standard Specifications and Plans, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. SP -90 SECTION 24C 24C-1 TRAFFIC CONTROL PREEMPTION AND PRIORITY CONTROL SYSTEM INFRARED ACTIVATED DATA -ENCODED 24C-1.01 GENERAL -- The priority control system for authorized emergency and transit vehicles shall employ data -encoded infrared communication to identify the presence of designated priority or probe vehicles. All equipment supplied as part of this system intended for use in the controller cabinet shall meet the electrical and environmental specifications spelled out in the NEMA Standards Publications TS2 where applicable A record of system users by vehicle classification and identification number shall be created. In priority vehicle mode, the data -encoded communication shall request the traffic signal controller to advance to and/or hold a desired traffic signal display selected from phases normally available. In probe vehicle mode, no traffic signal priority will be requested, only a record of the probe vehicle's presence will be generated. A single given traffic intersection within a complete priority control system shall consist of a matched system of data -encoded emitters, infrared detectors, detector cable, phase selectors, system software and applicable system accessories from a single manufacturer. The system shall be the Opticom Multmode EVP system (MMPS) manufactured by Global Traffic Technologies (GTT), or pre -approved and compatible equal. The manufacturer's specifications are provided in the APPENDIX of these Special Provisions. The system emitters shall be capable of generating a user programmable infrared, data - encoded signal as well as the standard base frequency for emergency and transit bands. The data - encoded signal shall be detected and recognized by the infrared detectors at or near the intersection over a line -of -sight path of up to 2,500 feet (762 m) under clear atmospheric conditions. The phase selector shall process the electrical signal from the detector to ensure that the communication is: 1. a valid base frequency, and/or 2. is correctly data -encoded, and 3. is within user-settable range If these conditions are met, the phase selector shall generate a priority control request to the traffic controller for the appropriate intersection approach to request a "green light" for the approaching priority vehicles, or record the presence of approaching probe vehicles by classification and identification number. SP -91 The system shall not require action from the vehicle operator other than to activate (turn on) the infrared emitter. The system shall operate on a first-come, first-served basis. High priority requests will override low priority requests. The system shall interface with the 170 and 2070 traffic signal controller equipment and their associated cabinet systems, and shall not compromise normal operation or existing safety provisions. 24C-1.02 SYSTEM COMPONENTS -- The priority control, data -encoded, infrared communications system shall be comprised of five (5) basic matched components: data -encoded emitter, infrared detector, detector cable, phase selector and system software. In addition, a card rack and electromechanical interface card shall be available if required. To ensure system integrity, operation and compatibility, all components shall be from the same manufacturer. The system shall offer compatibility with most signal controllers, e.g., electromechanical, National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), 170 or 2070. The system shall be capable of interface with most globally available controllers using the RS232 interface or with the card rack, using designated external inputs. Interfacing to an electromechanical controller may require the use of an interface card. A. DATA -ENCODED EMITTER — The data -encoded emitter shall trigger the system. It shall send the encoded infrared signal to the detector. It shall be located on the priority or probe vehicle. B. REMOTE CODING UNIT — The remote coding unit shall remotely program the data -encoded LED infrared emitter without the use of a computer. The remote coding unit shall not be available for use with the OEM version of the data -encoded LED emitter. C. INFRARED DETECTOR — The detector shall change the infrared signal to an electrical signal. It shall be located at or near the intersection. It shall send the electrical signal, via the detector cable, to the phase selector. D. DETECTOR CABLE — The detector cable shall carry the electrical signal from the infrared detector to the phase selector. E. PHASE SELECTOR — The phase selector shall accommodate data -encoded communications and shall validate, identify, classify and record the signal from the infrared detector. It shall be located within the controller cabinet at the intersection. It shall request the controller to provide priority to the requesting vehicle and/or record the presence of a probe vehicle. SP -92 F. SYSTEM INTERFACE SOFTWARE — The system software shall provide windows and menus for setting vehicle ID subgroups and codes, range settings, intersection and channel names, timing parameters, desired green signal indications during priority control operation and for viewing and downloading logged information. It shall be a WindowsTM compliant program. G. SYSTEM CENTRAL MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE — This database software shall support remote system configuration and gathering and reporting of operational information. This software shall be capable of running on a WindowsTM 2003 server or WindowsTM XP or WindowsTM 2007 operating system. H. CARD RACK — The card rack shall provide simplified installation of a phase selector into controller cabinets that do not already have a suitable card rack. 24C-1.03 SYSTEM COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS -- A. DATA -ENCODED INFRARED EMITTER and PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE 1. The data -encoded emitter shall generate the infrared signal which serves as the trigger to the rest of the priority control system. The infrared signal generated by the data -encoded emitter shall be a series of infrared pulses from an array of infrared LEDs with an integral power supply. The flash signal shall consist of a fixed frequency base signal and a coded overlay signal that can be used to transmit information. 2. The data -encoded LED emitter shall be powered by the DC voltage supplied from the battery of the vehicle. The emitter power supply shall operate from 10 to 32 volts DC. The unit shall be equipped with a weatherproof in-line fuse holder and a weatherproof quick -disconnect plug. 3. The unit, including all electronics, shall be miniaturized to a size no greater than 5.9 inches (15 cm) wide by 3.8 inches (9.7 cm) high by 3.5 inches (8.9 cm) deep to accommodate standalone and internal lightbar installation. a. Alternately, for a data -encoded LED based emitter intended for Lightbar Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs), the unit, including all electronics, shall be miniaturized to a size no greater than 5.7 inches (14.5 cm) wide by 1.2 inches (3 cm) high by 1.6 inches (4 cm) deep to accommodate internal lightbar installation. SP -93 4. The data -encoded emitter shall be supplied complete with a 25 foot (7.5 m) installation cable. a. The installation cable for the LED OEM version shall be provided by the OEM. 5. The flash sequence generated by the data -encoded emitter shall carry three (3) types of information: a. The first function shall be to transmit the industry standard carrier frequency for High priority Emergency band signals (14.035 +/- 0.03 Hz) or Low priority Transit band signals (9.639 +/- 0.003 Hz), or approximately 12 Hz for Probe frequency. b. The second function shall be to transmit a vehicle identification signal, added to the carrier frequency either by modulating the carrier frequency or by interleaving extra pulses between the standard carrier frequency pulses. c. The third function shall be to effect range adjustment of the system using either coded or non -coded optical emitters positioned at the desired distance, while the optical signal processor/phase selector range adjustment features are activated in the traffic cabinet. The range of each system intersection approach shall be adjustable between 200 feet (90m) and 2500 feet (762m) for both high and low priority signals. 24C-1.04 OPTICAL DETECTOR -- The optical detector shall be manufactured from black glass -filled, UV stabilized polycarbonate suitable for all weather use. The detector shall be designed and sealed to prevent the entrance of rain, sleet and snow. The optical detector shall sense and transform optical energy from optical emitters into electrical signals to be decoded by the optical signal processor/phase selector and shall sense optical emitter signals over an adjustable range of up to 2500 feet (762m) in optimum atmospheric conditions. It shall transmit electrical signals to the optical signal processor/phase selector via up to 1000 feet of optical detector cable. It shall have an internal terminal strip with wiring label for convenient positive connection to the detector cable. The optical detector shall have as a minimum a conical eight (8) degree or greater field of view centered about the view port normal axis. Should wider viewing fields be necessary, the vendor shall supply the equipment/hardware to achieve the detection area that is needed for the specific application. SP -94 24C-1.05 OPTICAL DETECTOR CABLE -- The optical detector shall be either three (3) or four (4) conductor shielded control cable, with foil shield overall and ground wire. It shall the requirements of IPCEA-S-61-402/NEMA WC5, Section 7.4, 600 -Volt Control Cable, rated for 75 degrees Celsius, Type B, and the following: Wire Quantity Wire Gauge Conductor Material Insulation Wire Color CONDUCTORS 3 AWG #20 (7 x 28) stranding Individually tinned copper strands PVC, 80C, 600V, 25 -mil minimum average thickness 1 Blue, 1 Orange, and 1 Yellow 4 AWG #20 (7 x 28) stranding Individually tinned copper strands PVC, 80C, 600V, 25 - mil minimum average thickness Blue, Orange, Yellow, and Other Shield shall be aluminized polyester film or approved equal, applied with a nominal 20% overlap to provide 100% shield coverage Drain Wire shall be AWG #20 (7 x 28) stranding gauge. Material shall be individually tinned copper strands, non -insulated and in contact with the shield conductive surface. Drain and conductor DC resistance shall not exceed 11.0 ohms per thousand feet. Capacitance from 1 conductor to the other 2 conductors and shield shall not exceed 48 pf/ft at 1000 Hz. Jacket shall have a minimum average wall thickness of .045", temperature rating of 80C, voltage Rating - 600V. Material shall be PVC, Black with a nominal O.D. over jacket -.35" maximum. The optical detector cable shall be of durable construction to allow the following types of installation: Direct burial; Conduit and mast arm pull; or Exposed overhead, as with span wire. 24C-1.06 OPTICAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR/PHASE SELECTOR -- The optical signal processor/phase selector shall be installed in the traffic controller cabinet to decode the electrical signals from optical detectors. The optical signal processor/phase selector shall interface directly with 170 and 2070 series controllers with compatible software, and NEMA TS -1 and TS -2 with suitable system interface equipment and software and associated cabinet systems. SP -95 24C-1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL -- All equipment supplied as part of the optical preemption traffic control system intended for use in the controller cabinet shall meet the electrical and environmental specifications spelled out in the NEMA Standards Publications TS2-1992 Part 2 where applicable. 24C-1.08 QUALIFICATIONS -- The manufacturer or their qualified agents shall supply a list of at least three preemption system users having experience with the various types of preemption system components available from the manufacturer for a minimum of three years. The manufacturer shall be able to demonstrate the ability to provide on going technical and product warranty support. A tour of the manufacturer's production facilities shall be made available for a maximum of two inspectors from the CITY upon request. The manufacturer shall have an independent quality control department that has complete authority to monitor product integrity and is answerable only to a senior officer of the manufacturing organization. 24C-1.09 RESPONSIBILITIES -- The manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative shall provide responsive service before, during and after the installation of the priority control system. The manufacturer or the manufacturer's representatives shall provide training to the system installer and maintenance department of the CITY. Training shall consist of proper installation and operating procedures for the system hardware and software. The manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative shall, at the request of the CITY, assist with field surveys of the traffic system intersections to insure that all traffic control system equipment shall interface with the manufacturer's preemption system components. The necessary number of preemption channels and the appropriate location of the optical detectors, for optimum system operation shall be determined at this inspection. The manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative shall assist the installer or the CITY's Traffic Operations to insure that all traffic controllers are properly programmed for preemption system interface. Preemption system maintenance and operational manuals shall be provided to the purchasing agency and system installer. The manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative shall provide an Emergency Vehicle Driver Training Course to all qualified personnel who will use the preemption system, at the request of the CITY. At least one copy of the materials used for the driver training course shall be provided to the CITY for future review. SP -96 The manufacturer shall warrant, provided the preemption system components have been properly installed, operated, and maintained, that matched system components that fail due to material flaws or workmanship shall be replaced or repaired under manufacturers published warranty provisions. The protection period against system component failure shall have a total duration of not less than 10 full years (1 year for emitter lamps) according to provisions set forth in the manufacturers published warranty. The manufacturer shall provide, upon request, a certificate of product liability insurance for $500,000. The manufacturer of the preemption system shall certify on request from the CITY that all the component products in their system are designed, manufactured, and tested as a system of matched components and shall meet or exceed the requirements of the specification. 24C-1.10 PAYMENT - Full compensation for the installation of emergency vehicle preemption and priority system, including furnishing all materials, tools and equipment and for doing all the work involved in the installation of the preemption and priority, infrared activated, data -encoded system, including all the appurtenant facilities and testing, complete in place, per the Plans, per the Standard Specifications (Green Book), the Caltrans Standard Specifications and Plans, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. SP -97 SECTION 24D 24D-1 SPREAD SPECTRUM INTERCONNECT SYSTEM 24D-1.01 GENERAL - Traffic Signal Spread spectrum interconnect system shall conform to the provisions in Section 209, "Street Lighting and Traffic Signal Materials" and Section 307, "Street Lighting and Traffic Signal Systems" of the Standard Specifications (latest edition), the Caltrans Standard Specifications and Standard Plans (latest edition), and these Special Provisions. 24D-1.02 TRAFFIC SIGNAL INTERCONNECT SYSTEM -- The interconnection of the traffic signal system shall be by spread spectrum radio interconnect system and shall consist of antennas, cables, interface units, modems, radios and all other appurtenances to provide a fully functional communication system to operate with Model 170E or 170 masters and local Model 170E or 170 controller units. 24D-1.03 INSTALLATION -- The Contractor shall install master and slave radios in the controller cabinet at the locations shown on the Plans. The antenna for the radios shall be installed by the Contractor on a signal pole as shown on the Plans and as determined in cooperation with the Engineer and the manufacturer. All cabling and connections from the radios to the antennas shall be installed by the Contractor in coordination with the Engineer. 24D-1.04 RADIO -- Spread Spectrum Radio shall be P -Com Corporation Airlink Model 19MP-E or approved equals. Each radio shall meet FCC Part 15.247 requirements for unlicensed use and shall operate with a communication protocol that is fully compatible with the traffic signal controller system's equipment communications protocol. The radio shall be able to operate as either a master or as a slave, and the use direct sequence to spread the radio frequency (RF) carrier. The radio shall be encased in a hardened unit and meet the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) TS -1 environmental standards for traffic signal equipment. SP -98 Other features to be provided are as follows: FCC Part 15 Certified Post June 23, 1004 compliant Modulation Type Spread Spectrum Spreading Type Direct Sequence Range 5 Miles minimum Frequency Range 902-928 Mhz Channels (non -overlapping) 16 Channel Selection User programmable by dip switch Data Rate 1.2 kbps to 19.2 kbps Mode Point to point, point to multipoint Output Power 1 milliwatt to 800 mw, user selectable RS -232 Data Interface Slaves Unlimited Power Requirements 120 VAC, 80 Hz The radio supplier or its authorized representative shall verify by written certification that said radios are fully compatible with said traffic controller equipment; certification shall be prior to installation. All radios supplied shall be of the same type (manufacturer model, series, etc.). A shelf shall be provided for each cabinet for the radio. One extra radio will also be provided. 24D-1.05 COAXIAL CABLE -- Coaxial cable shall be installed from each antenna to the controller cabinet. At least 10' of coax shall be left in the cabinet. For routing of said coaxial cable, refer to Exhibits for conduit information. NOTE: The Exhibits are not to scale; it will be the Contractor's responsibility to determine length of coaxial cable required. The coaxial cable shall be Times Microwage System LMR 400 or approved equal. The coaxial cable shall be designed for underground installation and shall meet or exceed the following specifications: Impedance 50 Ohms Attenuation 3.9 db/100 ft @6 900 Mhz Core Insulation Foam polyethylene core Outer Diameter 405" outer diameter Shield 100% shield coverage > 90dB RF shielding Black Polyethylene, UV protected _ 1.0" Outer Jacket Minimum Bend Radius SP -99 24D-1.06 ANTENNA -- The antenna shall be a directional Yagi antenna compatible with the Spread Spectrum Radio System (900 Mhz). The antenna shall have 50 OHM impedance, an N type female antenna post and shall have a gain of 15 dBI. 24D-1.07 ANTENNA MOUNT -- Directional antennas shall be installed on the existing traffic signal pole mast -arms and/or pole shafts as selected by the Engineer. The antenna mount shall be band -strapped to the mast -arm or pole shaft. 24D-1.08 CONNECTORS -- The connectors shall be Amphenol 82-202-1006. Male type "N" or approved equal. 24D-1.09 LIGHTNING PROTECTOR -- The lightning protector shall be a Polyphaser IS-50NX-C2 or approved equal. A lightning protector shall be provided for each radio. It shall be mounted in the traffic control cabinet. 24D-1.10 MODEM -- An external type 202 modem shall be installed at the master radio location. This modem shall meet all NEMA TS -1 environmental standards. 24D-1.11 CABLES -- Cables shall be provided for the following: Master Radio:DB25 to DB9; C2 to 4 wire; 4' drop coax. Slave Radio: DB25 to C2; 4' drop coax. ALL CABLES SHALL BE WIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION WITH SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT. 24D-1.12 SPREAD SPECTRUM TESTING -- To assure path feasibility and spectrum availability for proper operation of the Spread Spectrum Radio System Interconnect, the following tests shall be performed: a. A spectrum analysis to determine spectrum usage and availability within the 902- 928 Mhz frequency range shall be conducted by the radio supplier or an authorized representative in the presence of the Engineer or his representative. From the results of this analysis and after conferring with said representative, the Engineer will determine the appropriate frequency to be used. This analysis shall be performed prior to antenna and radio installation. SP -100 b. To determine the quality of data transferred over the RF link, a BERT reading shall be taken and logged for each maser to slave link. This BERT shall follow the industry standard test pattern for BERT measurement. The documentation shall include initial BERT readings, error readings and return BERT readings. Each shall be logged by listing the ending points of the link along with BERT reading. C. Each link shall have an R.S.S. reading logged for proper determination of path integrity. This reading shall b in D.C. volts and shall reference an average Bit error Rate. The R. S. S. shall be monitored for at least 10 minutes. 24D-1.13 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE MANUAL -- This manual shall be assembled in volumes of 3D -ring binders of 3" maximum thickness and shall be indexed item by item. Several items may be covered in a single binder. The manual shall document in detail the maintenance and service aspects of the equipment on an item by item basis with clearly detailed illustrations including schematic diagrams. The manual shall contain comprehensive lists of parts and costs, with illustrations if necessary, as well as a troubleshooting guide to enable CITY technicians, or others to carry out maintenance operations down to the module level. The Contractor shall furnish one manual. 24D-1.14 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL -- This manual shall be assembled in volumes of 3D -ring binders of 3" maximum thickness and shall be indexed item by item. Several items may be covered in a single binder. The manual shall document in detail the installation and operation of the equipment on an item by item basis with clearly detailed illustrations. The Contractor shall furnish one manual. All modifications to standard equipment must be documented. The Contractor is responsible for generating the desired documentation in the event that it is not available from the manufacturer. 24D-1.15 PAYMENT - Full compensation for furnishing all the materials, tools and equipment and for doing all the work involved in the installation of the spread spectrum interconnect system, including all the appurtenant facilities and system testing, complete in place, per the Plans, the Standard Specifications (Green Book), the Caltrans Standard Specifications and Plans, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. SP -101 SECTION 25 THROUGH SECTION 49 BLANK SP -102 SECTION 50 50-1 REMOVAL AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDING STREET PAVEMENT 50-1.01 GENERAL - The Contractor shall comply with Section 7-9, "Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements", of the Standard Specifications, latest edition, and these Special Provisions. All existing improvements (except utilities and street pavements) including, but not limited to curbs, gutters, cross gutters, spandrels, driveways and sidewalks, walls, fences, sprinkler systems, lawns, shrubs, trees, and traffic signs, traffic striping and traffic detector loops which are damaged or removed during the course of construction of the project shall be restored or replaced to a condition equal to or better than, in all respects, the existing improvements removed or damaged, unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings. The removal and restoration of existing improvements shall be in accordance with the applicable provision of these Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications, Standard Drawing and the following requirements: 1. In the event a portion of curb, gutter or monolithic curb and gutter is damaged by the Contractor's operations, a minimum of 10 feet of curb, gutter or curb and gutter shall be removed and replaced regardless of how short a length is damaged. The Contractor shall begin said 10 -foot section, if possible, at an existing joint or scoring line. If said 10 -foot section ends within 3 feet of an existing joint or scoring line, then the removal shall extend to said joint or scoring line. 2. If concrete cross gutter is damaged by the Contractor's operations, the cross gutter shall be removed in its entirety and replaced. 3. Concrete sidewalk shall be removed in its entirety between scoring lines or between scoring line and joint. Prior to removal, scoring lines shall be saw -cut. 4. If a concrete driveway is damaged and is a single monolithic structure, it shall be removed in its entirety and replaced. 5. If a concrete driveway is damaged and is monolithic with the sidewalk, it shall be set off from the sidewalk by a saw cut along the edge of the sidewalk. The driveway shall then be removed in its entirety and replaced. SP -103 6. If the roadside signs are damaged during the construction, they shall be restored or replaced to a condition equal or better than the existing per the prior approval of the City's Traffic Section. New installation shall not impede into required ADA access distance around obstacles. A minimum clearance of 48" shall be maintained. 7. If existing fence is in conflict with the new construction, fence shall be relocated by the Contractor. Unless otherwise specified, all excess excavation or removed material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by him away from the site of work. 50-1.02 PAYMENT - Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section, not otherwise provided for, shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. SP -104 SECTION 51 THROUGH SECTION 55 BLANK SP -105 APPENDIX CAI:JTRANS ENCROACI NI -ENT PERMIT STATE OF CALIFORNIA • DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ,ENCRCACHMENT PERMIT TR -0120 (REV. 6/2012) Permit No. 08 -17 -N -SN -0352 In compliance with: Z No 08 / SBD / 10 / 24.75-24.77 ❑ Yes ®No Permit Approval Date Z Your application of April 26, 2017 09/29/2017 Fee Paid Deposit ❑ Utility Notice No. of EXEMPT 5 EXEMPT Performance Bond Amount (1) Payment Bond Amount (2) ❑ Agreement No. of 0.00 0.00 Bond Company ❑ RNV Contract No. of Bond Number (1) Bond Number (2) ro: City of San Bernardino 300 N. D St. San Bernardino, CA 92418 Attn: Mahmoud Rhodr (909)384-7251 ,PERMITTEE and subject to the following, PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED to: Enter onto the State right of way at the I-215 Northbound On -Ramp and Waterman Ave., in the City of San Bernardino, to install a new traffic signal and modify signing and striping, as per plans date stamped September 22, 2017 by Caltrans Encroachment Permit Office, and/or to the satisfaction of the Caltrans Representative. Notwithstanding General Provision number 4, the contractor has to apply for and obtain a duplicate permit prior to starting of work. Contractor is to submit plans for Traffic Control for our review and approval. Contractor is to submit a payment of $ 8200.77 for State furnished materials and a payment of $ 4920.00 for field inspection. Contractor is to submit a Payment Bond in the amount of $ 188738.00 and a performance bond in the amount of $ 94369.00. A pre -job meeting with the assigned Caltrans Representative, Viren Bhatt, (909) 383-6920, is required at least 7 days prior to start of any work under this permit. Failure to do so may result in permit revocation with no prejudice. THIS PERMIT IS NOT A PROPERTY RIGHT AND DOES NOT TRANSFER WITH THE PROPERTY TO A NEW OWNER. The following attachments are also included as part of this permit (Check applicable): 0 Yes ❑ No General Provisions In addition to fee, the permittee will ®Yes ❑ No Utility Maintenance Provisions be billed actual costs for: ❑ Yes 0 No Storm Water Special Provisions 0 Yes ❑ No Special Provisions ❑ Yes 0 No A Cal -OSHA permit, if required: Permit No. ❑ Yes 0 No As -Built Plans Submittal Route Slip for Locally Advertised Projects ❑ Yes 0 No Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan / Water Pollution Control Plan ❑ Yes Z No Review ❑ Yes ®No Inspection Z Yes ❑ No Field Work (if any Caltrans effort expended) ❑ Yes ® No The information in the environmental documentation has been reviewed and considered prior to approval of this permit. -his permit is void unless the work is completed before _ September 29, 2018 fhis permit is to be strictly construed and no other work other than specifically mentioned is hereby authorized. No project work shall be commenced until all the other necessary permits and the environmental clearances have been obtained. ,-OPIES TO: Maintenance South File Inspector: V. Bhatt Electrical Operations/Charles Moore 3T Lab (2) .M 91 1436 (D8 Permit App.) APPROVED: BY: Page 1 of 1 John Bulinski, District Director RAMAKRISHNA TADI, PHD , P.E., District Permit PAGE 1: ATTACHED TO AND MADE PART OF PERMIT NO. 08 -17 -N -SN -0352 In addition to the attached General Provisions, the following checked special provisions are applicable: NA PRE -JOB MEETING WITH THE ASSIGNED CALTRANS REPRESENTATIVE, Viren Bhatt 909 383-6920 AT LEAST 7 DAYS IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO START OF ANY WORK UNDER THIS PERMIT. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN PERMIT CANCELLATION AND RESUBMITTAL MAY BE REQUIRED. ZNotwithstanding General Provision #4, your contractor is required to apply for and obtain an encroachment permit prior to starting work. A fee/deposit of $ 4.920.0.0 for inspection, and $ 18200.27 for electrical equipment is required at the time of application. ❑You are required to submit an approved Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for projects with a cumulative disturbed soil area equal or greater than 1 acre, and an approved Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) for projects with a disturbed soil area less than 1 acre, unless otherwise required by other agencies (RWQCBs, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Department of Fish and Game, etc.). ❑Upon the expiration of this permit, the Permittee is required to apply for the countywide annual maintenance permit for this new facilities installed under the Permit No.: I. SThe Permittee is required to apply for a separate permit to maintain and/or replace in kind of these facilities on each occurrence upon the expiration of this permit. ®The Permittee shall provide the stage construction traffic handling plans, work schedule and a list of all sub -contractors to the Department's Representative at the time of the pre -construction meeting or prior to start construction. ®AII traffic control, signing and striping shall comply with California MUTCD 2014. It is available at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/traffops/signtech/mutcdsupp/ca_mutcd. htm NPermittee and his/her contractors shall comply with Department 2015 Standard Specifications, Department 2015 Standard Plans, and all the latest revisions implemented as of this permit issued date, and the project specific special provisions for Oversight Projects and Streamlined Oversight Projects. It is the responsibility of the permittee and his/her contractors to verify with the Department Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, and all the latest revisions as of this permit issued date before ordering any materials for the project within the Department Right -Of -Way. The Department Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, and the Revisions are available at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/oe/standards.php NPermittee and/or permittee's authorized contractor/agent are required and responsible to identify the Department's underground electrical systems before performing any excavation work within the right of way. MAII personnel shall wear hard hats and orange or lime vests, shirts or jackets as appropriate while on State property. ZThe Permittee's work shall be subordinated to any operations which the Department may conduct and shall not delay, nor interfere with the Department's Forces or Department's Contractors. ►i Page 1 of 7 PAGE 2: ATTACHED TO AND MADE PART OF PERMIT NO. 08 -17 -N -SN -0352 Attention is directed to Standard Specifications Section 7-1.11, Preservation of Property, and Business and Professions Code, Section 8771. The Permittee shall physically inspect the work site and locate survey monuments prior to work commencement. Monuments shall be referenced or reset in accordance with the Business and Professions Code. . MExcept for installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices, any work encroaching within 3 feet of the edge of a traffic lane for areas with a posted speed limit below 45mph, or 6 feet of the edge of a traffic lane, for areas with a speed limit posted at 45mph or higher, shall require closing of the adjacent traffic lane. Permittee shall notify the Department's Representative, and obtain approval of, all traffic control, lane closures or detours, at least seven (7) WORKING DAYS prior to setting up of any traffic control. ZNo lane may be closed or obstructed at any time unless specifically allowed per the encroachment permit, shown in approved traffic control plans, and/or as directed by the Department's Representative. 9 Traffic control is generally authorized between 9:00 AM and 3:00 PM only on Monday through Thursday and until 1:00 PM on Fridays, excluding holidays except specified in the Permit. Lane closure is not allowed on Saturdays, Sundays and designated holidays. The designated holidays are: January 1 st, the third Monday in January, the second and third Mondays in February, March 31, the last Monday in May, July 4th, the first Monday in September, the second Monday in October, November 11th, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving Day, and December 25th. When a fixed holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be designated as holiday. 0 Should any deviation from these procedures or conditions be observed, all work shall be suspended until satisfactory steps have been taken to ensure compliance. ®If time extension is necessary, a request for time extension and the accompanying attachments must be made a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to completion date stated on face of permit. If work has not been started before completion date, the permit will be voided. Failure to comply with rules and regulations stated on permit will jeopardize future permit privileges. C9 "AS -BUILT" PLANS ARE REQUIRED UPON COMPLETION OF ALL WORK. PLEASE REFER TO THE GENERAL PROVISION TR -0045, ITEM 22 FOR THE "AS -BUILT" REQUIREMENTS. NO FINAL INSPECTION WILL BE PERFORMED UNTIL THE DEPARTMENT IS IN RECEIPT OF "AS -BUILT" PLANS. ®No vehicle or equipment shall be stored overnight within the right of way; it shall be removed immediately at the completion of the day's work. Refueling of vehicle or equipment within the right of way is strictly prohibited. 0 Required traffic control devices shall be installed around fixed objects to warn the motoring public for safety. Personal vehicles of the contractor shall not be parked within freeway right of way. Z No materials or waste shall be stockpiled within State right of way. NExcept as specifically provided herein, all requirements of the Vehicle Code and other applicable laws must be complied with in all particulars. M When traffic cones or delineators are used to delineate a temporary edge of traffic lane, the line of cones or delineators shall be considered to be the edge of the traffic lane. The permittee shall not reduce the width of the existing lane to less than 10 feet without written approval from the Department's Representative. N Page 2 of 7 PAGE 3: ATTACHED TO AND MADE PART OF PERMIT NO. 08 -17 -N -SN -0352 Excavations made within the limits of the right of way shall be backfilled and resurfaced to original condition before leaving the work area unless otherwise authorized by the Department's Representative. MAII trenches repair shall comply with ENCROACHMENT PERMIT TRENCH DETAIL, TR -0153 or to the satisfaction of the Department's Representative. . Z Permittee shall be responsible for arranging the services of a qualified traffic control contractor to provide any needed traffic control. . NThe permittee shall arrange a meeting between. his field. representative, traffic control contractor, Department's Representative and/or CHP at least two (2) weeks prior to start of any work covered under this permit to arrange date and time of starting work and determine appropriate methods of handling traffic. At least 3 working days notice shall be given to the Caltrans representative and/or the CHP, prior to the meeting to allow time to arrange for attendance. 0 A copy of this permit, complete with all attachments, shall be kept by permittee/contractor working under this permit and must be shown to the Department Permit Inspector, Department's Representatives, or Law Enforcement Officer, on demand. 0 The permittee shall be responsible for notifying the appropriate utility companies or underground service alert prior to any excavation work. MThe permittee shall notify the California Highway Patrol Area Commander at least 72 hours prior to implementing traffic control. NWhen the work area encroaches upon a sidewalk, walkway, or crosswalk area, special consideration must be given to pedestrian safety. Protective barricades, fencing, handrails and bridges, together with warning and guidance devices and signs must be utilized so that the passageway for pedestrians, especially blind and other physically handicapped, is safe and well defined and shown on the approved permit plan. ®Pedestrian walkways and canopies within State Right of Way shall comply with the requirements of the applicable local agency or of the latest edition of the Uniform Building Code whichever contains the higher standards. [For City or County projects with utility relocations:] Ll If existing public or private utilities conflict with the construction PROJECT, PERMITTEE will make necessary arrangements with the owners of such utilities for their protection, relocation, or removal. PERMITTEE shall inspect the protection, relocation, or removal of such facilities.'Total costs of such protection, relocation, or removal which STATE or PERMITTEE must legally pay, will be borne by PERMITTEE. If any protection, relocation, or removal of utilities is required, including determination of liability for cost, such work shall be performed in accordance with STATE policy and procedure. PERMITTEE shall require any utility company performing relocation work in the STATE's right-of-way to obtain a State Encroachment Permit before the performance of said relocation work. Any relocated utilities shall be correctly located and identified on the as -built plans. [For other projects with utility relocations:] ❑ If existing public or private utilities conflict with the construction PROJECT, PERMITTEE will make necessary arrangements with the owners of such utilities for their protection, relocation, or removal. PERMITTEE Page 3 of 7 PAGE 4: ATTACHED TO AND MADE PART OF PERMIT NO. 08 -17 -N -SN -0352 shall inspect the protection, relocation, or removal of such facilities. Total costs of such protection, relocation, or removal shall be borne by PERMITTEE in compliance with the terms of the Highway Encroachment Permits, Case Law, Public Utility Regulations, and Property Rights. PERMITTEE shall require any utility company performing relocation work in the STATE's right-of-way to obtain a State Encroachment Permit before the performance of said relocation work. Any relocated utilities shall be correctly located and identified on the as -built plans. Page 4 of 7 PAGE 5: ATTACHED TO AND MADE PART OF PERMIT NO. 08 -17 -N -SN -0352 PERMIT NO.: 08 -17 -N -SN -0352 CO/RTE/PM: 08/SBD/10/24.75-24.77 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AGREEMENT I, , acting as an authorized agent for the permittee, �. , do hereby agree to personally accomplish or have another designated person arrange for all involved company representatives to attend a pre -construction meeting with the authorized Department's Representative at , as specified on this permit. Such meeting must be held two (2) days or more prior to the planned start of the work on this project. The Authorized Department's Representative shall have complete authority to determine whether the permit conditions, either implied or written, have been complied with. The Department's Representative may then allow the permit work to proceed as appropriate. The Pre -construction Meeting Record below must be signed by both the Department's Representative and the permittee before the permit work may start. I have read and understand the attached General Provisions TR -0045 and other attached prosivions of this permit. This agreement or a copy thereof, must be mailed back to the Department's District 8 Encroachment Permit Office at 464 W. 4th. Street, MS 619, San Bernardino, CA 92401-1400, within three (3) working days prior to the pre -construction meeting. Failure to return this form could delay the release of your bonds. A copy of this document shall be at the job site at all times when work is in progress and failure to do so may result in the suspension of work, as directed by the Department's Representative. It is the permittee's responsibility to insure that the Department's Representative is notified of work completion and that the attached Completion Notice is mailed to the Department's Permit office. Signature Date Print or Type Name Position or Title Page 5 of 7 PAGE 6: ATTACHED TO AND MADE PART OF PERMIT NO. 08-17-N-SN-0352 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING RECORD Department's Representative Date Permittee's Representative Date Date Work May Begin: Page 6 of 7 PAGE 7: ATTACHED TO AND MADE PART OF PERMIT NO. 08 -17 -N -SN -0352 PERMIT NO.: 08 -17 -N -SN -0352 CO/RTE/PM: 08/SBD/10/24.75-24.77 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION -DISTRICT 8 ENCROACHMENT PERMITS OFFICE 464 W. 4th. Street, MS 619 San Bernardino, CA 92401-1400 100% COMPLETION NOTICE Work on Permit No.: 08-17-N=SN-0352 has been completed. A final inspection meeting was held on Permittee's Representative Date Department's Representative Date FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS TO THE DISTRICT PERMITS OFFICE MAY CAUSE A DELAY IN THE RELEASE OF YOUR BONDS. Page 7 of 7 `r - i Included in this package is your Permit "Customer Se-v'.ce Questionnaire" Please fill out the questionnaire and return it along with the "100% Completion Notice" (Only when work is completed) Three simple ways to, submit your "Cu:storaer. Service Questionnaire": 1. Give it to the "Inspector" at final inspection 2. Mail it to: Department of Transportation Encroachment Permits 464 W 41h Street, 6th Floor, MS 619 San Bernardino, CA 92401®1400 3. Fax to: (909) 383-6370 Your input is greatly appreciated! ! ! I STATE OF CALIFORNIA • DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION CUSTOMER SERVICE QUESTIONNAIRE TR -0164 (REV 2/2001) Dear Customer, PERMIT NUMBER Our goal is to provide the best service possible to our customers. Please take a few minutes to complete this questionnaire. Your comments will enable us to see how we are doing overall and any areas which may need improvement. PLEASE TELL US HOW WE'RE DOING INSIDE THE OFFICE EXCELLENT VERY GOOD GOOD POOR Staff courteous and helpful ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Staff quick and efficient ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Explanations and instructions clear ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ TELEPHONE ANSWERING Timely response ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Receiving information or answers ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ INSPECTION Inspector courteous and helpful Pre -construction meeting set and held in a time Inspector at job site frequently Inspector able to answer questions and deal wit problems OVERALL PERFORMANCE What would you say is our overall performance? is there a staff person you would like to commend? COMMENTS: ❑ ❑ J❑ ❑ STAFF'S NAME: NAME (Optional) BUSINESS PHONE NUMBER DATE ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats- For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS -89, Sacramento, CA 95814- STATE OF CALIFORNIA • DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SERVICE AUTHORITY FOR FREEWAY EMERGENCIES (SAFE) ACTION REQUEST FOR CALL BOXES TR -0167 (Rev. 4/98) Before any work affecting call boxes, please complete this form and fax or mail it at least two weeks in advance to the appropriate county SAFE! (DATE ❑ For RiversideCounty-dall,0oxes M.tJeft Rivera; ltCTC SAFE 11Aana i'hani Number:. (951),787J1.41. 4i�S�fl Lel�o� Str`ea#, 3rd' ��aor c . Fax (umber rj91) 787 792 Rreredde r T y ..'. ;4' - •. { - ... ! tt i•� ��� Yf t 2 »' • n .. .. ... .. .. . ,:: .0 .. .. :: ... .Y - 33 t y 'v. ❑- For fan Beralydno Call Boxier Kelly Lyi Sad .�ern�rdn' Ste. Marsh j Phone N�ariber (909) 8$#-8276; ext '! 40 3 1,171 1f11 �d Street, 2n� Fioa t n, �r- Fax Number (9fl9) 3-200 San'Berncltr�o,-CA-":.b2N15 e FROM (Contact Name and Organization) ❑ Permittee" ❑ Construction `SAFE may charge Permittee for cost of CITY ❑ Maintenance ❑ Right of Way Utilities STATE ZfP BUSINESS PHONE (Include Area Code) FAX PHONE (Include Area Code) NUMBER OF PAGES INCLUDING THIS COVER PAGE I ❑ Caltrans ACTION NEEDED: IF THERE IS A CALL BOX PAIR, BOTH BOXES MAY BE AFFECTED! CALL BOX NUMBERS MUST BE INCLUDED (The number is shown on the call box sign, for example SBd-010-93 for a box on WB (because last number is odd), Route 10 at Post Mile 9, first Quarter Mile.) Call Box Number(s): ❑ Temporary removal from service: Bagging ONLY - needed by (if K -Rail will block access or the shoulder will be too narrow during construction only) ❑ Temporary removal of box and pole ONLY - needed by (if K -Rail will block access or the shoulder will be too narrow during construction only) ❑ Removal of box, pole, pad, auger, and any retaining walls needed by ❑ Relocation - needed by (if.MBGR, etc., will permanently affect/block access) ❑ Place call boxes back in service. ADA NOtfC2 For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For alternate format information, contact the Forms Management Unit at (916) 445-1233, TTY 711, or write to Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS -89, Sacramento, CA 95814, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ENCROACHMENT PERMIT GENERAL PROVISIONS TR -0045 (REV. 05/2007) 1. AUTHORITY: The Department's authority to issue encroachment permits is provided under, Div. 1, Chpt. 3, Art. 1, Sect. 660 to 734 of the Streets and Highways Code. 2. REVOCATION: Encroachment permits are revocable on five days 13. notice unless otherwise stated on the permit and except as provided by law for public corporations, franchise holders, and utilities. These General Provisions and the Encroachment Permit Utility Provisions are subject to modification or abrogation at any time. Permittees' joint use agreements, franchise rights, reserved rights or any other agreements for operating purposes in State highway right of way are exceptions to this revocation. 3. DENIAL FOR NONPAYMENT OF FEES: Failure to pay permit fees when due can result in rejection of future applications and denial of permits. 14. 4. ASSIGNMENT: No party other than the permittee or permittee's authorized agent is allowed to work under this permit. 5. ACCEPTANCE OF PROVISIONS: Permittee understands and agrees to accept these General Provisions and all attachments to this permit, for any work to be performed under this permit. 6. BEGINNING OF WORK: When traffic is not impacted (see Number 35), the permittee shall notify the Department's representative, two (2) days before the intent to start permitted work. Permittee shall notify the Department's Representative if the work is to be interrupted for a period of five (5) days or more, unless otherwise agreed upon. All work shall be performed on weekdays during regular work hours, excluding holidays, unless otherwise specified in this permit. 7. STANDARDS OF CONSTRUCTION: All work performed within highway right of way shall conform to recognized construction standards and current Department Standard Specifications, Department Standard Plans High and Low Risk Facility Specifications, and Utility Special Provisions. Where reference is made to "Contractor and Engineer," these are amended to be read as "Permittee and Department representative." S. PLAN CHANGES: Changes to plans, specifications, and permit provisions are not allowed without prior approval from the State representative. 9. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL: All work is subject to monitoring and inspection. Upon completion of work, permittee shall request a final inspection for acceptance and approval by the Department. The local agency permittee shall not give final construction approval to its contractor until final acceptance and approval by the Department is obtained. 10. PERMIT AT WORKSITE: Permittee shall keep the permit package or a copy thereof; at the work site and show it upon request to any Department representative or law enforcement officer. If the permit package is not kept and made available at the work site, the work shall be suspended. 11. CONFLICTING ENCROACHMENTS: Permittee shall yield start of work to ongoing, prior authorized, work adjacent to or within the limits of the project site. When existing encroachments conflict with new work, the permittee shall bear all cost for rearrangements, (e.g., relocation, alteration, removal, etc.). . 12. PERMITS FROM OTHER AGENCIES: This permit is invalidated if the permittee has not obtained all permits necessary and required by law, from the Public Utilities Commission of the State of California (PUC), California Occupational Safety and Health Administration (Cal -OSHA), or any other public agency having jurisdiction. PEDESTRIAN AND BICYCLIST SAFETY: A safe minimum passageway of 4' shall be maintained through the work area at existing pedestrian or bicycle facilities. At no time shall pedestrians be diverted onto a portion of the street used for vehicular traffic. At locations where safe alternate passageways cannot be provided, appropriate signs and barricades shall be installed at the limits of construction and in advance of the limits of construction at the nearest crosswalk or intersection to detour pedestrians to facilities across the street. Attention is directed to Section 7-1.09 Public Safety of the Department Standard Specifications. PUBLIC TRAFFIC CONTROL: As required by law, the permittee shall provide traffic control protection warning signs, lights, safety devices, etc., and take all other measures necessary for traveling public's safety. While providing traffic control, the needs and control of all road users [motorists, bicyclists and pedestrians, including persons with disabilities in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA)] shall be an essential part of the work activity. Day and night time lane closures shall comply with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Part 6, Temporary Traffic Control), Standard Plans, and Standard Specifications for traffic control systems. These General Provisions are not intended to impose upon the permittee, by third parties, any duty or standard of care, greater than or different from, as required by law. 15. MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH TRAFFIC: Permittee shall plan and conduct work so as to create the least possible inconvenience to the traveling public; traffic shall not be unreasonably delayed. On conventional highways, permittee shall place properly attired flagger(s) to stop or wam the traveling public in compliance with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Chapter 6E, Flagger Control). 16. STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: The storage of equipment or materials is not allowed within State highway right-of- way, unless specific within the Special Provisions of this specific encroachment permit. If Encroachment Permit Special Provisions allow for the storage of equipment or materials within the State right of way, the equipment and material storage shall comply with Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, Special Provisions, and the Highway Design Manual. The clear recovery zone widths must be followed and are the minimum desirable for the type of facility indicated below: freeways and expressways - 30', conventional highways (no curbs) - 20', conventional highways (with curbs) — 1.5'. If a fixed object cannot be eliminated, moved outside the clear recovery zone, or modified to be made yielding, it should be shielded by a guardrail or a crash cushion. 17. CARE OF DRAINAGE: Permittee shall provide alternate drainage for any work interfering with an existing drainage facility in compliance with the Standard Specifications, Standard Plans and/or as directed by the Department's representative. 18. RESTORATION AND REPAIRS IN RIGHT OF WAY: Permittee is responsible for restoration and repair of State highway right of way resulting from permitted work (State Streets and Highways Code, Sections 670 et. seq.). 19. RIGHT OF WAY CLEAN UP: Upon completion of work, permittee shall remove and dispose of all scraps, brush, timber, materials, etc. - off the right of way. The aesthetics of the highway shall be as it was before work started. 20. COST OF WORK: Unless stated in the permit, or a separate written agreement, the permittee shall bear all costs incurred for work within the State right of way and waives all claims for indemnification or contribution from the State. 21. ACTUAL COST BILLING: When specified in the permit, the Department will bill the permittee actual costs at the currently set hourly rate for encroachment permits. 22 AS -BUILT PLANS: When required, permittee shall submit one (1) set of folded as -built plans within thirty (30) days after completion 25. and approval of work in compliance with requirements listed as follows: 23. 24. 1. Upon completion of the work provided herein, the permittee shall send one vellum or paper set of As -Built plans, to the State representative. Mylar or paper sepia plans are not acceptable. 2. All changes in the work will be shown on the plans, as issued with the permit, including changes approved by Encroachment Permit Rider. 3. The plans are to be stamped or otherwise noted AS -BUILT by the permittee's representative who was responsible for overseeing the work. Any original plan that was approved with a State stamp, or Caltrans representative signature, shall be used for producing the As -Built plans. 4. If As -Built plans include signing or striping, the dates of signing or striping removal, relocation, or installation shall be shown on the plans when required as a condition of the permit. When the construction plans show signing and striping for staged construction on separate sheets, the sheet for each stage shall show the removal, relocation or installation dates of the appropriate staged striping and signing. 5. As -Built plans shall contain the Permit Number, County, Route, and Post Mile on each sheet. 6. Disclaimer statement of any kind that differ from the obligations and protections provided by Sections 6735 through 6735.6 of the California Business and Professions Code, shall not be included on the As -Built plans. Such statements constitute non-compliance with Encroachment Permit requirements, and may result in the Department of Transportation retaining Performance Bonds or deposits until proper plans are submitted. Failure to comply may also result in denial of future permits, or a provision requiring a public agency to supply additional bonding. PERMITS FOR RECORD PURPOSES ONLY: When work in the right of way is within an area under a Joint Use Agreement (JUA) or a Consent to Common Use Agreement (CCUA), a fee exempt permit is issued to the permittee for the purpose of providing a notice and record of work. The Permittee's prior rights shall be preserved without the intention of creating new or different rights or obligations. "Notice and Record Purposes Only" shall be stamped across the face of the permit. BONDING: The permittee shall file bond(s), in advance, in the amount set by the Department. Failure to maintain bond(s) in full force and effect will result in the Department stopping of all work and revoking permit(s). Bonds are not required of public corporations or privately owned utilities, unless permittee failed to comply with the provision and conditions under a prior permit. The surety company is responsible for any latent defects as provided in California Code of Civil Procedures, Section 337.15. Local agency permittee shall comply with requirements established as follows: In recognition that i•1. 27 28. project construction work done on State property will not be directly funded and paid by State, for the purpose of protecting stop notice claimants and the interests of State relative to successful project completion, the local agency permittee agrees to require the construction contractor furnish both a payment and performance bond in the local agency's name with both bonds complying with the requirements set forth in Section 3-1.02 of State's current Standard Specifications before performing any project construction work. The local agency permittee shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the State, its officers and employees from all project construction related claims by contractors and all stop notice or mechanic's lien claimants. The local agency also agrees to remedy, in a timely manner and to State's satisfaction, any latent defects occurring as a result of the project construction work. FUTURE MOVING OF INSTALLATIONS: Permittee understands and agrees to relocate a permitted installation upon notice by the Department. Unless under prior property right or agreement, the permittee shall comply with said notice at his sole expense. ARCHAEOLOGICAL/HISTORICAL: If any archaeological or historical resources are revealed in the work vicinity, the permittee shall immediately stop work, notify the Department's representative, retain a qualified archaeologist who shall evaluate the site, and make recommendations to the Department representative regarding the continuance of work. PREVAILING WAGES: Work performed by or under a permit may require permittee's contractors and subcontractors to pay appropriate prevailing wages as set by the Department of Industrial Relations. Inquiries or requests for interpretations relative to enforcement of prevailing wage requirements are directed to State of California Department of Industrial Relations, 525 Golden Gate Avenue, San Francisco, California 94102. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE: The State of California and all officers and employees thereof, including but not limited to the Director of Transportation and the Deputy Director, shall not be answerable or accountable in any manner for injury to or death of any person, including but not limited to the permittee, persons employed by the permittee, persons acting in behalf of the permittee, or for damage to property from any cause: The permittee shall be responsible for any liability imposed by law and for injuries to or death of any person, including but not limited to the permittee, persons employed by the permittee, persons acting in behalf of the permittee, or for damage to property arising out of work, or other activity permitted and done by the permittee under a permit; or arising out of the failure on the permittee's part to perform his obligations under any permit in respect to maintenance or any other obligations, or resulting from defects or obstructions, or from any cause whatsoever during the progress of the work, or other activity or at any subsequent time, work or other activity is being performed under the obligations provided by and contemplated by the permit. The permittee shall indemnify and save harmless the State of California, all officers, employees, and State's contractors, thereof, including but not limited to the Director of Transportation and the Deputy Director, from all claims, suits or actions of every name, kind and description brought for or on account of injuries to or death of any person, including but not limited to the permittee, persons employed by the permittee, persons acting in behalf of the permittee and the public, or damage to property resulting from the performance of work or other activity under the permit, or arising out of the failure on the permittee's part to perform his obligations under any permit in respect to maintenance or any other obligations, or resulting from defects or obstructions, or from any cause whatsoever during the progress of the work, or other activity or at any subsequent time, work or other activity is being performed under the obligations provided by and contemplated by the permit, except as otherwise provided by statute. 29. 30. 32. 33. The duty of the permittee to indemnify and save harmless includes the duties to defend as set forth in Section 2778 of the Civil Code. The permittee waives any and all rights to any type of expressed or implied indemnity against the State, its officers, employees, and State contractors. It is the intent of the parties that the permittee will indemnify and hold harmless the State, its officers, employees, and State's contractors, from any and all claims, suits or actions as set forth above regardless of the existence or degree of fault or negligence, whether active or passive, primary or secondary, on the part of the State; the permittee, persons employed by the permittee, or acting on behalf of the permittee. For the purpose of this section, "State's contractors" shall include contractors and their subcontractors under contract to the State of California performing work within the limits of this permit. NO PRECEDENT ESTABLISHED: This permit is issued with the understanding that it does not establish a precedent. FEDERAL CIVIL RIGHTS REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION: A. The permittee, for himself, his personal representative, successors in interest, and assigns as part of the consideration hereof, does hereby covenant and agree that: 1. No person on the grounds of race, color, or national origin shall be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the use of said facilities. 2. That in connection with the construction of any improvements on said lands and the furnishings of services thereon, no discrimination shall be practiced in the selection and retention of first-tier subcontractors in the selection of second-tier subcontractors. 3. That such discrimination shall not be practiced against the public in their access to and use of the facilities and services provided for public accommodations (such as eating, sleeping, rest, recreation), and operation on, over, or under the space of the right of way. 4. That the permittee shall use the premises in compliance with all other requirements imposed pursuant to Title 15, Code of Federal Regulations, Commerce and Foreign Trade, Subtitle A. Office of the Secretary of Commerce, Part 8 (15 C.F.R. Part 8) and as said Regulations may be amended. 5. That in the event of breach of any of the, above nondiscrimination covenants, the State shall have the right to terminate the permit and to re-enter and repossess said land and the land and the facilities thereon, and hold the same as if said permit had never been made or issued. MAINTENANCE OF HIGHWAYS: The permittee agrees, by acceptance of a permit, to properly maintain any encroachment. This assurance requires the permittee to provide inspection and repair any damage, at permittee's expense, to State facilities resulting from the encroachment. SPECIAL EVENTS: In accordance with subdivision (a) of Streets and Highways Code Section 682.5, the Department of Transportation shall not be responsible for the conduct or operation of the permitted activity, and the applicant agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the State and the city or county against any and all claims arising out of any activity for which the permit is issued. The permittee understands and agrees to comply with the obligations of Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1.990 in the conduct of the event, and further agrees to indemnify and save harmless the State of California, all officers and employees thereof, including but not limited to the Director of Transportation, from any claims or liability arising out of or by virtue of said Act. PRIVATE USE OF RIGHT OF WAY: Highway right of way shall not be used for private purposes without compensation to the State. The gifting of public property use and therefore public funds is prohibited under the California Constitution, Article 16. 34. FIELD WORK REIMBURSEMENT: Permittee shall reimburse State for field work performed on permittee's behalf to correct or remedy hazards or damaged facilities, or clear debris not attended to by the permittee. 35. NOTIFICATION OF DEPARTMENT AND TMC: The permittee shall notify the Department's representative and the Transportation Management Center (TMC) at least 7 days before initiating a lane closure or conducting an activity that may cause a traffic impact. A confirmation notification should occur 3 days before closure or other potential traffic impacts. In emergency situations when the corrective work or the emergency itself may affect traffic, TMC and the Department's representative shall be notified as soon as possible. 36. SUSPENSION OF TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION: The permittee, upon notification by the Department's representative, shall immediately suspend all lane closure operations and any operation that impedes the flow of traffic. All costs associated with this suspension shall be borne by the permittee. 37. UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (USA) NOTIFICATION: Any excavation requires compliance with the provisions of Government Code Section 4216 et. seq., including, but not limited to notice to a regional notification center, such as Underground Service Alert (USA). The permittee shall provide notification at least 48 hours before performing any excavation work within the right of way. 2015 W J m Q F- PLAN T9 249 g 3 o U C m L y �' F ` N D� o E m � r E EG o E o d L } C E � m L °Y f ng d E L } o} a L L C C }m G } m y E L O L > E� NW GL = Lia m 4+L fl r p+ E *� t f C m m + E 3 — E mLp LO f VO2'Pm JCL C o 0o EC L . E E m Dvp m E E _ DOPA v t I,'. coa P4� 034Dn0 LO 0 0 o n o Lvo n n n +p m m 3 N t ° � m L m L L L d L L D D Iap. 10 i l°i 3 7 t S yF w W CO J W m `Q r N �0 W U h N a E, CcOQ W J D4 J I w Do W0 z < Z a O o W VZ V J U. LLIC O QLL FEDERAL PREVAILING- WAGES General Decision Number: CA170037 10/13/2017 CA37 Superseded General Decision Number: CA20160037 State: California Construction Types: Building, Heavy (Heavy and Dredging) and Highway County: San Bernardino County in California. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS; DREDGING PROJECTS (does not include hopper dredge work); HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include water well drilling); HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.20 for calendar year 2017 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the E0, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.20 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2017. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ASBE0005-002 07/03/2017 Publication Date 01/06/2017 01/27/2017 02/17/2017 02/24/2017 03/10/2017 03/31/2017 04/07/2017 05/12/2017 05/26/2017 06/02/2017 07/07/2017 07/14/2017 08/04/2017 09/08/2017 09/29/2017 10/13/2017 Rates Asbestos Workers/Insulator (Includes the application of all insulating materials, protective coverings, coatings, and finishes to all types of mechanical systems)......$ 39.72 Fire Stop Technician Fringes 20.81 Pagel of 25 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 (Application of Firestopping Materials for wall openings and penetrations in walls, floors, ceilings and curtain walls) ...........................$ 26.96 17.81 ASBE0005-004 07/03/2017 Rates Fringes Asbestos Removal worker/hazardous material handler (Includes preparation, wetting, stripping, removal, scrapping, vacuuming, bagging and disposing of all insulation materials from mechanical systems, whether they contain asbestos or not) .... $ 19.26 11.27 BOIL0092-003 10/01/2012 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER ......................$ 41.17 28.27 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * BRCA0004-011 05/01/2017 Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER; MARBLE SETTER ........ $ 39.07 14.57 *The wage scale for prevailing wage projects performed in Blythe, China lake, Death Valley, Fort Irwin, Twenty -Nine Palms, Needles and 1-15 corridor (Barstow to the Nevada State Line) will be Three Dollars ($3.00) above the standard San Bernardino/Riverside County hourly wage rate ---------------------------------------------------------------- * BRCA0018-004 07/01/2017 Rates Fringes MARBLE FINISHER ..................$ 30.93 12.95 TILE FINISHER ....................$ 25.98 11.23 TILE LAYER .......................$ 37.76 16.37 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * BRCA0018-010 09/01/2017 Rates Fringes TERRAZZO FINISHER ................. $ 30.53 12.27 TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER ........... $ 37.57 13.14 ------------------------------------------------------------ CARP0409-001 07/01/2016 Rates Fringes CARPENTER Page 2 of 25 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 (1) Carpenter, Cabinet Wet .....................$ 712.48 Installer, Insulation (2) Standby .................$ Installer, Hardwood Floor 17.03 (3) Worker and acoustical 348.24 17.03 installer ...................$ 39.83 15.50 (2) Millwright ..............$ 40.90 15.50 (3) Piledrivermen/Derrick Bargeman, Bridge or Dock Carpenter, Heavy Framer, Rock Bargeman or Scowman, Rockslinger, Shingler (Commercial) ................$ 40.53 15.50 (4) Pneumatic Nailer, Power Stapler ...............$ 40.09 15.50 (5) Sawfiler...............$ 39.83 15.50 (6) Scaffold Builder ....... $ 31.60 15.50 (7) Table Power Saw Operator ....................$ 40.93 15.50 FOOTNOTE: Work of forming in the construction of open cut sewers or storm drains, on operations in which horizontal lagging is used in conjunction with steel H -Beams driven or placed in pre- drilled holes, for that portion of a lagged trench against which concrete is poured, namely, as a substitute for back forms (which work is performed by piledrivers): $0.13 per hour additional. ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0409-002 07/01/2016 Diver Rates Fringes (1) Wet .....................$ 712.48 17.03 (2) Standby .................$ 356.24 17.03 (3) Tender ..................$ 348.24 17.03 (4) Assistant Tender ........ $ 324.24 17.03 Amounts in "Rates' column are per day ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0409-005 07/01/2015 Rates Fringes Drywall DRYWALL INSTALLER/LATHER .... $ 40.40 15.03 STOCKER/SCRAPPER ............ $ 10.00 7.17 ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0409-008 08/01/2010 Rates Fringes Modular Furniture Installer ...... $ 17.00 7.41 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0440-004 12/26/2016 COMMUNICATIONS AND SYSTEMS WORK Rates Fringes Page 3 of 25 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 4 01,Z:) Communications System Installer ...................$ 30.54 40+13.75 Technician ..................$ 30.18 4%+11.45 SCOPE OF WORK: Installation, testing, service and maintenance of systems utilizing the transmission and/or transference of voice, sound, vision and digital for commercial, educational, security and entertainment purposes for the following: TV monitoring and surveillance, background -foreground music, intercom and telephone interconnect, inventory control systems, microwave transmission, multi -media, multiplex, nurse call systems, radio page, school intercom and sound, burglar alarms, fire alarms, and low voltage master clock systems in commercial buildings. Communication Systems that transmit or receive information and/or control systems that are intrinsic to the above listed systems; inclusion or exclusion of terminations and testings of conductors determined by their function; excluding all other data systems or multiple systems which include control function or power supply; excluding installation of raceway systems, conduit systems, line voltage work, and energy management systems. Does not cover work performed at China Lake Naval Ordnance Test Station. ------------------------------- ELEC0477-002 05/29/2017 Rates Fringes Electricians: .................... $ 37.29 3%+23.29 CABLE SPLICER: $1.50 per hour above Electrician rate. TUNNEL WORK: loo above Electrician rate. ZONE PAY: Zone A - 80 road miles from Post Office, 455 Orange Show Lane, San Bernardino, will be a free zone for all contractors Zone B - Any work performed outside Zone A's 80 road miles, shall add $12.00 per hour to the current wage scale. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC1245-001 06/01/2017 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Rates Fringes LINE CONSTRUCTION (1) Lineman; Cable splicer..$ 55.49 3%+17.65 (2) Equipment specialist (operates crawler tractors, commercial motor vehicles, backhoes, trenchers, cranes (50 tons and below), overhead & underground distribution line equipment) ........... $ 44.32 3%+17.65 (3) Groundman...............$ 33.89 3%+17.65 (4) Powderman...............$ 49.55 3%+17.65 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 5 of 25 HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, M.L. King Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Day -------------------------------------------------------------- ELEV0018-001 01/01/2017 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANIC ................$ 52.21 31.585 FOOTNOTE: PAID VACATION: Employer contributes 8% of regular hourly rate as vacation pay credit for employees with more than 5 years of service, and 6% for 6 months to 5 years of service. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. ---------------------------------------------------------------- * ENGIO012-003 07/01/2017 Rates Fringes OPERATOR: Power Equipment (All Other Work) GROUP 1.. ................$ 44.00 24.25 GROUP 2 ....................$ 44.78 24.25 GROUP 3....................$ 45.07 24.25 GROUP 4 ....................$ 46.56 24.25 GROUP 5 ....................$ 47.66 24.25 GROUP 6 ....................$ 46.78 24.25 GROUP 8 ....................$ 46.89 24.25 GROUP 9 ....................$ 47.99 24.25 GROUP 10 ....................$ 48.01 24.25 GROUP 11 ....................$ 48.11 24.25 GROUP 12.....................$ 47.18 24.25 GROUP 13 ....................$ 47.28 24.25 GROUP 14 ....................$ 47.31 24.25 GROUP 15 ....................$ 47.39 24.25 GROUP 16 ....................$ 47.51 24.25 GROUP 17... .................$ 47.68 24.25 GROUP 18 ....................$ 47.78 24.25 GROUP 19 ....................$ 47.89 24.25 GROUP 20 ....................$ 48.01 24.25 GROUP 21.... ................$ 48.18 24.25 GROUP 22 ....................$ 48.28 24.25 GROUP 23 ....................$ 48.39 24.25 GROUP 24 ............... ...$ 48.51 24.25 GROUP 25 ....................$ 48.68 24.25 OPERATOR: Power Equipment (Cranes, Piledriving & Hoisting) GROUP 1 ....................$ 45.35 24.25 GROUP 2......................$ 46.13 24.25 GROUP 3 ....................$ 46.42 24.25 GROUP 4 .....................$ 46.56 24.25 GROUP 5.................. ....$ 46.78 24.25 GROUP 6 ....................$ 46.89 24.25 GROUP 7 ....................$ 47.01 24.25 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 rage o 01 LJ GROUP 8 ....................$ 47.18 24.25 GROUP 9 ....................$ 47.35 24.25 GROUP 10 ....................$ 48.35 24.25 GROUP 11 ....................$ 49.35 24.25 GROUP 12 ....................$ 50.35 24.25 GROUP 13 ....................$ 51.35 24.25 OPERATOR: Power Equipment (Tunnel Work) GROUP 1 ....................$ 41.80 23.35 GROUP 2 ....................$ 42.58 23.35 GROUP 3 ....................$ 42.87 23.35 GROUP 4 ....................$ 43.01 23.35 GROUP 5 ....................$ 43.23 23.35 GROUP 6 ....................$ 43.34 23.35 GROUP 7 ....................$ 43.46 23.35 PREMIUM PAY: $3.75 per hour shall be paid on all Power Equipment Operator work on the followng Military Bases: China Lake Naval Reserve, Vandenberg AFB, Point Arguello, Seely Naval Base, Fort Irwin, Nebo Annex Marine Base, Marine Corp Logistics Base Yermo, Edwards AFB, 29 Palms Marine Base and Camp Pendleton Workers required to suit up and work in a hazardous material environment: $2.00 per hour additional. Combination mixer and compressor operator on gunite work shall be classified as a concrete mobile mixer operator. SEE ZONE DEFINITIONS AFTER CLASSIFICATIONS POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Bargeman; Brakeman; Compressor operator; Ditch Witch, with seat or similar type equipment; Elevator operator -inside; Engineer Oiler; Forklift operator (includes toed, lull or similar types under 5 tons; Generator operator; Generator, pump or compressor plant operator; Pump operator; Signalman; Switchman GROUP 2: Asphalt -rubber plant operator (nurse tank operator); Concrete mixer operator -skip type; Conveyor operator; Fireman; Forklift operator (includes loed, lull or similar types over 5 tons; Hydrostatic pump operator; oiler crusher (asphalt or concrete plant); Petromat laydown machine; PJU side dum jack; Screening and conveyor machine operator (or similar types); Skiploader (wheel type up to 3/4 yd. without attachment); Tar pot fireman; Temporary heating plant operator; Trenching machine oiler GROUP 3: Asphalt -rubber blend operator; Bobcat or similar type (Skid steer); Equipment greaser (rack); Ford Ferguson (with dragtype attachments); Helicopter radioman (ground); Stationary pipe wrapping and cleaning machine operator GROUP 4: Asphalt plant fireman; Backhoe operator (mini -max or similar type); Boring machine operator; Boxman or mixerman (asphalt or concrete); Chip spreading machine operator; Concrete cleaning decontamination machine operator; Concrete Pump Operator (small portable); Drilling machine https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 7 of 25 operator, small auger types (Texoma super economatic or similar types - Hughes 100 or 200 or similar types - drilling depth of 30' maximum); Equipment greaser (grease truck); Guard rail post driver operator; Highline cableway signalman; Hydra -hammer -aero stomper; Micro Tunneling (above ground tunnel); Power concrete curing machine operator; Power concrete saw operator; Power -driven jumbo form setter operator; Power sweeper operator; Rock Wheel Saw/Trencher; Roller operator (compacting); Screed operator (asphalt or concrete); Trenching machine operator (up to 6 ft.); Vacuum or much truck GROUP 5: Equipment Greaser (Grease Truck/Multi Shift). GROUP 6: Articulating material hauler; Asphalt plant engineer; Batch plant operator; Bit sharpener; Concrete joint machine operator (canal and similar type); Concrete planer operator; Dandy digger; Deck engine operator; Derrickman (oilfield type); Drilling machine operator, bucket or auger types (Calweld 100 bucket or similar types - Watson 1000 auger or similar types - Texoma 330, 500 or 600 auger or similar types - drilling depth of 45' maximum); Drilling machine operator; Hydrographic seeder machine operator (straw, pulp or seed), Jackson track maintainer, or similar type; Kalamazoo Switch tamper, or similar type; Machine tool operator; Maginnis internal full slab vibrator, Mechanical berm, curb or gutter(concrete or asphalt); Mechanical finisher operator (concrete, Clary -Johnson -Bidwell or similar); Micro tunnel system (below ground); Pavement breaker operator (truck mounted); Road oil mixing machine operator; Roller operator (asphalt or finish), rubber -tired earth moving equipment (single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck); Self-propelled tar pipelining machine operator; Skiploader operator (crawler and wheel type, over 3/4 yd. and up to and including 1-1/2 yds.); Slip form pump operator (power driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms); Tractor operator -bulldozer, tamper -scraper (single engine, up to 100 h.p. flywheel and similar types, up to and including D-5 and similar types); Tugger hoist operator (1 drum); Ultra high pressure waterjet cutting tool system operator; Vacuum blasting machine operator GROUP 8: Asphalt or concrete spreading operator (tamping or finishing); Asphalt paving machine operator (Barber Greene or similar type); Asphalt -rubber distribution operator; Backhoe operator (up to and including 3/4 yd.), small ford, Case or similar; Cast -in-place pipe laying machine operator; Combination mixer and compressor operator (gunite work); Compactor operator (self-propelled); Concrete mixer operator (paving); Crushing plant operator; Drill Doctor; Drilling machine operator, Bucket or auger types (Calweld 150 bucket or similar types - Watson 1500, 2000 2500 auger or similar types - Texoma 700, 800 auger or similar types - drilling depth of 60' maximum); Elevating grader operator; Grade checker; Gradall operator; Grouting machine operator; Heavy-duty repairman; Heavy equipment robotics operator; Kalamazoo balliste regulator or similar type; Kolman belt loader and similar type; Le Tourneau blob compactor or similar type; Loader operator (Athey, Euclid, Sierra and https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 8 of 25 similar types); Mobark Chipper or similar; Ozzie padder or similar types; P.C. slot saw; Pneumatic concrete placing machine operator (Hackley-Presswell or similar type); Pumperete gun operator; Rock Drill or similar types; Rotary drill operator (excluding caisson type); Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator (single engine, caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds. up to and including 50 cu. yds. struck); Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator (multiple engine up to and including 25 yds. struck); Rubber -tired scraper operator (self -loading paddle wheel type -John Deere, 1040 and similar single unit); Self- propelled curb and gutter machine operator; Shuttle buggy; Skiploader operator (crawler and wheel type over 1-1/2 yds. up to and including 6-1/2 yds.); Soil remediation plant operator; Surface heaters and planer operator; Tractor compressor drill combination operator; Tractor operator (any type larger than D-5 - 100 flywheel h.p. and over, or similar -bulldozer, tamper, scraper and push tractor single engine); Tractor operator (boom attachments), Traveling pipe wrapping, cleaning and bendng machine operator; Trenching machine operator (over 6 ft. depth capacity, manufacturer's rating); trenching Machine with Road Miner attachment (over 6 ft depth capacity): Ultra high pressure waterjet cutting tool system mechanic; Water pull (compaction) operator GROUP 9: Heavy Duty Repairman GROUP 10: Drilling machine operator, Bucket or auger types (Calweld 200 B bucket or similar types -Watson 3000 or 5000 auger or similar types -Texoma 900 auger or similar types -drilling depth of 105' maximum); Dual drum mixer, dynamic compactor LDC350 (or similar types); Monorail locomotive operator (diesel, gas or electric); Motor patrol -blade operator (single engine); Multiple engine tractor operator (Euclid and similar type -except Quad 9 cat.); Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator (single engine, over 50 yds. struck); Pneumatic pipe ramming tool and similar types; Prestressed wrapping machine operator; Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator (single engine, over 50 yds. struck); Rubber tired earth moving equipment operator (multiple engine, Euclid, caterpillar and similar over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck), Tower crane repairman; Tractor loader operator (crawler and wheel type over 6-1/2 yds.); Woods mixer operator (and similar Pugmill equipment) GROUP 11: Heavy Duty Repairman - Welder Combination, Welder - Certified. GROUP 12: Auto grader operator; Automatic slip form operator; Drilling machine operator, bucket or auger types (Calweld, auger 200 CA or similar types - Watson, auger 6000 or similar types - Hughes Super Duty, auger 200 or similar types - drilling depth of 175' maximum); Hoe ram or similar with compressor; Mass excavator operator less tha 750 cu. yards; Mechanical finishing machine operator; Mobile form traveler operator; Motor patrol operator (multi -engine); Pipe mobile machine operator; Rubber -tired earth- moving https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 9 of 25 equipment operator (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar type, over 50 cu. yds. struck); Rubber -tired self- loading scraper operator (paddle -wheel -auger type self -loading - two (2) or more units) GROUP 13: Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator operating equipment with push-pull system (single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 14: Canal liner operator; Canal trimmer operator; Remote- control earth -moving equipment operator (operating a second piece of equipment: $1.00 per hour additional); Wheel excavator operator (over 750 cu. yds.) GROUP 15: Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (single engine, Caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds. and up to and including 50 yds. struck); Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (multiple engine -up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 16: Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (single engine, over 50 yds. struck); Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck) GROUP 17: Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 50 cu. yds. struck); Tandem tractor operator (operating crawler type tractors in tandem - Quad 9 and similar type) GROUP 18: Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 19: Rotex concrete belt operator (or similar types); Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - single engine, Caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds.and up to and including 50 cu. yds. struck); Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 20: Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - single engine, over 50 yds. struck); Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps, and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck) https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page iu or l.) GROUP 21: Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar type, over 50 cu. yds. struck) GROUP 22: Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 23: Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (single engine, Caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds. and up to and including 50 yds. struck); Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating with the tandem push-pull system (multiple engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 24: Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (single engine, over 50 yds. struck); Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck) GROUP 25: Concrete pump operator -truck mounted; Rubber -tired earth -moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar type, over 50 cu. yds. struck) CRANES, PILEDRIVING AND HOISTING EQUIPMENT CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP l: Engineer oiler; Fork lift operator (includes loed, lull or similar types) GROUP 2: Truck crane oiler GROUP 3: A -frame or winch truck operator; Ross carrier operator (jobsite) GROUP 4: Bridge -type unloader and turntable operator; Helicopter hoist operator GROUP 5: Hydraulic boom truck; Stinger crane (Austin -Western or similar type); Tugger hoist operator (1 drum) GROUP 6: Bridge crane operator; Cretor crane operator; Hoist operator (Chicago boom and similar type); Lift mobile operator; Lift slab machine operator (Vagtborg and similar types); Material hoist and/or manlift operator; Polar gantry crane operator; Self Climbing scaffold (or similar type); Shovel, backhoe, dragline, clamshell operator (over 3/4 yd. and up to 5 cu. yds. mrc); Tugger hoist operator GROUP 7: Pedestal crane operator; Shovel, backhoe, dragline, clamshell operator (over 5 cu. yds. mrc); Tower crane repair; Tugger hoist operator (3 drum) https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 11 of 25 GROUP 8: Crane operator (up to and including 25 ton capacity); Crawler transporter operator; Derrick barge operator (up to and including 25 ton capacity); Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (up to and including 25 ton capacity); Shovel, backhoe, dragline, clamshell operator (over 7 cu. yds., M.R.C.) GROUP 9: Crane operator (over 25 tons and up to and including 50 tons mrc); Derrick barge operator (over 25 tons up to and including 50 tons mrc); Highline cableway operator; Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 25 tons up to and including 50 tons mrc); K -crane operator; Polar crane operator; Self erecting tower crane operator maximum lifting capacity ten tons GROUP 10: Crane operator (over 50 tons and up to and including 100 tons mrc); Derrick barge operator (over 50 tons up to and including 100 tons mrc); Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 50 tons up to and including 100 tons mrc), Mobile tower crane operator (over 50 tons, up to and including 100 tons M.R.C.); Tower crane operator and tower gantry GROUP 11: Crane operator (over 100 tons and up to and including 200 tons mrc); Derrick barge operator (over 100 tons up to and including 200 tons mrc); Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 100 tons up to and including 200 tons mrc); Mobile tower crane operator (over 100 tons up to and including 200 tons mrc) GROUP 12: Crane operator (over 200 tons up to and including 300 tons mrc); Derrick barge operator (over 200 tons up to and including 300 tons mrc); Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 200 tons, up to and including 300 tons mrc); Mobile tower crane operator (over 200 tons, up to and including 300 tons mrc) GROUP 13: Crane operator (over 300 tons); Derrick barge operator (over 300 tons); Helicopter pilot; Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 300 tons); Mobile tower crane operator (over 300 tons) TUNNEL CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Skiploader (wheel type up to 3/4 yd. without attachment) GROUP 2: Power -driven jumbo form setter operator GROUP 3: Dinkey locomotive or motorperson (up to and including 10 tons) GROUP 4: Bit sharpener; Equipment greaser (grease truck); Slip form pump operator (power -driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms); Tugger hoist operator (1 drum); Tunnel locomotive operator (over 10 and up to and including 30 tons) GROUP 5: Backhoe operator (up to and including 3/4 yd.); https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 12 of 25 Small Ford, Case or similar; Drill doctor; Grouting machine operator; Heading shield operator; Heavy-duty repairperson; Loader operator (Athey, Euclid, Sierra and similar types); Mucking machine operator (1/4 yd., rubber -tired, rail or track type); Pneumatic concrete placing machine operator (Hackley-Presswell or similar type); Pneumatic heading shield (tunnel); Pumperete gun operator; Tractor compressor drill combination operator; Tugger hoist operator (2 drum); Tunnel locomotive operator (over 30 tons) GROUP 6: Heavy Duty Repairman GROUP 7: Tunnel mole boring machine operator ENGINEERS ZONES $1.00 additional per hour for all of IMPERIAL County and the portions of KERN, RIVERSIDE & SAN BERNARDINO Counties as defined below: That area within the following Boundary: Begin in San Bernardino County, approximately 3 miles NE of the intersection of I-15 and the California State line at that point which is the NW corner of Section 1, T17N,m R14E, San Bernardino Meridian. Continue W in a straight line to that point which is the SW corner of the northwest quarter of Section 6, T27S, R42E, Mt. Diablo Meridian. Continue North to the intersection with the Inyo County Boundary at that point which is the NE corner of the western half of the northern quarter of Section 6, T25S, R42E, MDM. Continue W along the Inyo and San Bernardino County boundary until the intersection with Kern County, as that point which is the SE corner of Section 34, T24S, R40E, MDM. Continue W along the Inyo and Kern County boundary until the intersection with Tulare County, at that point which is the SW corner of the SE quarter of Section 32, T24S, R37E, MDM. Continue W along the Kern and Tulare County boundary, until that point which is the NW corner of T25S, R32E, MDM. Continue S following R32E lines to the NW corner of T31S, R32E, MDM. Continue W to the NW corner of T31S, R31E, MDM. Continue S to the SW corner of T32S, R31E, MDM. Continue W to SW corner of SE quarter of Section 34, T32S, R30E, MDM. Continue S to SW corner of T11N, R17W, SBM. Continue E along south boundary of TI1N, SBM to SW corner of T11N, R7W, SBM. Continue S to SW corner of T9N, R7W, SBM. Continue E along south boundary of T9N, SBM to SW corner of T9N, RIE, SBM. Continue S along west boundary of RlE, SMB to Riverside County line at the SW corner of T1S, R1E, SBM. Continue E along south boundary of T1s, SBM (Riverside County Line) to SW corner of TIS, R10E, SBM. Continue S along west boundary of R10E, SBM to Imperial County line at the SW corner of T8S, R10E, SBM. Continue W along Imperial and Riverside county line to NW corner of T9S, R9E, SBM. Continue S along the boundary between Imperial and San Diego Counties, along the west edge of R9E, SBM to the south boundary of Imperial County/California state line. Follow the California state line west to Arizona state line, then north to Nevada state line, then continuing NW back to start at the point which is the NW corner of Section 1, T17N, R14E, SBM $1.00 additional per hour for portions of SAN LUIS OBISPO, https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 13 of 25 KERN, SANTA BARBARA & VENTURA as defined below: That area within the following Boundary: Begin approximately 5 miles north of the community of Cholame, on the Monterey County and San Luis Obispo County boundary at the NW corner of T25S, R16E, Mt. Diablo Meridian. Continue south along the west side of R16E to the SW corner of T30S, R16E, MDM. Continue E to SW corner of T30S, R17E, MDM. Continue S to SW corner of T31S, R17E, MDM. Continue E to SW corner of T31S, R18E, MDM. Continue S along West side of R18E, MDM as it crosses into San Bernardino Meridian numbering area and becomes R30W. Follow the west side of R30W. SBM to the SW corner of T9N, R30W, SBM, Continue E along the south edge of T9N, SBM to the Santa Barbara County and Ventura County boundary at that point whch is the SW corner of Section 34.T9N, R24W, SBM, continue S along the Ventura County line to that point which is the SW corner of the SE quarter of Section 32, T7N, R24W, SBM. Continue E along the south edge of T7N, SBM to the SE corner to T7N, R21W, SBM. Continue N along East side of R21W, SBM to Ventura County and Kern County boundary at the NE corner of T8N, R21W. Continue W along the Ventura County and Kern County boundary to the SE corner of T9N, R21W. Continue North along the East edge of R21W, SBM to the NE corner of T12N, R21W, SBM. Continue West along the north edge of T12N, SBM to the SE corner of T32S, R21E, MDM. [T12N SBM is a think strip between T11N SBM and T32S MDM]. Continue North along the East side of R21E, MDM to the Kings County and Kern County border at the NE corner of T25S, R21E, MDM, continue West along the Kings County and Kern County Boundary until the intersection of San Luis Obispo County. Continue west along the Kings County and San Luis Obispo County boundary until the intersection with Monterey County. Continue West along the Monterey County and San Luis Obispo County boundary to the beginning point at the NW corner of T25S, R16E, MDM. $2.00 additional per hour for INYO and MONO Counties and the Northern portion of SAN BERNARDINO County as defined below: That area within the following Boundary: Begin at the intersection of the northern boundary of Mono County and the California state line at the point which is the center of Section 17, T10N, R22E, Mt. Diablo Meridian. Continue S then SE along the entire western boundary of Mono County, until it reaches Inyo County at the point which is the NE corner of the Western half of the NW quarter of Section 2, T8S, R29E, MDM. Continue SSE along the entire western boundary of Inyo County, until the intersection with Kern County at the point which is the SW corner of the SE 1/4 of Section 32, T24S, R37E, MDM. Continue E along the Inyo and Kern County boundary until the intersection with San Bernardino County at that point which is the SE corner of section 34, T24S, R40E, MDM. Continue E along the Inyo and San Bernardino County boundary until the point which is the NE.corner of the Western half of the NW quarter of Section 6, T25S, R42E, MDM. Continue S to that point which is the SW corner of the NW quarter of Section 6, T27S, R42E, MDM. Continue E in a straight line to the California and Nevada state border at the point which is the NW corner of Section 1, T17N, R14E, San Bernardino Meridian. Then continue NW along the state line to the starting point, which is the center of https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 14 of 25 Section 18, T10N, R22E, MDM. REMAINING AREA NOT DEFINED ABOVE RECIEVES BASE RATE ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0012-004 08/01/2015 Rates Fringes OPERATOR: Power Equipment (DREDGING) (1) Leverman................$ 49.50 23.60 (2) Dredge dozer ............ $ 43.53 23.60 (3) Deckmate................$ 43.42 23.60 (4) Winch operator (stern winch on dredge) ............ $ 42.87 23.60 (5) Fireman -Oiler, Deckhand, Bargeman, Leveehand...................$ 42.33 23.60 (6) Barge Mate ..............$ 42.94 23.60 IRON0377-002 07/01/2016 Rates Fringes Ironworkers: Fence Erector ...............$ 28.33 20.64 Ornamental, Reinforcing and Structural ..............$ 34.75 29.20 PREMIUM PAY: $6.00 additional per hour at the following locations: China Lake Naval Test Station, Chocolate Mountains Naval Reserve-Niland, Edwards AFB, Fort Irwin Military Station, Fort Irwin Training Center -Goldstone, San Clemente Island, San Nicholas Island, Susanville Federal Prison, 29 Palms - Marine Corps, U.S. Marine Base - Barstow, U.S. Naval Air Facility - Sealey, Vandenberg AFB $4.00 additional per hour at the following locations: Army Defense Language Institute - Monterey, Fallon Air Base, Naval Post Graduate School - Monterey, Yermo Marine Corps Logistics Center $2.00 additional per hour at the following locations: Port Hueneme, Port Mugu, U.S. Coast Guard Station - Two Rock ------------------------------------------------------------ LAB00300-005 01/01/2017 Rates Fringes Asbestos Removal Laborer ......... $ 31.88 16.82 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 15 of 25 SCOPE OF WORK: Includes site mobilization, initial site cleanup, site preparation, removal of asbestos -containing material and toxic waste, encapsulation, enclosure and disposal of asbestos- containing materials and toxic waste by hand or with equipment or machinery; scaffolding, fabrication of temporary wooden barriers and assembly of decontamination stations. ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00345-001 07/02/2017 Rates Fringes LABORER (GUNITE) GROUP 1 .....................$ 41.08 17.39 GROUP 2.... .............$ 40.13 17.39 GROUP 3.... ...............$ 36.59 17.39 FOOTNOTE: GUNITE PREMIUM PAY: Workers working from a Bosn'n's Chair or suspended from a rope or cable shall receive 40 cents per hour above the foregoing applicable classification rates. Workers doing gunite and/or shotcrete work in a tunnel shall receive 35 cents per hour above the foregoing applicable classification rates, paid on a portal-to-portal basis. Any work performed on, in or above any smoke stack, silo, storage elevator or similar type of structure, when such structure is in excess of 75'-0" above base level and which work must be performed in whole or in part more than 75'-0" above base level, that work performed above the 75'-0" level shall be compensated for at 35 cents per hour above the applicable classification wage rate. GUNITE LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Rodmen, Nozzlemen GROUP 2: Gunmen GROUP 3: Reboundmen ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00783-002 07/03/2017 Rates Fringes LABORER (TUNNEL) GROUP 1 .....................$ 39.04 18.24 GROUP 2 .....................$ 39.36 18.24 GROUP 3 .....................$ 39.82 18.24 GROUP 4.....................$ 40.51 18.24 LABORER GROUP 1 .....................$ 33.19 18.24 GROUP 2 .....................$ 33.74 18.24 GROUP 3 .....................$ 34.29 18.24 GROUP 4 .....................$ 35.84 18.24 GROUP 5 .....................$ 36.19 18.24 LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 16 of 25 GROUP 1: Cleaning and handling of panel forms; Concrete screeding for rough strike -off; Concrete, water curing; Demolition laborer, the cleaning of brick if performed by a worker performing any other phase of demolition work, and the cleaning of lumber; Fire watcher, limber, brush loader, piler and debris handler; Flag person; Gas, oil and/or water pipeline laborer; Laborer, asphalt -rubber material loader; Laborer, general or construction; Laborer, general clean-up; Laborer, landscaping; Laborer, jetting; Laborer, temporary water and air lines; Material hose operator (walls, slabs, floors and decks); Plugging, filling of shee bolt holes; Dry packing of concrete; Railroad maintenance, repair track person and road beds; Streetcar and railroad construction track laborers; Rigging and signaling; Scaler; Slip form raiser; Tar and mortar; Tool crib or tool house laborer; Traffic control by any method; Window cleaner; Wire mesh pulling - all concrete pouring operations GROUP 2: Asphalt shoveler; Cement dumper (on 1 yd. or larger mixer and handling bulk cement); Cesspool digger and installer; Chucktender; Chute handler, pouring concrete, the handling of the chute from readymix trucks, such as walls, slabs, decks, floors, foundation, footings, curbs, gutters and sidewalks; Concrete curer, impervious membrane and form oiler; Cutting torch operator (demolition); Fine grader, highways and street paving, airport, runways and similar type heavy construction; Gas, oil and/or water pipeline wrapper - pot tender and form person; Guinea chaser; Headerboard person - asphalt; Laborer, packing rod steel and pans; Membrane vapor barrier installer; Power broom sweeper (small); Riprap stonepaver, placing stone or wet sacked concrete; Roto scraper and tiller; Sandblaster (pot tender); Septic tank digger and installer(lead); Tank scaler and cleaner; Tree climber, faller, chain saw operator, Pittsburgh chipper and similar type brush shredder; Underground laborer, including caisson bellower GROUP 3: Buggymobile person; Concrete cutting torch; Concrete pile cutter; Driller, jackhammer, 2-1/2 ft. drill steel or longer; Dri-pak-it machine; Gas, oil and/or water pipeline wrapper, 6 -in. pipe and over, by any method, inside and out; High scaler (including drilling of same); Hydro seeder and similar type; Impact wrench multi -plate; Kettle person, - pot person and workers applying asphalt, lay-kold, creosote, lime caustic and similar type materials ("applying" means applying, dipping, brushing or handling of such materials for pipe wrapping and waterproofing); Operator of pneumatic, gas, electric tools, vibrating machine, pavement breaker, air blasting, come-alongs, and similar mechanical tools not separately classified herein; Pipelayer's backup person, coating, grouting, making of joints, sealing, caulking, diapering and including rubber gasket joints, pointing and any and all other services; Rock slinger; Rotary scarifier or multiple head concrete chipping scarifier; Steel headerboard and guideline setter; Tamper, Barko, Wacker and similar type; Trenching machine, hand -propelled GROUP 4: Asphalt raker, lute person, ironer, asphalt dump person, and asphalt spreader boxes (all types); Concrete https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 rage i i of /-:) core cutter (walls, floors or ceilings), grinder or sander; Concrete saw person, cutting walls or flat work, scoring old or new concrete; Cribber, shorer, lagging, sheeting and trench bracing, hand -guided lagging hammer; Head rock slinger; Laborer, asphalt- rubber distributor boot person; Laser beam in connection with laborers' work; Oversize concrete vibrator operator, 70 lbs. and over; Pipelayer performing all services in the laying and installation of pipe from the point of receiving pipe in the ditch until completion of operation, including any and all forms of tubular material, whether pipe, metallic or non-metallic, conduit and any other stationary type of tubular device used for the conveying of any substance or element, whether water, sewage, solid gas, air, or other product whatsoever and without regard to the nature of material from which the tubular material is fabricated; No -joint pipe and stripping of same; Prefabricated manhole installer; Sandblaster (nozzle person), water blasting, Porta Shot -Blast GROUP 5: Blaster powder, all work of loading holes, placing and blasting of all powder and explosives of whatever type, regardless of method used for such loading and placing; Driller: All power drills, excluding jackhammer, whether core, diamond, wagon, track, multiple unit, and any and all other types of mechanical drills without regard to the form of motive power; Toxic waste removal TUNNEL LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Batch plant laborer; Changehouse person; Dump person; Dump person (outside); Swamper (brake person and switch person on tunnel work); Tunnel materials handling person; Nipper; Pot tender, using mastic or other materials (for example, but not by way of limitation, shotcrete, etc.) GROUP 2: Chucktender, cabletender; Loading and unloading agitator cars; Vibrator person, jack hammer, pneumatic tools (except driller); Bull gang mucker, track person; Concrete crew, including rodder and spreader GROUP 3: Blaster, driller, powder person; Chemical grout jet person; Cherry picker person; Grout gun person; Grout mixer person; Grout pump person; Jackleg miner; Jumbo person; Kemper and other pneumatic concrete placer operator; Miner, tunnel (hand or machine); Nozzle person; Operating of troweling and/or grouting machines; Powder person (primer house); Primer person; Sandblaster; Shotcrete person; Steel form raiser and setter; Timber person, retimber person, wood or steel; Tunnel Concrete finisher GROUP 4: Diamond driller; Sandblaster; Shaft and raise work ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00783-005 07/01/2017 Rates Fringes Brick Tender .....................$ 31.36 17.82 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO1184-001 07/01/2017 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 18 of 25 Rates Fringes Laborers: (HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING) (1) Drilling Crew Laborer...$ 34.65 13.20 (2) Vehicle Operator/Hauler.$ 34.82 13.20 (3) Horizontal Directional Drill Operator ..............$ 36.67 13.20 (4) Electronic Tracking Locator .....................$ 38.67 13.20 Laborers: (STRIPING/SLURRY SEAL) GROUP 1 .....................$ 35.86 16.21 GROUP 2 .....................$ 37.16 16.21 GROUP 3 .....................$ 39.17 16.21 GROUP 4... .................$ 40.91 16.21 LABORERS - STRIPING CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Protective coating, pavement sealing, including repair and filling of cracks by any method on any surface in parking lots, game courts and playgrounds; carstops; operation of all related machinery and equipment; equipment repair technician GROUP 2: Traffic surface abrasive blaster; pot tender - removal of all traffic lines and markings by any method (sandblasting, waterblasting, grinding, etc.) and preparation of surface for coatings. Traffic control person: controlling and directing traffic through both conventional and moving lane closures; operation of all related machinery and equipment GROUP 3: Traffic delineating device applicator: Layout and application of pavement markers, delineating signs, rumble and traffic bars, adhesives, guide markers, other traffic delineating devices including traffic control. This category includes all traffic related surface preparation (sandblasting, waterblasting, grinding) as part of the application process. Traffic protective delineating system installer: removes, relocates, installs, permanently affixed roadside and parking delineation barricades, fencing, cable anchor, guard rail, reference signs, monument markers; operation of all related machinery and equipment; power broom sweeper GROUP 4: Striper: layout and application of traffic stripes and markings; hot thermo plastic; tape traffic stripes and markings, including traffic control; operation of all related machinery and equipment ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO1414-003 08/02/2017 Rates Fringes LABORER PLASTER CLEAN-UP LABORER .... $ 35.50 18.29 PLASTER TENDER ..............$ 38.05 18.29 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 19 of 25 Work on a swing stage scaffold: $1.00 per hour additional. Work at Military Bases - $3.00 additional per hour: Coronado Naval Amphibious Base, Fort Irwin, Marine Corps Air Station -29 Palms, Imperial Beach Naval Air Station, Marine Corps Logistics Supply Base, Marine Corps Pickle Meadows, Mountain Warfare Training Center, Naval Air Facility -Seeley, North Island Naval Air Station, Vandenberg AFB. ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0036-001 07/01/2017 Rates Fringes Painters: (Including Lead Abatement) (1) Repaint (excludes San Diego County) ...............$ 27.59 13.94 (2) All Other Work .......... $ 31.12 13.94 REPAINT of any previously painted structure. Exceptions: work involving the aerospace industry, breweries, commercial recreational facilities, hotels which operate commercial establishments as part of hotel service, and sports facilities. ---------------------------------------------------------------- * PAIN0036-008 10/01/2017 Rates Fringes DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER ........... $ 38.58 18.57 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0036-015 06/01/2017 Rates Fringes GLAZIER ..........................$ 40.95 24.40 FOOTNOTE: Additional $1.25 per hour for work in a condor, from the third (3rd) floor and up Additional $1.25 per hour for work on the outside of the building from a swing stage or any suspended contrivance, from the ground up ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN1247-002 05/01/2017 Rates Fringes SOFT FLOOR LAYER .................$ 32.35 14.56 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0200-008 08/02/2017 Rates Fringes PLASTERER ........................$ 41.26 14.46 FORT IRWIN; MARINE CORPS AIR STATION 29 PALMS, AND MARINE https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 2U of 25 CORPS LOGISTICS SUPPLY BASE: $3.00 additional per hour. ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0500-002 07/01/2016 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER ... $ 33.30 23.33 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0016-002 07/01/2017 Rates Fringes PLUMBER, PIPEFITTER, STEAMFITTER Plumber and Pipefitter All other work except work on new additions and remodeling of bars, restaurant, stores and commercial buildings not to exceed 5,000 sq. ft. of floor space and work on strip malls, light commercial, tenant improvement and remodel work .......................$ 49.28 21.61 Work at Edwards AFB ........ $ 56.28 21.61 Work at Fort Irwin Army Base, Marine Corps Logistic Base at Nebo, Marine Corps Logistic Base at Yermo and Twenty -Nine Palms Marine Base ........... $ 56.28 21.61 Work ONLY on new additions and remodeling of bars, restaurants, stores and commercial buildings, not to exceed 5,000 sq. ft. of floor space .................$ 47.76 20.63 Work ONLY on strip malls, light commercial, tenant improvement and remodel work ........................$ 36.91 18.96 PLUM0345-001 07/01/2014 Rates Fringes PLUMBER Landscape/Irrigation Fitter.$ 29.27 19.75 Sewer & Storm Drain Work .... $ 33.24 17.13 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ROOF0036-002 08/01/2017 Rates Fringes ROOFER ...........................$ 37.07 16.17 FOOTNOTE: Pitch premium: Work on which employees are exposed https://vrww.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v--15 10/16/2017 to pitch fumes or required to handle pitch, pitch base or pitch impregnated products, or any material containing coal tar pitch, the entire roofing crew shall receive $1.75 per hour "pitch premium" pay. --------------------------------------------------------------- SFCA0669-009 04/01/2017 Does not include the northern part of the City of Chino, or the Cities of Montclair and Ontario Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER ...................$ 39.07 15.84 ------------------------------------------------------------- SFCA0709-004 07/01/2015 THE NORTHERN PART OF THE CITY OF CHINO, AND THE CITIES OF MONTCLAIR AND ONTARIO: Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire) .......... $ 42.93 24.04 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0105-003 07/01/2016 LOS ANGELES (South of a straight line drawn between Gorman and Big Pines)and Catalina Island, INYO, KERN (Northeast part, East of Hwy 395), MONO ORANGE, RIVERSIDE, AND SAN BERNARDINO COUNTIES Rates SHEET METAL WORKER (1) Commercial - New Construction and Remodel work ........................$ 41.86 (2) Industrial work including air pollution control systems, noise abatement, hand rails, guard rails, excluding aritechtural sheet metal work, excluding A -C, heating, ventilating systems for human comfort ... $ 41.86 TEAM0011-002 07/01/2017 Rates TRUCK DRIVER GROUP 1 ....................$ 29.59 GROUP 2..............•.....$ 29.74 GROUP 3................... $ 29.87 GROUP 4 ....................$ 30.06 GROUP 5 ....................$ 30.09 GROUP 6 ....................$ 30.12 Fringes 26.88 ------------- Fringes 27.74 27.74 27.74 27.74 27.74 27.74 Page 21 of 25 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 rage /-/- of z:) GROUP 7 ....................$ 30.37 27.74 GROUP 8 ....................$ 30.62 27.74 GROUP 9 ....................$ 30.82 27.74 GROUP 10 ....................$ 31.12 27.74 GROUP 11 ....................$ 31.62 27.74 GROUP 12 ....................$ 32.05 27.74 WORK ON ALL MILITARY BASES: PREMIUM PAY: $3.00 per hour additional. [29 palms Marine Base, Camp Roberts, China Lake, Edwards AFB, El Centro Naval Facility, Fort Irwin, Marine Corps Logistics Base at Nebo & Yermo, Mountain Warfare Training Center, Bridgeport, Point Arguello, Point Conception, Vandenberg AFB] TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Truck driver GROUP 2: Driver of vehicle or combination of vehicles - 2 axles; Traffic control pilot car excluding moving heavy equipment permit load; Truck mounted broom GROUP 3: Driver of vehicle or combination of vehicles - 3 axles; Boot person; Cement mason distribution truck; Fuel truck driver; Water truck - 2 axle; Dump truck, less than 16 yds. water level; Erosion control driver GROUP 4: Driver of transit mix truck, under 3 yds.; Dumperete truck, less than 6-1/2 yds. water level GROUP 5: Water truck, 3 or more axles; Truck greaser and tire person ($0.50 additional for tire person); Pipeline and utility working truck driver, including winch truck and plastic fusion, limited to pipeline and utility work; Slurry truck driver GROUP 6: Transit mix truck, 3 yds. or more; Dumperete truck, 6-1/2 yds. water level and over; Vehicle or combination of vehicles - 4 or more axles; Oil spreader truck; Dump truck, 16 yds. to 25 yds. water level GROUP 7: A Frame, Swedish crane or similar; Forklift driver; Ross carrier driver GROUP 8: Dump truck, 25 yds. to 49 yds. water level; Truck repair person; Water pull - single engine; Welder GROUP 9: Truck repair person/welder; Low bed driver, 9 axles or over GROUP 10: Dump truck - 50 yds. or more water level; Water pull - single engine with attachment GROUP 11: Water pull - twin engine; Water pull - twin engine with attachments; Winch truck driver - $1.25 additional when operating winch or similar special attachments https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 23 of 25 GROUP 12: Boom Truck 17K and above WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 rage /-,+ of zD Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 1000 of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be. * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 Page 25 of 25 because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/CA37.dvb?v=15 10/16/2017 STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS PPREN710ESHIP PROGRAM FOR PUBLIC '.44ORKS CONSTRUCTION Division of Apprenticeship Standards office locations Welcome to the California DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Apprentices on public work projects summary of requirements THE BASICS SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS California Labor Code $�gn 1777.15 requires all public works contractors and subcontractors to: 1. Submit contract award information 2. Employ registered aoorentices 3. Make training fund contributions SUBMIT CONTRACT AWARD INFORMATION Page 1 of 2 if are a contractor already approved to train arresentices fa member of a OAS rgMalz+ed Averenticeshin Committee 'Contractors who are already approved to train apprentices must provide contract award information to the apprenticeship committee for each applicable apprenticeable craft or trade that has approved the contractor in the area of the site of the of the public works project.' The Contract Award Information must be in writing and submitted to the applicable committee(s) within 10 days of the date of the prime or subcontract but in no event later than the first day the contractor has workers employed on the public works project. You may use form DAS 140 for this purpose. This is simply a notification of award; it is not automatically a request for dispatch of a registered apprentice. N you ase not allmdy Mproved to train by an Aggrenticestsits ComsssON Contractors not already approved to train apprentices must submit Contract Award Information (DAS 140) to every apprenticeship program in the geographic area of the public works project, for each craft ou intend to erriploy on the broiect. You can determine which apprenticeship programs are approved in specific geographic locations by clicking on the following link http:/Avww.dir.ca.gov/databgses/daslowad-drstart.aw The Contract Award information must be in writing and submitted to the applicable committee(s) within 10 days of the date of the prime or subcontract but in no event later than the first day the contractor has workers employed on the public works project- This is simply a notification of award; it is not automatically a request for dispatch of a registered apprentice. EMPLOY REGISTERED APPRENTICES A contractor on a public works project must employ one (1) hour of apprentice work for every five (5) hours performed by a journeyman. Title 8 California Code of Regulations, ion 230.1.for each teWrate craft at the end of a oro ect. Please check the DAS important notices to determine if any exemptions exist for your craft or trade. h=://www.gir.ca.gov/DAS/Put3-iicWorksForms-htm All contractors must request dispatch of an apprentice from an apprenticeship program (for each apprenticeable craft or trade) by giving the program actual notice of at least 72 hours (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays) before the date on which apprentices are required. A DAS 142 form is provided for this purpose. All requests for dispatch must be in writing and sent by first class mail, fax or email. Contractors who do not receive a sufficient number of apprentices from their initial request, must request dispatch apprentices from all other apprenticeship committees, if more than one exists in the area of the public works project. To determine which apprenticeship programs are approved for your crab or trade in a specific geographic location click the following link hffi3:1/www.dir.ca.govldgtabasgg/das/ waddratertas MAKE TRAINING FUND CONTRIBUTIONS Contractors who are awarded public works jobs must make training fund contributions in the amount established in the prevailing wage rate publication for journeymen and apprentices. This nominal fee contributes to the assurance that new apprentices coming into the craft will be guaranteed the highest level of training and as skilled craftsmen retire, the trade will survive. http://wwvv.dir.ca.govIDASIDASApprentticesOnPublieWorksS OfRequirements.htm 5/23/2012 Division of Apprenticeship Standards office locations Page 2 of 2 Contractors who contribute to an apprenticeship program are entitled to a frill credit in the amount of those contributions. Contractors who do not contribute to an apprenticeship program must submit their contributions to the California Apprenticeship Council, PO Box 420603, San Francisco, CA 9414241603. Training fund contributions to the Council are due and payable on the 15th day of the month for work performed during the preceding month. The contribution should be paid by check and be accompanied be a completed training fund contribution form (CAC — 21 or a letter containing the following information: 1. The name, address and telephone number of the contractor making the contribution. 2. The contractor's license number. 3. The name and address of the public agency that awarded the contract. 4. The jobsite location, including the county when: the work was performed. 5. The contract or project number. 6. The time period covered by the enclosed contributions. 7. The contribution rate and total hours worked by apprenticeable occupation. 8. The name of the program(s) that provide apprentices, if any. 9. The number of apprentice hours worked, by apprenticeable occupation and by program. Comments, suggestions and questions welcome. Email to dasoublicworks(aidir.ca.gov or call your local district office. Conditions of UseI Privacy Policy Copyright ® 2012 State of California http://www.dir.ca.govIIFASIDASApprenticesOnPublicWorksSu aryOfRequirernents.htm 5/23/2012 Division of Apprenticeship Standards - Public works information Page 1 of 2 . Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) Division of Apprenticeship Standards - Important notice - Change to Code of Regulations Section 230.1 Notification of Change In Regulation 230.1 Regarding Employment of Apprentices on Public Works. Regulation 230.1 has been amended. The change will affect projects bid after June 30, 2009. Projects bid on or before June 30, 2009 will still be controlled by the prior version of 230.1. • The change requires all contractors (who are not already employing sufficient apprentices) to request dispatch (either consecutively or simultaneously) from all approved apprenticeship programs in the geographical area of the project. The change also requires that contractors who employ apprentices but are not meeting the required ratio for their craft must request dispatch from any other programs in their craft that exist in the geographical area of the project The change also requires contractors to give the approved apprenticeship programs written notice of the request for dispatch at least 72 hours in advance. Previously 48 hours advance notice was required. Effective on projects bid July 1, 2005 Reg. 230.1. Employment of Apprentices on Public Works. (a) Contractors, as defined in Section 228 to include general, prime, specialty or subcontractor, shall employ registered apprentice(s), as defined by Labor Code Section 3077, during the performance of a public work project in accordance with the required one hour of work performed by an apprentice for every five hours of labor performed by a journeyman, unless covered by one of the exemptions enumerated in Labor Code Section 1777.5 or this subchapter. Unless an exemption has been granted, the contractor shall employ apprentices for the number of hours computed above before the end of the contract. Contractors who are not already employing sufficient registered apprentices (as defined by Labor Code Section 3077) to comply with the one -to -five ratio must request the dispatch of required apprentices from the apprenticeship committees providing training in the applicable craft or trade and whose geographic area of operation includes the site of the public work by giving the committee written notice of at least 72 hours (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) before the date on which one or more apprentices are required. If the apprenticeship committee from which apprentice dispatch(es) are requested does not dispatch apprentices as requested, the contractor must request apprentice dispatch(es) from another committee providing training in the applicable craft or trade in the geographic area of the site of the public work, and must request apprentice dispatch(es) from each such committee, either consecutively or simultaneously, until the contractor has requested apprentice dispatches from each such committee in the geographic area. All requests for dispatch of apprentices shall be in writing, sent by first class mail, facsimile or email. If a non -signatory contractor declines to abide by and comply with the terms of a local committee's standards, the apprenticeship committee shall not be required to dispatch apprentices to such contractor. Conversely, 9 in response to a written request no apprenticeship committee dispatches, or agrees to dispatch during the period of the public works project any apprentice to a contractor who has agreed to employ and train apprentices in accordance with either the apprenticeship committee's standards or these regulations within 72 hours of such request (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) the contractor shall not be considered in violation of this section as a result of failure to employ apprentices for the remainder of the project, provided that the contractor made the request in enough time to meet the above -stated ratio. If an apprenticeship committee dispatches fewer apprentices than the contractor requested, the contractor shall be considered in compliance if the contractor employs those apprentices who are dispatched, provided that, where there is more than one apprenticeship committee able and willing to unconditionally dispatch apprentices, the contractor has requested dispatch from all committees providing training in the applicable craft or trade whose geographic area of operation include the site of the public work. Nothing in this section shall affect the right of a contractor who participates in and employs registered apprentices from programs approved under Labor Code Section 3075 outside the geographic area of the public work from employing said apprentice(s) on the site of the public work in order to meet the ratio requirement of Labor Code Section 1777.5. (b) Apprentices employed on public works shall be paid the applicable apprentice prevailing per diem wage rate, available from DAS, and derived from the Director's survey of wages paid on public works in the geographic area of the craft or trade. DAS shall refer complaints alleging any contractors failure to pay the proper apprentice prevailing wage rate on a public works project to the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement for investigation and appropriate action. (c) Apprentices employed on public works can only be assigned to perform work of the craft or trade to which the apprentice is registered. Work of the craft or trade consists of job duties normally assigned to journeymen in the apprenticeable occupation. Where an employer employs apprentices under the rules and regulations of the California Apprenticeship Council, as set forth in Labor Code Section 1777.5(c) (2), apprentices employed on public works must at all times work with or under the direct supervision of joumeyman/men_ The on-the-job training shall be in accordance with the apprenticeship standards and apprenticeship agreement under which the apprentice is training, provided that a contractor shall not be subject to any financial or administrative obligations to a trust fund or employee benefit plan unless the contractor has so agreed. (d) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to contractors on public works projects that were bid prior to July 1, 2009. Such contractors shall comply with the version of this regulation that was in effect prior to July 1, 2009. Note: Authority cited: Section 1777.7, Labor Code. Reference: Section 1777.5, Labor Code. httr)://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/PublicWorksImpNot230-1.htm 7/14/2016 Division of Apprenticeship Standards - Public works information Page 2 of 2 March 2014 Copyright ©1995 2016 State of California L4#,-.1/..,.< —!A;«-- -- InAC'n-1 1htm 7/14/901A Ali+1MMENT TO CALIFORNIA CODE OF REQULATi[ONS, TITLE 8, CHAPTER 2, PART IV, SECTION 230.1 § 230.1. Employment of Apprentices on Public Works. (a) Contractors, as defined in Section 228 to include.general, prime, specialty or subcontractor, shall emplby registered apprentice(s), as defined by Labor Code Section 3077, during the performance of a public work project in accordance with the required one hour of work performed by an apprentice for every five hours of labor performed by a journeyman, unless covered by one of the exemptions enumerated in Labor Code Section 1777.5 or this subchapter. Unless an exemption has been granted, the contractor shall employ apprentices for the number of hours computed above before the end of the contract. Contractors who are not already employing sufficient registered apprentices (as defined by Labor Code Section 30.77) to comply with the one -to -five ratio must request the dispatch of required apprentices from the apprenticeship committees providing training in the applicable craft or trade and whose geographic area of operation includes the site - of the public work by giving the committee written notice of at least 72 hours (excluding Saturdays, Sundays -and holidays) before the date on which one or more apprentices are required. If the apprenticeship committee from which apprentice dispatch(es) are requested does not dispatch apprentices as requested, the contractor must request apprentice dispatch(es) from another committee providing training in the applicable craft or trade in the geographic area of the site of the public work, and must request apprentice dispatch(es) from " each such committee, either consecutively or.simultaneously, until the contractor has requested apprentice dispatches from each such committee in the geographic area. All requests for dispatch of apprentices shall be in writing, sent by first class mail, facsimile or email. Except for projects njt less: than 40 hoursof ippMnMgm wo each re oast f p X gpur=fi= dispatch shall be for not less. than an $ ho�a da ead� rentice or 2tl` of the estimated a reutice hours #o be ' worked far- an eanpiover in a 'cuiar craft or trade on awz+ect, whichever is Beater, unless an ' employer can provide wridw evidence, upon request of the grargittee dispatching the { apprentice or the Division of rmtice-ship Standards, that cithe em io er's control i2revent this frm ocgggtr If a non -signatory contractor declines to abide i by and comply with the terms of a local committee's standards, the apprenticeship committee j shall not be required to dispatch apprentices to'such contractor. Conversely, if in response to a written request no apprenticeship committee dispatches, or agrees to dispatch during the period of the public works project any apprentice to a contractor who has agreed to employ and train apprentices in accordance with either the apprenticeship committee's standards or these regulations within 72 hours of such request (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) the contractor: shall not be considered in violation of this section as a result of failure to employ apprentices for the remainder of the project, provided that the contractor made the request in enough time to meet the above -stated ratio. If an apprenticeship committee dispatches fewer apprentices than the contractor requested, the contractor shall be considered in compliance if the contractor employs those apprentices who are dispatched, provided that, where there is more than one apprenticeship committee able and willing to unconditionally dispatch apprentices, the contractor- has requested dispatch from all committees providing training in the applicable craft or. trade whose geographic area of operation include the site of the public work. Nothing in.this section shall affect the right of;a Contractor who participates in and employs registered apprentices from prograrAs approved under Labor Code Section 3075 outside the geographic area of the public work from employing said apprentice(s) on the site of the public work in order to meet the ratio requirement of Labor Code Section 1777.5, 2 (b) Apprentices employed on public works shall be paid the applicable apprentice prevailing per diem wage rate, available from DAS, and derived from the Director's survey -of wages paid on public works in the geographic area of the craft or trade. DAS shall refer complaints alleging any contractor's failure to pay the proper apprentice prevailing wage rate on a public works project to the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement for investigation and appropriate action. (e) Apprentices employed on public works can only be assigned to perform work of the craft or trade to which the apprentice is registered. Work of the craft or trade consists ofjob duties normally assigned to journeymen in the apprenticeable occupation. Where an employer employs apprentices under the rules and regulations of the California Apprenticeship Council, as set forth in Labor Code Section 1777.5(c)(2), apprentices employed on public works must at all times work with or under the direct supervision of journeymanlmen. The on:the job training shall be in accordance with the .apprenticeship standards and apprenticeship agreement under which the apprentice is training, provided that a contractor shall not be subject to any financial or administrative obligations to a trust fund or, employee benefit plan unless the contractor has so agreed. (d) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to contractors on public works projects that were bid prior to July 1, 2009. Such contractors 'shall comply with the version of this regulation that was in effect prior to July 1, 2009. 3 CITY OF SAIL! BERNARDV,• (-- STANDARD PLA. II WFAW VAA71ES 1�'I N� 14ZWA LRP' PX Ve -10AVr em,' �or TrPIM "e4rAW Vr"rr rAWNc/l -.4c Vk /W.422CAPM D ,VA9llFAdAze IOCAr/OA! VAAMES W/MW &MffZ OAC. &Iwh /. MAY 8E U.?E0= /.) %JflEN F.Vi AGE /.4 LESS TftoIN oW'.4NV SWM ' A51—MV EX/Jr4 CkV OMH 31PE.9 OF I -Or Z-) FDA' -9159eW 4L". �� �► . � ' P�POPOdE0 T! A/6 ALS �j ��s SrI /®�E, pl�i�I'�IL TAM! 1.610 IO g% CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. SIDEWALK LOCATIO 1)e»Nc.EM4U.M-.0M-e'-ZMo t> m)TAv4F-oAorf Ta eWrc°ll Clliw.awrAB Agowoempor MA SiWAVAFA? 3)eMPIAt5 MM V4 Wo Sh04ic4 BE 4405014MV IJMAM r ®AI ALL EX~Aelp "AVRi4cos 1000c TO TiiiE AW -1V OF .IOA"d%i E A.WFR MMI -47, IT ' ,.• - :. .3n a'�7a•;.. `t -, .._• .y t.7.. t: ,• �P , ,. _.-t -.. •-. ..`i_ . 3:'. :9c P., sv f. t+t,: :: t+x ... w. `i'i ;:.. x'- ,.. p�. .��. .,• .1. ..' i. Jam.._ >.i " :e3ki �: -5. -t 1{� �.�--4= :is b. Y.y ;,>u. � '' .. •T':-'".. t. e.. f � .- ;w .o. �:. ^. d :^a: .:'v y'a � +-f,r :"-: ... .-. - ='8.- _ - 3-'='. '#. -f 4.:.e• �' i�} Y.Y' - .. •,�•: 'J'e'- - 'i'�u.k sR'ti .;i - :�.. e'�' # '� z_._- �;fi_ -=a �:" - t -^:.'.8 Sl,,-, s� x �. .:... � �.. :_r ., b;,. e.a..F:.-. R"= :ab'� '<... ak 3A :.--. � :d'., ...- .. 'a� i,�:_ s• .�?f 4' s- - - -,#'., •F-. WM>:: #, i '` vS &MM. Ural: MFAInM FWOSKM ANAL ..g WUM aTMM2W 94.,WA $PROFU DRAW40M- ::;- .a`_ SplMAM AOM ''' a,. -GAD PfW AS 140MMM DLIMG OWEALLATM OF CkW 84 Pvt ZCW AND sc' f.a..�: '- __ ",�.§•. mad"''- OF ANOC1. - 4 ., UW, CURB 09 QUT" WALL KAVE TW PAVEMW, PAT 4 061k ()F Pomkmt LAW Uw- am OR40 FI-QAMR ,M5 MAN T, -4r AU-OAM VS 2WMIM mum M 4. a% i® ` y..0 STMOARO RESTOR-4, rf(-;fv PEAMWENT 310 Iw 4'- _ !•''�;,J .. } � 'fir: �:. MMI -47, IT ' ,.• - :. .3n a'�7a•;.. `t -, .._• .y t.7.. t: ,• �P , ,. _.-t -.. •-. ..`i_ . 3:'. :9c P., sv f. t+t,: :: t+x ... w. `i'i ;:.. x'- ,.. p�. .��. .,• .1. ..' i. Jam.._ >.i " :e3ki �: -5. -t 1{� �.�--4= :is b. Y.y ;,>u. � '' .. •T':-'".. t. e.. f � .- ;w .o. �:. ^. d :^a: .:'v y'a � +-f,r :"-: ... .-. - ='8.- _ - 3-'='. '#. -f 4.:.e• �' i�} Y.Y' - .. •,�•: 'J'e'- - 'i'�u.k sR'ti .;i - :�.. e'�' # '� z_._- �;fi_ -=a �:" - t -^:.'.8 Sl,,-, s� x �. .:... � �.. :_r ., b;,. e.a..F:.-. R"= :ab'� '<... ak 3A :.--. � :d'., ...- .. 'a� i,�:_ s• .�?f 4' s- - - -,#'., •F-. WM>:: #, i '` vS &MM. Ural: MFAInM FWOSKM ANAL ..g WUM aTMM2W 94.,WA $PROFU DRAW40M- ::;- .a`_ SplMAM AOM ''' a,. -GAD PfW AS 140MMM DLIMG OWEALLATM OF CkW 84 Pvt ZCW AND sc' f.a..�: '- __ ",�.§•. mad"''- OF ANOC1. - 4 ., UW, CURB 09 QUT" WALL KAVE TW PAVEMW, PAT 4 061k ()F Pomkmt LAW Uw- am OR40 FI-QAMR ,M5 MAN T, -4r AU-OAM VS 2WMIM mum M 4. a% i® ` y..0 STMOARO RESTOR-4, rf(-;fv PEAMWENT 310 ARTERML / AMMAL OR ARTEMAI. / LOM Wxftwo TO SMAL PMT !.,I Awomm ;o 47P, M. .404Y =Agey E, =cr OTY Lwo )r MM614. 4- FW* colet -CA ALL EOM OrNe -or (4%pway -HWY Lam _tr p1we -414 SLAM A4 Hill -A Pw*way 'toad staRlwta _Rto UNAL w str"tet -st Tra =Tf CIT'r* LOGO—" NO zawa� QLL PATI—EERN NQ,!,L. 5"WEET %AME 4c NtAdWR SHA& -:- W C04TER IED aO-,M 40T -A AW.' (#alfN 2X_ aXAP CM g -WS) 'Y - SIM SLADE 7-IER SPA43hc- N AR D ID) r LADE *# polls (.ASIWAt. ZED, IT�V,! )�' 9ORDIOR. %' I -ROM TOP Orf LOGO --/ & OOTTOA -7 i3% - T' 'MWQM LL Vl'fm ,4jk� 3E jzj �;Aja, ALU. A Oy a**ITFE t_;E_T7TRS WROOR ON GWEN 8AICKOM;W- SiGN 3LADE SHAL_ 3E �7i4fipfCATED 4JSf4G ?,,dIG2rl m,TDM-,,f RUIECTIVE st, - 3�4uv,TwG OAXPLA- *SEE . q .,, 4; -'OR WSTALLAPON) ,; 14,1, k t - X 7 ALAIMMUM ALLOVY SICN 28 I.A &.AM Sj� gE a G U4X SN<;LE FACM M7H *H,,r L_ -T & SAMIMOUNO- SQ4 ffi_*ZE SHAL,._ aE FASM-ATI-WO Gas W KGH NIBMITY RVIEC'qvE qjZE'r*4G lk� =,j;4tAAN OtW—RLAY 'SM Wr 4 FOP *47ALLATMN).. sm 'Aft It/s/2W SIM.M, mum ra MWAM MY OFSAN BERNAROINO it, AS S TR E E T iV,4 M - E SIG. ' I 24' WN 36' "X OR AS APMVM Q[TA,d, Cl TY LQfiQ t It ii m (Y rp OA ATTACH SM M�AMU TO SMAL PQX AT Or FRW SVEWALK US04 WA= W9M SM W -W IS JW aR L09MR IN UD*G'TH SM-M-%Qk S*AQ�Vr; MESPAR f�'*Ta= (fW =M Up To 1,8' TagwAs Tz"Mm (FM sons OWN fir Lq WE SOT. VANDAL-PMff WLTS MW911 PW-TO-,SMW DRAOWT. *Mt -WK bW MUM .2W WE $LOT, VANDAL Mff SMIS ZOPA42- @ sewvsT; imzspAR r sq t2 cA, waD To A 2w so m- 3o- a4, -,o OE FOk"ATift 0-*= &X -C -25M MAX aAW-5-. NOTE. UW ZUMAR 4MSTRW.S (OR APPROVM EQUAL). -cry GREE14 Ito, 61 04- RrOl �ul oul 00 F9, f* F, 14 i8 ys sow -)ER 4 r w u iI�e NON-U UMI TED ,TREES NAME SIGN DEME F tjR MAST ARM INSTAILLATIO N NTS C- 7- A:! C'NQNEEQlNGa PLAN FOR PROPER SIGN NOMENCLATURE. ^ijL.4 ---Si LAYOIJ-" OF MH SIGN LEGEND SHALL BE SUBMITTE0 To PH .E F I 'NEER PPROVAL FOR APMOL`PMOL`TO FABRICATION. S -OR MATERIAL REWIREMENTS. S H OF 5 4-, SEE SHT 4. 0r 55 FOR APPROPRIATE fNS-TALLATION- wow Ak gawmo m aft 4*44=w MY OF SAN BERM-4ROINO APPROVED e., ?,AW STA14DARD NO. S TkRE- E T AA IWE SIGN 504 3W5. t D aTy slww. som Sam, vmmw "MAM klsXW7,3) JW QWMI &A" TAM M. PM -MM OWMEL O -AMP (SK WM) wm aAksm- T AM SPACKE7 (SA -1000) (SA - IOW EXIMSONS) ZAP MAWArACYUM41r, WIC I MAST ARM iNSTALLAPON L=IRELFORM WfW d . m A I =Eb& I A T' APP*OVED STANDARD It I NO. AW� ial, S 504 4 OF 5 _-EGE MA d f I j t I f®- INTERSECR iNTERSECTION L" INTERSECTION ;:_� Sr�.� -:%� tai .i� .•��`;� WPM STRUT - C & LOCALS STANDAR d , :�: TREE - y� �'1 504 -- a►3 IG a - J OF SAN BERNARDINO 11`4 ICIPAL WATER DEPARTMENT STX}, N DARD DRAWINGS CAST IRON COVER MARKED 'WATER" [ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY NO 129506 OR EQUAL] NORMALLY OPEN VALVES - COVER SYSTEM SPLIT (NORMALLY CLOSE[ COLOR RED I. LOCKING DEBRIS CAP WITH RED WARNING TAG (SYSTEM SPLIT VALVES ONLY SEE NOTES 1 AND 2). NOTES: 1. LOCKING DEBRIS CAP SHALL BE MODEL NO. LD -B BY S.W. SERVICES, PHOENIX OR APPROVED EQUAL (SYSTEM SPLIT VALVES ONLY) 2. RED WARNING TAG SHALL BE BRIGHT RED PLASTIC AND SHALL READ AS FOLLOWS (SYSTEM SPLIT VALVES ONLYY. WARNING( SYSTEM SPLIT VALVE (NORMALLY CLOSED) VALVE TO BE OPERATED BY SBMWD PERSONNEL ONLY VALVE ID NO. NO. OF TURNS TO CLOSE SBMWO INSPECTOR SHALL FILL-IN VALVE ID NO AND NO. OF TURNS TO CLOSE VALVE. PLACE TAG AND DEBRIS CAP W CAN AFTER VALVE MAINTENACE. M.H.L MKY 07 C.L.R SEPT. 05 M.H.L FEB. 04 REVISION f DATE SCALE: NONE 12'20 GAGE ZED SLIP SLEEVE 3CH 40 PVC PIPE SAN r, ERNARDINO MUNICIPAL WATER DEPARTMENT DATE g - /Ir —,67 DRAWING NUMBER SBMWD W3o3 STANDARD PLANS FO R PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTIO(J 1220 mm ANN 4' (1220 mm) MIN 04-1 4:1 MIN 8 NOTE CUR I:#r j X X .41 CURB FACT= 4' (1220 mm) TYPE1 AOR8 I r'12210 mmi R y a NOTE 8� BRE a AK 3 NOTE 2 _ - = n 0- a_ 3`} CI3R x >( GARB FAQ 4' ( 224 mr:j x Not .0* A 8R 8 SEE FIGURE 1 ! YPE 2 CASE A PARTS OF THIS STANDARD FLAN SHOW INSTALLATION FOR TYPICAL RETROFIT COMTIONS. AND ARE NOT FULLY COMPLIANT VATH CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW DEVELOPMENT _- STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION Stf'VRLrsiW rLnt' Pum" wo=ST#JNXVW- m B RAM RFV. MS. 2MM 20M 20M 2W3 1 USE 1►M rs'iMOARD SPMFICAMONS FOR PUMJC WOWS 0WM74t: C=N SPJ, 9 OF 9 4' i 12-10 mm.j E ti Ne vx lie 4cl %iii A b CURB CURB FACE/ WERE PLARTtNG AREA ISS ADJACENT TO THE GLIRB RAMP, USE CASE A. TYPE 6 t I OCR RADE BWAK NOTE B N 12% MAX I E 4' ;1220 mm) INN . NOTE 2 PLANTING AREA MM FACES 1OME PLAMrING AREA I AI A��T TO THE CURB RAW USE CASE A. TYPE 6 TYPE 3 GRADE- BREAK Bw ��,t. IYPE 4 CASE A STANDARD PSS FOR PU13UC WORKS CC ST€ UCTFO 111-5 CURB RAMP 2 OF 10 . A OR B 4' 1220 mm) R z --I &33% NO DE BREAK ic 0-t PLANTING AREA NOTE,__ PLANTING AREA CUR;7* CURB FACE/ (1200 mm) Lo A OR B SEE FIGURE 1 TYP E 5 PARKWAY R < 2% ---T < z PCC WALK �(1220 mm) MIN R z e�s�r- __ ..TE 2�1� PANTING AREA b6 CURB FACE IF PLANTING AREA IS NOT ADJACENT TO SIDE FLARE, USE 'X' PER TABLE 2 FOR THAT FLARE TYPE 6 Q,� k STANDARD PLANS FOR PUSUC WORKS CONSTRUCTION 3=- CASE A suvowo- - PLm-- 111-5 1 NOTE - - Rt a � _3 l MAX 8.33X MAX _ .... { off CURB fACE/ X X ;1220 i� EYE 1 Q S L, Me F n i 2X STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC- WORKS CONSTRUC11ON CURB RAMP TYPE L CASE 8 SKEW ANGLE a=45' OFFSET b=O UNLESS OTHERWSE NOTED ON PLANS SKEW ANGLE, �J %w CURB FACE z E E SEE DETAIL A, B, C, OR D 0 2 PLANTING AREA RE.r.RADE-- CURB FACE Y SEE DETAIL A, 3, C OR - A IL �-1 3:a� � MOTE =� ao NOTE .0e` e CURB F. ) NOTE 2 OFFSET, b 30TE 8 �l TYPE 1 5% MAX X=4' (1220 mm) IF ADJACENT TO PLANTING AREA, OTHEWISE SEE TABLE 1 E MAX � `F TYPE PE L - STANDAR© PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION CURB RAMP CASE Q 4' (1220 gni}�1 M. -- 3 22 PLANTt1d" — - `Z AREA — - CURS J A IR CURB FACE WHEN ANACENT ; (1220 mm) TO PLA"NG AREA i trl MAS CROSSWALK S eE t� CURB CURB ~y MARKED CROSSWALK N0 T E 2 NOTE 3 MRKED itsAV CROSSWALK TYPE 1 MARKED CROSSWALK 'GRACE BREAK NOTE 3 TIRE 2 QAS1E E STANDARD PLANS FOR Pusuc woRK.5 CoNsTRucno iCURB RAMP 111- I SEE NOTE 6 R EXISTIN'- - .., ROADWAY 59' SEE NOTE 6 . R i EMS NG ROADWAY ti[ .i Y , 14, -& M)4' 1220 mm MtN A ROUND TOP OF EDGERAMP AIA?( A.2-0 CURB AND GUTTER SECTION A -A FUSE FIGURE 1 TO DETERMINE 1 MICH OF SECTIONS A -A, B -B PARKWAY = OR C -C IS APPROPRIATE y 4' 1220 ;n - ROUNDED TOP OF EDGE RAMP OEP4ESS BACK OF WALK SEE DETAIL A, S. C OR D. �h. - 2% AX SKEET 10. A� u VJRB AND (G;L l SECTs0N B -RS SEE NOTE 6 PARKMAX R EX;S T':NG 4' (1220 mm) ASN R£IAuV AY AXIT ' +--cam MlkA T2-0 CURB AND cl SECT )lN C -C 'DEPRESS BACK OF WALK SEE DETAIL A. B, C OR D, SHEET 10. Z 4' z 1220 r?im REPRESS BACK OF WALK �C SID SECTION R—R Z OR LESS 1220 rrun -� DEPIS� BACK €3F WALK PCC SIDEWALK SECitON S— STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION � STANDARD PLAN CURB RAMP 1D t E E 1-1 0 C) 5. Z5- (122 < M of 9- (225 la, 7E (275 12" j OR MORE PARKWAY WIDTH, FT (m) 4� 5' 6' 9' 1T 11' 17 IS 14� 157 16' IT Ur 19' 2' (50) MEMO 263- (M) tI 3" (75) 4.W (12M) MIN 3.96 (t i3 4" (10 -AN 4.00 (122-0) MN 5.26' (15W) 8- (1-25) 4A 7' (1275) CL8€`3' (19 75) 6' 1150) &OV (11525) 7.9W (2 370) 7' (1175) -5183' (1775) ME 8" (200) 6-6-r(2035) 10-5S (-3160) 9- (225) 7-5V (2M) IT -B* (3555) IC (25D) WIN ME 11" (275j 9.i-77'' . i - 77' (2795) 14-47$ (4340) 2- (30G) jl MW (305Q , ) 15�79' (4735) 0 MEN ME FIGURE 1 - SECTION USAGE I NCRMAL i CUIR13 FACE, W-04ES (mm) I FT SECTION Y -y Y, FT 2' (50) 14.00' (1220) MIN 263- (M) tI 3" (75) 4.W (12M) MIN 3.96 (t i3 4" (10 -AN 4.00 (122-0) MN 5.26' (15W) 8- (1-25) 4A 7' (1275) CL8€`3' (19 75) 6' 1150) &OV (11525) 7.9W (2 370) 7' (1175) -5183' (1775) 9.2;' (2765) 8" (200) 6-6-r(2035) 10-5S (-3160) 9- (225) 7-5V (2M) IT -B* (3555) IC (25D) a' (25,40) id 3.16' (3950) 11" (275j 9.i-77'' . i - 77' (2795) 14-47$ (4340) 2- (30G) jl MW (305Q , ) 15�79' (4735) SEE MEET 9 FOR STFEET SLOPE ADJJSTAR-ENT FACTOM. ALL STREETS T ABLE 1 - X AND Y VALUES TABLE I RMN04CE FORUM -A& X= CFI Y = ar / (8.333% - 2% WALK CROSS SLOPE) VAiERE FIGURE I SHOWS USE OF SECTM Ej-% FjGuRE Z DUAMSION AS FOLLOWS: W = PAWWikY WDT14 L LANDING WIDTH. 4� (1220 mm)- TYP Z f(Y+L)-VNg x G-760 IF (Y+L) < A RiEN Z = 0 4' (1220 mm Z. Dow ZUP, r GRADE BRF-M a� T. T Cup GUTTER X D41i X.UP CURB FACE SLOPE, S 4' (1220 mrrt) TYPICAL CURB RAMP X.DOiMNi X.UP _ SACK OF WALK S 'GUTTER �- SECTION T-T FLOW LINE STREET FOR SLOPED STREETS, MUL71PLY THE C1A�'SIONS PARALLEL TD THE STREET, X AND Z, UPSTREAM AND DOV NSTREAM OF THE RAMP, BY THE FACTORS 1N THE FOLLOVANG TABLE. FOR EXAMPLF- X.DOWN = X x K.DOWN S KDOM K.UP 0% 1.000 1.000 0.2% 0.977 1.025 0.5% 0.943 1.064 1% 0.893 1.1-36 2% 0:806 1-316 3% 0.735 1.563 4% Q676 1.923 5% 0.625 2.500 TABLE-2 - SLOPE ADJUSTMENTS TABLE 2 REFERENCE FORMIULAS: K.D0VVN = 8.333%(8.3337.# S) K.UP = 8.333% f (8_333% - S) STREET SLOPE ADJUSTMENTS STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SiAMARD PI Att CURB RAMP 111-5 9 OF 10 12'{3135 mm@ 3/4* i r6O mm GROOVING Qt- I All_ PA E -D SURFACE DETAIL GRAS SLOPE 2: t-1jNPAVED SURFACE MAX--, NAIL Q (23 mm j SINGLE PATTERN *TRUNCATED GME' DETECTABLE DARNING Li TAIL CONSTRUCT FE14CE OR HANDRAIL PER CONTRACT PLANS mss* ,050 mrn) 11 1 1PAVED SURFACE CUI?B '� QETAILl - L 50 mm) 7RETAWltNGCURB--, � �� TJRI A ✓E D ETAll Ll- Q GENERAL NOTES: 1. CRETL- SHALL BE a -ASS 520-C-2500 (310-C-17) CONFORNNG TO SSPWC 201-1.1.2 AND SHAD. BE a (100 mm) THICK. 2_ TI4E RAMP SMALL I AVEE A lir (305 mm) VALE BORDER WITH 1/4 (5 mm) MOWS APPROXIMATELY 3/4' (13 Yrhm) OC. SEE GROOVING DETAIL 3. THE RAMP SURFACE SHALL. HAVE A TRANSVERSE BRAD SURFACE TEXTURE CONFORMING TO SSPWC 303-1.3. +. USE DETAIL 'A' OR 'S' F -DQSTt G SURFACE $EHWD LANDING IS PAVED. 5. USE DETAIL 'C' OR 'D' IF EXISTING SURFACE BEHIND LANDING IS UNPAVED. 6. R _- 3' (900 mm) € NLESS OTHER SE SHO ti ON PLANT SEE SHEET 7 7_ANGLE - bf 2 Gni# ESS �iTl11w�55 � S# iO�*i PLAN S. CONSTRUCT DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE PER DETAIL THIS SHEET. MATF3?IALS SHALL BE PER CONTRACT DOlIITS. STANDARD PLANES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION CURB AND GUTTER — CURB FACE — EDGE OF GUTTER SEE NOTE 3 3 Z a7 r to H w w � AC F W%2 m 1 PCC ON 0 SEE NOTE TYPICAL BUS PAD SEE NOTE 2 W 1 I SIDEWALK p � AND GUTTER SECTION A -A x U m SEE NOTE 3 PCC i l AC PVMT I caps NOTE 71 E E nNG SIDEWALK E ? E EXISTING CURB SEE NOTE 4--/ W ExS i:NG GUTTER WIDTH OR_� 2' (600 mm) 1 SECTION D -D 1 CMB CMB SECTION E -E SEE NOTE 14 Q. •d. AC FVMT 1 TO S �j BATTER SECTION 1=-E NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS: (UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN' L=85' 26 m) T=8" 2Y0mm W=10'3mj B=6'150mm� 2. USE SECTION B -B FOR EXISTING CURB AND GUTTER THAT IS TO REMAIN. USE SECTION C -C FOR NEW CURB AND GUTTER. USE SECTION D -D FOR EXISTING CURB THAT IS TO REMAIN. 3. USE SECTION E -E FOR EXISTING AC PAVEMENT. USE SECTION F -F FOR NEW AC PAVEMENT. 4. AT LOCATIONS WHERE PCT^, PAVEMENT 'WILL ABUT EXISTIIV'G CONCRETE, AN EPDXY APPROVED BY 'PHE ENGINEER SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMEN Tl 5, IF B + T IS >_ 300 mm (12"), CMB CHALL EXTEND UNDER NEW CURB AND GUTTER. 6, CONSTRUCT ONGI TUDINAL WEAKENED -PLANE JOINT TO MATCH ADm- NTNG EXTsTiNG GU u-, OTH-, OR 2(600 mm� IF NO ADJOINING GUTTER EXISTS. ?. USE 2'x4' (50000) HEADER TO FORM 3-3/2" (90 mm) STEP. TOP OF HEADER SHALL 5E SET TO LINE AND GRADE. 8. ALL EXPOSED PCC CORNERS SHALL BE ROUNDED NTH A 1/2" (15 m) RADIUS. 9. SURFACE OF CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A ROUGH TRANSVERSE BROOM FINISH. 10. 31111IERE DE-SIGNATED BY THE ENGINEER, UNDESIRABLE SUBGRADE MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH CMI?. 11. gEWCURB REE�IS��CTD ADJACENT TO EXISTING SIDEWALK, SIDEWALK SHALL NEW PL D NEAREST P 12. CONSTRUCT TRANSVERSE WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS IN BUS PAD PAVEMENT AT APPROX. 1O' (3 m') INTERVALS. 13. CONSTRUCT GUTTER TRP#STR O JOIATS ANPLANE J INTS IN B PAD PAVEMENT A.T A.LL EXISTING CUPB/ CURB 14. AT THE OPTION OF THE ENGINEER THE EXISTING PAVEMENT MAY BE NEATLY SAWCUT AROUND THE DIMENSIONS OF THE BUS PAD ARID CONCRETE POURED DIRECY USING EXISTING PAVEMENT AS A FORM. THE CONCRETE EDGES SHALL BE ROUNDED 97H A 1 2 (15 mm, RADIUS. STANDARD PLANS FOR PUSLIC WORDS CONSTRUC70N Wim W E 12' — ..... DO mm AC PAVEMENT SEE NOTE 6 — PCC -JOIN 040 � 'PCC �F•jw- i — •ti � , ..,; a = ` d _— - EXST AC PVMT CMB CMB SECTION E -E SEE NOTE 14 Q. •d. AC FVMT 1 TO S �j BATTER SECTION 1=-E NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS: (UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN' L=85' 26 m) T=8" 2Y0mm W=10'3mj B=6'150mm� 2. USE SECTION B -B FOR EXISTING CURB AND GUTTER THAT IS TO REMAIN. USE SECTION C -C FOR NEW CURB AND GUTTER. USE SECTION D -D FOR EXISTING CURB THAT IS TO REMAIN. 3. USE SECTION E -E FOR EXISTING AC PAVEMENT. USE SECTION F -F FOR NEW AC PAVEMENT. 4. AT LOCATIONS WHERE PCT^, PAVEMENT 'WILL ABUT EXISTIIV'G CONCRETE, AN EPDXY APPROVED BY 'PHE ENGINEER SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMEN Tl 5, IF B + T IS >_ 300 mm (12"), CMB CHALL EXTEND UNDER NEW CURB AND GUTTER. 6, CONSTRUCT ONGI TUDINAL WEAKENED -PLANE JOINT TO MATCH ADm- NTNG EXTsTiNG GU u-, OTH-, OR 2(600 mm� IF NO ADJOINING GUTTER EXISTS. ?. USE 2'x4' (50000) HEADER TO FORM 3-3/2" (90 mm) STEP. TOP OF HEADER SHALL 5E SET TO LINE AND GRADE. 8. ALL EXPOSED PCC CORNERS SHALL BE ROUNDED NTH A 1/2" (15 m) RADIUS. 9. SURFACE OF CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A ROUGH TRANSVERSE BROOM FINISH. 10. 31111IERE DE-SIGNATED BY THE ENGINEER, UNDESIRABLE SUBGRADE MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH CMI?. 11. gEWCURB REE�IS��CTD ADJACENT TO EXISTING SIDEWALK, SIDEWALK SHALL NEW PL D NEAREST P 12. CONSTRUCT TRANSVERSE WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS IN BUS PAD PAVEMENT AT APPROX. 1O' (3 m') INTERVALS. 13. CONSTRUCT GUTTER TRP#STR O JOIATS ANPLANE J INTS IN B PAD PAVEMENT A.T A.LL EXISTING CUPB/ CURB 14. AT THE OPTION OF THE ENGINEER THE EXISTING PAVEMENT MAY BE NEATLY SAWCUT AROUND THE DIMENSIONS OF THE BUS PAD ARID CONCRETE POURED DIRECY USING EXISTING PAVEMENT AS A FORM. THE CONCRETE EDGES SHALL BE ROUNDED 97H A 1 2 (15 mm, RADIUS. STANDARD PLANS FOR PUSLIC WORDS CONSTRUC70N Wim CALTRANS STANDARD PLANS AWDARD PLAN AZUA I { n i fi1® �x I of j �i a�® .meqq Q S W vi Z J Q J Q J® a 1 -LO ®-0 1 0 r r W W r 4] o a a AWDARD PLAN AZUA I { n i fi1® �x a C GO Ca iii m A Q S W vi Z J Q J Q J® 9C -< ci of F�IL Wi �° cm �� Eery lij �� G O~ IL N �� za J a �� {LII =- , � y �v f 7, -c nim a 11: + IL C O— !-n e '- I to w I X01 M 0 W Y j W f� W w ¢ 1 01",6 O O c v > U O 1 La ZQ Y a r � r cas®e® r iyp- Tom^ 15 15 Ir YJ ofo0q, 1Iz LJJer in ZQ nalBeial ��Tfi oom-fj If ff M Q 'n O (L ff o f f a 1 1 Q f Q f f Q Q a¢ Q a r r r r Z r r r r r r o o n c o aQ n c LLA m m Y i S V 'I I { n i Q S W J® O -T lij m m Y i S V J® O -T stn ¢ o �� {LII , � y O— !-n I '- I to I X01 M 0 0 W W W W WW L- W a 0 a n o o n a n m m Y i S V 2010 STANDARD PLAN A20D ZZ 10 N W ma -e ukICWW tyiow mmm+m Ev a r 1 �`3 a Z -•+17-1V ExC io�Y�. Y -mac > t lu Z 'e 1V W a��+cm co+o aamc Za a wq 2�."� ami ID u�aw' Z�� y oap-a>o m>Lmc i4eo is �(LQ 6 v` N j fm ,.00- YnOLO N >3N y- TT 2 ma+ai aaOC EW6 Uf `� VUI ?� i`% ypU W¢¢ OIC �O� v n Op !- J s- _ zaa J = 4 lu 0. lu a a 2 $ � L o CL a CL La U J O i a z g Q z W � _ �= W U WU 3 mac¢ acs U I bic "f owo ow o ivy W in ta R'> a LL s g -o �! w em+ � a-= +E ® C a gni O r ® t a. 3 o J = ♦� �e/b %� a m,�- `omm 11. tal _ v o vsio V w8. Hca Q v T W aLLIAx J j LLS ¢ Q 1 9 ., a n �'1,.6h t 0 J ao W 3 Q = Q F W CC) W j z 07 -j �r jf W f 7 1 ;gyp Z r 1- LL Ld cc 1 •- m Z ?� r Q s Ni 2 M OG co ol Go cc 0 Q Q Q Q c ¢ 4 ¢ ¢ f - W W W W W W W W n n n v n n n n 12 I EVISED RSF AZ g „o -"Z 3 � I'M r I o Z J w oa 10 N� `a W o ' a IL 3 0 +o � m7a O 0 H w a r r— 02. s a °E it n- m OujN CL r F- 1 sp 3 _ � —J z Lu ° CL r Lo w � � m r— 02. s a °E it n- m OujN CL r F- a IL w w z a J a a 1 D 3 o e f N ` = I € QI H w o d r _ r a IL w w z a J a a 2010 REVISED STANDARD PLAN R5P A24E . I tL T N k N N Q C ��rrirw vi �i �i li►rCCi iih.wi==- ■w 0 d ca on nl ¢n �w �'^ +E - gip+ a c ym j mm 0- mc U o>� J Z Zc u0L t0 O w a wo a co 'pL L1 a Z V U o E m J p } m w .Lo 0 Jv+i m Tc ..EO ° E Om m1 m mpa O CY 0a0 Om o. OW Ga Oa D L LE CjU E a+ EO nLpa�- +� -o . E o �.m oa Ea SOULC F. o0 mc0 mt vLL+ E Cm is + 00L '6 �� z 0. mas^-0m mx iaow ^Lc +m mo CmmLm C 1m Y•a ¢OU U; ..l+. mL MOOT O O0 D L y +O O W� mLGO L O mN mm UUpr- O mm amm Oc o_m E+m mL0 ap�1 OLm my yo. O l 3=< 3_ Q +L E f wm GQ m FO LVO -O _._ 1, 01 0s a m Om �> U) W Z J y 00 ZW a QH z O ow Q Q ^a Vf Z p0 Fa 2 Z F W f. `a W �J IL ay Q cc 0 z w 3 O W ca on nl ¢n �w �'^ Z J CL w NP. o>� J W Z I1> 00 J J 2010 REVISED STANDARD PLAN RSP ES -5A � q: dk Z. \} \ « �- �. }\ w | ic /§) a. 22 2 2) - )!■55q§z �_\\ /60 z v o 2 4> & ;■ a -§& o !moo4■ rte.\ \2t LU \ IN, ., m ? "o- « 2 \ u 2! B§ ^ / &66 § �\� !§ ®, k � T » - e ° > - § V) , cc 2 CL 2 m ( Ld _ \ 2 . In Ln w k - / /) a� \ + /\ f ~r f R ; \ { \ G Q V) `� $ . � q: dk Z. \} \ « © }\ w | ic /§) a. 22 2 2) cc )!■55q§z jw�� /60 z v o 2 4> & ;■ a -§& o !moo4■ LU \ ■ ., z "o- « B§ � &66 ■ �o �■ # > ■ , cc � q: dk Z. \} 2010 REVISED STANDARD PLAN RSP ES -513 t � ! ■ \ �\ ( m)4 � ® w ( § ■|$ \;§)xD })§ |�_ ojq §( 2 2 `J 0 e( )0 \/§ 2|�0± !& _..§ y§�; §£��...CC ° ■®«■02®« 44©�2l0 \ k #@ Z — W. LU 27 CO) LU %\ ® @ui § £A ■ .+> c� -, p \ , -§ � ea§ e■ �» \§°D S§ «\i.� \/ ° { w \$ 2 LLI LLJ e w o Ga CL �0- «� / \ § \ )/~"22 { 20 { }o ) w ` G§ / / § \ Li 0 \z (§ 2 \ § a §§ °LL 0 z «Z � / \ e G �q �_ - a § . ) \ § { \ } F- e _ � / C a- � /(L � } §- g ` �\ -- \ /w \_ } / \> �/ \ , \ § /k \ \ "\2 \ - CALIFOWNIA MANUAL ON TRAIT IF IC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD) STANDA FIDS Califomis MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisiom 1 and 2, as amended for use in California) Figura 911-t®1(M). ConteHinea - 2 Lane Highways s "04410 DETAAL1 i� %me ta" 64.1m+a �© n a 10141 .� DET,. i t0.04s�jtth DEME.2 tusaMr� lonol 19� p [93 DEMIL 3 DETAIL 4 WASIGRI 11VA4*1 I ticalvial:Natt,� 0 ON fust I ON I A" E3 000 0At4 000 0 ute !' 1--nalm DETAAL 3 DE AL 6 Page 3A-4 Cettsarlttts path for use on two-line streets i W Mt!mqM (norm- ily ue€d on local etreebt Cenhrront pattern with pawnrant msrMn for use on two- streets and highways. Wrnau to Cleftll 2. For u** at problem locations; re It It diffkult to place and makttsin ounivrltnr beauuet, of moisture, sand, C' C*niv lm pattern for use. on tw®-lane atrests sW h I�y * {normslly used on local etreeta CittWOnepetbrn with pavement markers for use an trra-lane streets and highways. Alt#mat,. to Ik!U11 6. For use st problem F*eattom wfore, it Is dMult to plAco and pms Ri" ctaWfUna, because of molature, send, itammokov~ Q Y*N w Rsvw*ftc*vv Markers NOT 7D RCALE ChapW3A-00mal Jamwry 2l, 2010 Part 3 - Mokilkp "04410 i� full DET,. i t0.04s�jtth '1 -4— InA d -d "on o o 4 F ixt N Page 3A-4 Cettsarlttts path for use on two-line streets i W Mt!mqM (norm- ily ue€d on local etreebt Cenhrront pattern with pawnrant msrMn for use on two- streets and highways. Wrnau to Cleftll 2. For u** at problem locations; re It It diffkult to place and makttsin ounivrltnr beauuet, of moisture, sand, C' C*niv lm pattern for use. on tw®-lane atrests sW h I�y * {normslly used on local etreeta CittWOnepetbrn with pavement markers for use an trra-lane streets and highways. Alt#mat,. to Ik!U11 6. For use st problem F*eattom wfore, it Is dMult to plAco and pms Ri" ctaWfUna, because of molature, send, itammokov~ Q Y*N w Rsvw*ftc*vv Markers NOT 7D RCALE ChapW3A-00mal Jamwry 2l, 2010 Part 3 - Mokilkp California MUTCD Pa.- (FHWA,s MUTCD 2003 hwhmling Revisions I and 2, as amended for use in California) Figure 3A.104 (CA). No Pawing Zones - Two Direction DETAIL 21 POLICY Two -direction no- *&Ing pattern for use on to a mm a strasts mal4thlighways; (nonnaWy used on 8@47 Note 2. _ys). local streeft and hfghwii I . Smob) DETAIL 22 I I ISIMPIR I E3 0 . 0—mmmalml Twodlmc--Ing pattern with pvvement -Zlimpkol markers, for us* an two -U: n* weats and =Soma1110 S" Notem 11 end 2. ' DETAIL 23 I7.2ma4m I Imm(m 1 0000000-0000013— Aftonate to DdO 22. For use with Wthar Detail 000000700?900 JS mm 0 til 4 or Wall 7. 12am"fe Finopq NOTIES: 1,. pgv#pwM Majjevm, *brim off the solid line, In Detall 22 may tm placed on the line. 2. A 76 mm, J3 In) black line 01101119 phumd bet"m the iSO mm 4 In) yellow lines on Stmft higtrArp and may bel pleced an 6brNft NW hlVW*vP U=r local jurisdiction. I 31G0mmKhr) Yellow [3T*-*4ftYtrgmRe&oretkKldftMarkem 011MMOUR or 7""I omm4mm V41lowmarm1m, NOW 1110 SCALE Ch%*r 3A - GWWW Jaminy2l,2010 Put 3 - MarkbW Califow is MUMD (FHWA's MUT® 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2, as amended for use in California) Page 3A-9 Algure 3A-106 (CA). Right Edo Line end kko t Edge Line Extension Through interteedons CETA L 318 Right Edge LMe -J8 nae O N DEML 37C RWd Edge Lkw EwUnslon r1 tAlm ittfi� (17-1 �r-1 t.rFGEND Q 100 mm (4 In) WWW POLICY Right Edge. Line parn for use on all. State highways may be used on local streets and highways. it is generally dropped at the beginning of the, Intsreec.tlon flares on con Yantio Ul tfth � See elaoDetail 27C. On trosways, it mayy bs led in a of the exit rempe as In Figure 284 (CA). Right Edge Line Extension Through Interscttona Peltern for useto extend the right edgeNna throw an Intersection where climatic condhior soh as areae of heavy tog, may ro UIM adeuidemm. Dirscon of Travel ( iris *we left beenflonatly blm* Chaptw 3A _ January 21, 2010 Pant 3 - Markings CaHfoznis MUTCD Page 3A-16 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 inchtding Revisions 2 and 2, as amcmded for use in Califomia) Figure 3A-113 (CA). Clrannellzing Line and Lane LMe/CenterAne Extensions DtETAiL 30. Cbuwmftft LMe POLICY T� d anneilziug th* for tray on Lft-Tum or > eaar ted tMhlle Line Twn bms on Stott he . Pavennnt the = asw t2�� spiste on used "h tNa t Tt'uoa�luTFstlie •�#� WTAIL 3M - Channoiftft IMS Twpfiftw chonneiizlrrg Ilr%u for use on lTaun or M11 aaa� 1MMIIs I Intffi&WT-iii lanes on loca t a mft snd Mghrrays go fteway 0&raw t €c DETAIL 388 - Cham LIN att Exit ftOW [ �' g ;sigaltok Romps. �-MM4110) Pvtffl Mark a^s tw placed 7IM0 arr (a bq Wbft UK, on the tlne. iJl Q I rnm 1>!Hq I rlt�nit/aq DETAIL 38C-ARmnate to DeW 38 and 888 RW8So81888889 1IL I� 1 { DETAIL 39.81 Lane Line 191wlyMe G% DETAIL 3 - 81ke L Intenea:iblon LMe I� stsdltret leMmptAlq I janedim rata® DETAIL 40 - Later LM+e Exton Th►ouglr inhvxen� r-11 Til! Lsaw Llnf t:xtioalon Through InUmw ms, film lust, is ItW to exbnd the laft line through an tt j its �, i� M1YYlsfta' LkH, Inkniecdon the might o rMse bf confusing to the at104ork. DETAIL 4GA • ANwaaft to Delali 40 0® 9 O O 0 O Inn "I* male wrAiL 41 • ctotedw Ewamoan ugh Inftmeadon Tl* Cone Exttr on Through Inhoftctione ft, lina k, used do a ttwl' oer na than t I, 1 rem Ltd we mUVM otlssrwW be eo ng L 41A - MOM*-. to Dem 41 LEGIND ChopwIIA-Genual Peat 3 - McWfi of TWO C Orv,-Yft CW r Rstrve U&rWm January 21, 2010 CalifotniA MUT AD Page 3B-1 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisiwsl and 2, as amended for use in California) CHAPTER 311. PAVEMENT AND CURB MARN3NGS Section 3B.01 ySjm Centeriitte Pavement M rkingl and Warrants Stand*W: Centerline pavement markings, when used, shall be the pavement markings used to delineate the separation of traffic lanes that have opposite directions of tr l on a roadway and shall be yellow. Option: Centerline pavement maridngs may be placed at a location that is not the geometric center of the roadway. On roadways without continuous centerline pavement markings, short sections may be marked with centerline pavement markings to control the position of traffic at specific locations, such as around curves, over hills, on approaches to highway -railroad grade crossings, at highway -railroad grade crossings, and at bridges. Standard: The centerline markings on two-lane, two-way roadways shall be one of the following as shown in Figure 3B-1. A. Two -direction passing, zone markings consisting of a normal broken yellow lune where crossing the centerline markings for passing with cam is permittee) for traffic traveling in either direction; B. One-direetion no-paWng zone markings consisting of a normal broken yellow line and a normal solid yellow line when crossing the centerline marl Ings for passing with care is permitted for the traf& traveling adjacent to the broken Use, but is prohibited for traffic traveling adjacent to the solid line; and C. Two -direction no -pang zone markings consisting of two normal solid yellow lines where crossing the centerline marltings for passing is prohibited for traffic traveling in either direction. The centerline markings on undivided two-way roadways with four or more lanes for moving motor vehicle traffic alwsys available shall be the two -direction no -passing zone markings consisting of two normal solid yellow lines as shown in Figure 3B-2. Guidance: On two-way roadways with three through lanes for moving motor vehicle traffic, two lanes should be designated for traffic in Otte direction by using one- or two -direction no -passing zone markings as shown in Figure 3B -3 - Standard: Centerline markings shall be placed on all paved urban arterials and collectors that have a traveled way of 6.1 no (20 11) or more in width and an ADT of 6,000 vehicles per day or greater. Centerline markings AM also be placed on all paved two-way streets or highways that have three or more lanes for moving motor vehicle tr*Mc. Guidance: Centerline markings should be placed on paved urban arterials and collectors that have a traveled way of 6.1 m (20 ft) or more in width and an ADT of 4,000 vehicles per day or greater. Centerline markings should also be placed on all rural arterials and collectors that have a traveled way of 5.5 in (18 ft) or more in width and an ADT of 3,000 vehicles per day or greater. Centerline markings should also be placed on other traveled ways where an ougumming study indicates such a =x& Enginceringjudgrawt should be used in dowmining whether to place centerline markings on traveled ways that are len than 4.9 m (16 ft) wide because of the potential for traffic encroaching on the pavement edges, traffic beimg affected by parked vehicles, and traffic encroaching into the opposing traffic lane. Centaline markings may be placed On ocher paved two-way traveled ways that are 4.9 in (16 R) or more in width. if a traffic count is not available, the ADTs described in this Section may be estimates that are based on engirimittg t. 3B _ paw and Cwb MoMW January 21, 2010 Pati 3 - MWkftW California MUTCD Page 3B-2 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Reviaionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Standar(k Centerline patterns shall be selected frau those shown In Figures 3A-101(CA) and 3A.104(CA). Raised retrorefahre pavement markers shall be ucW to supplement the centerline mart, Inge on State highways, except in s areas. Support: On horizontal curves with radil less than 1000 m (3280 ft) and without street fighting, Detail 22 Instead of Detail 21 can be helpful to impnrving the delineation for centerline markings as it includes retroreflective raised pavement markers, Detail 22 can be applied in advance of the approach to the curve per Table 2C-4 and continued throughout the length of the curare. Refer to CVC 21460 for Double Lines. Refer to CVC 21460.5 for Two -Way Left -Tum Lanes. Standard: A left edge One shall consist of a solid 100 mm (4 in) wide yellow, line, yellow reflective pavement markers or a combination of One and markers as shown in Figure 3A-105(CA). Option: Two normal solid yellow lines may be used as a lit edge line on a divided roadway for more emphasis when motorists tend to use the shoulder for a through lane or where encroachments onto the shoulder occasionally occur. Support: Left edge One patterns for median islands are shown in Figure 3A-107(CA). Section 38.02 No -Passing Zon Pavement Markings and 1jarrants Standard: No -passing zones shall be marked by either the one direction no -passing zone pavement markings or the two -direction no -pawing zone pavement markings described previously and shown in Figures 3B-1 and 3B-3. When centerline markings are used, no passing zone markings shall be used on two-way roadways at kane reduction transitions (see Section 3B.09) and on approaches to obstructions that must be passed on the right (see Section 3B.10). Standard: H the gap between successive no-possing zones is less than the sight distance for the prevailing speed shown In Table 3B-1, the no -passing zone shall be continuous. Where centerline markings are used, no -passing zone markings shall be used on approaches to highway -rail grade crossings In conformance with Section 8B.20. Option: In addition to pavement mmidngs, no -passing zone signs (we Sections 28.29, 2B.30, and 2C.35) may be used to emphasize the existence and extent of a no -passing zone. Support: Section 11-307 of the "Uniform Vehicle Code (UVC) Revised" contains further information regarding no -passing zones. The "UVC" can be obtained from the National Committee on Uniform Traffic Laws and Ordinances at the address shown on Page i. Standard: On two-way, two- or tbree4ane roadways where centerline markings are installed, no -passing zones shell be established at vertical and horizontal curves and other locations where as engineering stctdy indicates thrut pauft must be prohibited because of inadequate sight distances or other special conditions. On three-kamme roadways where the direction of travel in the center lane transitions from one directilon to the other, a n buffer zone shall be provided in the center lane as shown In Figure 3B4. A lane transitien shag be provided at each end of the buffer zone. The buffer zone shall be a medlan island that is at lest 15 m (50 it) in length. Chapta 3B — ftvemml end Curb MakbW January 21, 2010 Part 3 - bieddap California MUTCD Page 3B-3 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 inchuft Revisiami and 2, as amid for use in California) Guidance: For three -lane roadways having a posted or statutory speed limit of 70 km/h (45 mph) or greater, the lane transition taper length should be computed by the formula L = 0.62 WS for speeds in km/h (L = WS for speeds in mph). For roadways when the posted or statutory speed limit is less than 70 km/h (45 mph), the formula L = WS2/155 for speeds in km/h (L = WS2/60 for speeds in mph) should be used to compute taper length. Under both formulas, L equals the taper length in meters (feet), W equals the width of the center lane or offset distance in meters (feet), and S equals the 85th -percentile speed or the posh or statutory speed limit, whichever is higher. Standard: The minimum lane transition taper length shall be 30 m (100 ft) in urban areas and 60 in (200 ft) In run; areas. On roadways with centerline markings, no -passing zone markings shall be used at horizontal or vertical carves where the passing sight distmet Is las than the minimum necessary for reasonably safe passing at the 85th -percentile speed or the posted or statutory speed limit as shown in Table 311-1. The padng slot distance on a verdeal curve is the distance at which an object 1.07 in (3.5 fit) above the pavement surfrce can be ,seen from a point 1.07 in (3.5 fl) above the pavement (see Figure 3B-5). Similarly, the passing sight distance on a horizontal curve Is the distance measured along the centerline (or right-hand late kine of a three -lane roadway) between two points 1.07 in (3.5 fl) above the pavement on aline "ent to the embankment or other obstruction that cuts off the view on the Inside of the curve (see Figure 38-5). Support: The beginning of a no -passing zone at point "a" in Figure 313-5 is that point where the sight distance first becomes less than that specified in Table 3B-1. The end of the no -passing zone at point `b" in Figure 3B-5 is that point at which the sight distance again becomes greater than the minimum specified. Support: Refer to CVC 21750 through 21759 for overtaking and passing. Refer to CVC 21460 for Double tines. CVC 21752 restricts passing (driving on left side of a two-way roadway) when approaching within 30 m (100 ft) of or when traversing any intersection or railroad grade crossing. CVC 21752 also restricts passing (driving on left side of a two-way roadway) when the view is obstructed upon approaching within 30 m (100 ft) of any bridge, viaduct, or tunnel. The patterns and policy for intersection markings are shown in Figure 3A-109(CA). Standard. No -passing zone patterns shall be selected from time shown in Figures 3A-103(CA) and 3A.104(CA). Guidance: The noinwing zone markings at intersections, when used, should be between 30 m (100 ft) and 90 m (300 ft) in length at the approach to an int mcdon and placed in a pattern as shown in f=igure 3A-109(CA). Section 311.03 Other Yellow Lonj&dInal Effnall HIMAQ& Standard: It reversible lana are and, the lane line pavement markings on each side of reversible lanes shall consist of a normal double broken yellow line to delineate the edge of a lane in which the direction of travel is reversed Brom time to time, such that each of theme markings serve as the centerline markings of the roadway during some period (see Figure 3kls-6). Signs (sae Seetion 2BJS)) lane -use control signals (see Chapter 4J), or both shall be used to supplement reversible lane pavement markings. H a two-way left -turn lane that is never operated FE a reversible lane is used, the lane line pavement markings on each aide of the two-way left-tnrn lane shall consist of a normal broken yellow One and a normal solid yellow line to delineate the edges of c: lane that can be used by traffic in either direction PA part of a IdWura maneuver. These invAings shall be placed with the broken line toward the two-wny left -turn lane and the solid line toward the adjacent trxfflOane as shown in Figure 3B-7. Chaptor 3B — ftvenent md Cob &tuWar January 21, 2010 pan I -Ma i California MUTCD Page 3B4 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, ss amended for use in California) Option: Pavement marking arrows may be used in conjunction with the two-way left :turn lane markings as shown in Figure 3B-7. Craidameiz Signs sheeld may be used in conjunction with the two-way left turn markings (see Section 2B.24). Standard: If a continuous median island formed by pavement markings separating travel in opposite directions is used, two mb of double solid yellow Hues shall be used to form the Island as shown in Figures 3B-2 and 3B4. Other markings in the median island area shall also be yellow, except crosswalk markings which shall be whine (see Section 38.17). On State highways, reversible lanes shall be separated by physical barriers or delineators. Support: A two-way left -tum lane Is a [one reserved in the center of a highway for exclusive use of left or Uduming vehicles. Refer to CVC 21460.5. It Is normally used where there are many points of access. Standard: The two-way left tum lane markings shall be selected from those shown in Figure 3A-108(CA). Option: Optional treatments at signalized, major and minor intersections as sfoym in Figure 3B-7(CA) may be used. Two-way opposing pavement arm may be used as shown In Figure 313-7(CA). The arrows may be supplemented by Two -Way Left Tum Lane (R67(CA)) sign at new Installations and problem locations. Guidance: A gap in the markings should be made at all intersections. Support: For left tum channelization, see Figure 3B-101(CA) and Department of Transportation's Highway Design Manual, Section 405.2. See Sectim 1A1 for information regarding this publication. Channelized left tum lanes in combination with continuous raised -curb medians are used instead of two-way left - turn lanes (TWLTL) if one or more of the mowing conditions exist: Average daily traffic volumes exceed 20,000 vehicles per day • For remediation where there is a demonstrated crash problem, • Wherever a need Is demonstrated through engineering study. Section 38.04 White Lane Line havneatMarkinn and Warrants Standard: When used, lne Use pavement markings delineating the separation of trailac lanes that have the some direction of travel shall be white. Support: Examples of lane line markings are shown in Figures 3131-2, 3B-3, 3131-7 through 3B-13, 3B-22, 3B-24 13- 23(CA), and 3B-26. Standard: Where crossing the l=e Hue markings with care is permitted, the Bane line markings shall consist of a normal broken white Hne. Where crossing the lane line markings Is discouraged, the lane line markings shall consist of a normal solid white Hue. Option: Solid white lane line madunp may be used to separate through traffic lanes from auxiliary lanes, such as uphill truck lanes, left- or ngk-titm lanes, and preferential lanes. They may also be used to separate traffic lanes approaching an intermctim Wide solid lane line marfcings may be used for greater emphasis. Standard: Where craning the lane lime markings Is prohibited, the lane line markings shall consist of two normal solid white Hares. Lane line markings shall be used on all ftwways and Interstate highways. Chapter 3B — Pavenunt and Curb MaddW January 21, 2010 Pot 3 - MarldW California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions) and 2, as amended for use in California) Page 3B-5 Guidance: Lane line markings should be used on all roadways with two or more adjacent traffic lanes that have the same direction of travel. Lane line markings should also be used at congested locations where the roadway will accommodate more traffic lanes with lane line markings than without the markings. Standard: Lane line pa rs shall be from thon shown in Figure 3A-102(CAj Detail 9 or 10 (85 km/h (40 mph) or less) or Detail 12 or 13 (70 krA#h (45 mph) or more) shall be used on State freeways, expressways, freeway ramps, freeway to freeway eormectors and collector roads, except when used in snow areas, the raised pavement markers will be recessed. Section 3$.05 Other White Longitudinal Faveme>st lir M Standard: A channelizing line shall be a wide or double solid white line. Option: Chamelimg lines may be used to form channelizing islands where traffic traveling in the same direction is permitted on both sides of the island. Standard: Other pavement markings In the chaanelizing island area shall be white. Support: Examples of channelizing line applications are shown in Figures 3$4 38-8(CA), 394 3B-9(CA), and 3B- 13. Channelizing lines at exit ramps as shown in Figure M4 3B-B(CA) define the neutral area, direct exiting traffic at the proper angle for smooth divergence from the main lanes into the ramp, and reduce the probability of colliding with objects adjacent to the roadway. Channelizing lines at entrance ramps as shown in Figure 313 3 3"(CA) promote reasonably safe and efficient merging with the through traffic. Standard: For east ramps, channelizln; lines shall be placed along the sides of the neutral area adjacent to the through traffic lane and the ramp lane. With a parallel deceleration lane, a 200 mm (8 In) wide dotted white lane drop kine shall be extended from the beginning of the channelizing line upstream of the entire hr a distanee of one MN the length of the full -width deceleration lane as shown in Figure 3$4 38- B(CA). Option: White chevron markings may be placed in the neutral area for special emphasis as shown in Figure --M-S 311-5(CA). Guidance: For entrance ramps, a chanuclizing line should be placed along the side of the neutral area adjacent to the ramp lane. For entrance ramps with a parallel acceleration lane, a lane line should be extended from the end of the channelizing line for a distance ofen&hW the entire length of the full -width acceleration lane as shown in Figure 31 9 39-9(CA). Option: For entrance ramps with a tapered acceleration lane, lane line markings may be placed to extend the channelizing line, but not beyond a point where the tapered lane meets the near side of the through traffic lane as shown in Figure 4B4 38-9(CA). Standard: Lane drop markinp as shown in Figure 39 10 3840(CA) mW shall be used in advance of lane drepa at exit ramps to disdalubb a lane drop from a normal exit ramp or from an auxiliary lane. Option: The lane drop marking any consist of a wide, white dotted line with line segments 0.9 m (3 ft) in length separated by 2.7 in (9 ft) gap. Guidance: anew 3B — Pavement and Cmb Matkinss Janney 21, 2010 Put 3 - Makings California MUTCD Page 313-6 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisiousl and 2, as amended for use in California) If used, lane drop markings should begin 800 m (0.5 mi) in advance of the theoretical gore point. If the dropped lane is an auxiliary lane 0.8 km (1/2 mi) or less in length, the lane drop line should extend throughout the entire length. Option: Where lane changes might cause conflicts, a wide solid white channelizing line may extend upstream from the theoretical gore point. Standard: The lane drop One pattern shall be as shown In Figure 3A -1I I(CA). Support: See Figures 3A -1I I(CA), 38-8(CA), 3EW(CA), 38-10(CA), 38-12(CA) and 3B-107(CA) for further details of markings and signing. Option: A 200 mm (8 in) wide single solid white One premed by a 200 mm (8 In) wide dotted white line may be placed in advance of an intersection where the outside lane is dropped at the intersection, and as a result, creates a mandatory tum lane. Standard: ff used, diagonal trines shall be the same color as the edge line. Section 313.06 LW 1ire Pavement Ma.rkines Standard: If used, edge line pavement markings shall delineate the right or left edges of a roadway. Except for dotted edge line extensions (see Section 313.08), edge line markings shall not be continued through intersections or major driveways. If used on the roadways of divided highways or one-way streets, or on any ramp in the direction of travel, left edge line pavement markings shall consist of a normal solid yellow line to delineate the left edge of a roadway or to indicate driving or passing restrictions left of these markings. If used, the right edge line pavement marldngs shall consist of a normal solid white line to delineate the right edge of the roadway. Guidance; Edge line markings should not be broken for minor driveways. Support: Edge line markings have unique value as visual references to guide road users during adverse weather and visibility conditions. Option: Wide solid edge line markings may be used for greater emphasis. Standard: A right edge line shall consist of a solid 100 mm (4 in) wide white line. Guidance: The edge One should be placed 50 m (2 in) in from the edge of traveled way, approximately 3.6 m (12 ft) from the lane line or centediine on highway mainlines, ramps, and connectors. See Figure 3A-1 06(CA). Generally, the sold edge line should be dropped at the beginning of Intersection flares. Option: In heavy fog areas, or locations where additional guidance would be beneficial, a doth 100 mm (4 in) wide white right edge Ore may be continued across an intersection. S port up One is r used at . See Figure 3B-108(CA). Standard: Exit artdl ab=ce ramps, Including freeway connectors, shall be markd with a yellow edge One supplemenlied wnh maftre on the left and a white edge line on the right. See Figure 3Ar105(C4 11 aiapW 3B _ FaVeMMI CWb MUHW Januuy 21.2010 Part 3 - Muidsw Califomin MUTCD Page 3B-7 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisiomi and 2, as amended for use in California) Section 38.07 Warrants for Use of 1&ft Lines Standawd: Edge One markings shall be placed on paved streets or highways with the following characteristics: A. Freeways; B. Expressways; and C. Rural arteriah with a traveled way of 6.1 in (20 ft) or more in width and an ADT of 6,000 vehicles per day or greater. Guidance: Edge line markings should be placed on paved streets or highways with the following characteristics: A. Rural arterials and collectors with a traveled way of 6.1 m (20 ft) or more in width and an ADT of 3,000 vehicles per day or greater. B. At other paved streets and highways where an engineering study indicates a need for edge line markings. Edge line markings should not be placed where an engineering study or engineering judgment indicates that providing them is likely to decrease safety. Option: Edge line markings may be placed on streets and highways with or without centerline markings. Edge line markings may be exchuh4 based on engineering judgment, for reasons such as if the traveled way edges are delineated by curbs, parking, bicycle lanes, or other markings. Edge line markings may be used where edge delineation is desirable to minimize unnecessary driving on paved shoulders or on refuge areas that have lesser structural pavement strength than the adjacent roadway. Standard: Edge lines shall be used on all State highways, except urban type streets with curbs and parking provisions. Option: The Two -Way Traffic (W6-3) sign may be used in conjunction with edge lines at locations where motorists could perceive that they are on a one-way roadway when, in fact, they are on a two lane, two-way highway. See Section 2C.34 for W6-3 sign. Section 311.08 Extensions Throueb Intermflons or Intercbaftts Standard: Pavement marldngs extended Into or continued through an intersection or interchange &me shall be the same color as the line markings they extend (see Figure 3Bm11). Option: A normal line may be used to extend a wide line through an intersection. Guidance: Where highway design or reduced visibility conditions make it desirable to provide control or to guide vehicles through an intersection or interchange, such as at offset, skewed, complex, or multilegged intersections, on curved roadways, or where multiple tum lanes are used, dotted line markings should be used to extend longitudinal line markings through an intersection or interchange area. Option: Dotted edge kine extensions may be placed through intersections or major driveways. Guidance: Where greater restriction is rewired, solid lane lines or channelizing lines should be extended into or continued through intengectiorrs or major driveways. However, edge lines should not be extended into or continual through intersections or major driveways as solid lines. A single line of equal widib to one of the lines of the double line should be used to extend a double line through an intemoction. To the extent possible, pavement marking extensions through intersections should be designed in a that mininums potential confusion for drivers in adjacent or opposing lanes. Support: See Figure 3A.112(CA), Odd 40 and 40A for lane line wdensions. ChapW 3B _ ftv=W and Curb MUkiUMN Jamey 21, 2010 Part 3 California MUTCD Page 3&8 (FHWA's MU7UD 2003 iechtdigg Revisionsi and 2, as amended for use in California) Suction 38.09 Lane LWVSd pa Transidmn MarTad.as Stand": Where pavement markings are used, lanae reduction Wansition msvrlaings shall be used to guide traffic through transition areas where the number of through lanes is reduced, as shown in figure 3W M4B-12(CA). On two-way roadways, no-pasdug zone markings shall be used to prohibit passing in the direction of the convergence, and shall continue through the transition area. Guidance: For roadways having a posted or statutory speed limit of 70 km/h (45 mph) or greater, the transition taper length for a lane reduction should be computed by the formula L = 0.62 WS for speeds in km/h (L = WS for speeds in mph). For roadways where the posted or statutory speed limit is less than 70 km/h (45 mph), the formula L = WS2/155 for speeds in km/h (L = WS2/60 for speeds in mph) should be used to compute taper length. Under both formulas, L equals the taper length in meters (feet), W equals the width of the offset distance in meters (feet), and S equals the 85th-pewenti% speed or the posted or statutory speed limit, whichever is higher. Where observed speeds exceed posted or statutory speed limits, longer tapers should be used. Option: On new construction, where no posted or statutory speed limit is established, the design speed may be used in the transition taper length formula. Guidance: Lane line markings should be discontinued one-quarter of the distance between the Lane Ends sign (see Section 2C.33) and the point where the transition taper begins. Edge line markings should be installed from the location of the warning sign to beyond the beginning of the narrower roadway. Support: Pavement markings at lame reduction transitions supplement the standard signs. Typical lane reduction transitions (four lane to two lane) and transitions from two lanes to four lanes are shown in Figure 38-12 (CA). Section 3B.10 Aooroach Markin for Ob11ru09n5 Standard: Pavement markings shall be used to guide traffle away from Seed obstructions within a paved roadwey. Approach markings for bridge supports, refuge islands, median islands, and raised chaunelizatdon islands shall consist of a tapered line or lines extending from the centerline or the lane Hue to a point 0.3 to 0.6 m (1 to 2 ft) to the right side, or to both sides, of the approach end of the obstruction (see Figure 3B43). Guidance: For roadways having a posted or statutory speed limit of 70 km/h (45 mph) or greater, the taper length of the tapered line markings should be computed by the formula L = 0.62 WS for speeds in km/h (L = WS for speeds in mph). For roadways where the postai or statutory speed limit is less than 70 km/h (45 mph), the formula L = W82/155 for speeds in kM& (L = WS2/64 for speeds in mph) should be used to compute taper length. Under both formulas, L equals the taper length in meters (feet), W equals the width of the offset distance in meters (feet), and S equals the 85th -percentile speed or the posted or statutory speed limit, whichever is higher. Standard: The minimum taper Eeenngth shall be 30 in (100 ft) in urban areas and 60 in (200 ft) In rural areas. Support: Examples of approach marlangs for obstructions in the roadway are shown in Figure 3B-13. Option: Where observed speeds exceed posted or statutory speed limits, longer tapers may be used. 313 — Pavemfflt and Cmb Merkizw JaamW 21, 2010 Part 3 - Mesidur California MUTCD Page 311-9 (FHWA's MUfCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Standard: If traf>De is required to pan, only to the right of the obstruction, the markings shall consist of a two. direction no -passing zone marking at leant twice the length of the diagonal pwrtion as determined by the appropriate taper formula (see Figure 38-13). Option: If traffic is required to pass only to the right of the obstruction, yellow diagonal approach markings may be placed in the neutral area between the no -passing zone markings as shown in Figure 3B-13.Other markings, such as yellow delineators, raised pavement markers, and white crosswalk pavement markings, may also be placed in the neutral area Standard: N traffic can pass either to the right or leis of the obstruction, the markings shall consist of two channelizing lines diverging from the lane Brie, one to each side of the obstruction. In advance of the point of divergence, a solid wide white line or solid double normal white line shall be extended in place of the broken lane line for a distance equal to the length of the diverging lines (see Figure 311-13). Option: If traffic can pass either to the right or left of the obstruction, additional white markings may be placed in the neutral area between the channelizing lines as shown in Figure 3B-13. Section 311.11 Raised PavementMarererz Standard: A raised pavement marker shall be a device with a height of at least 10 mm (0.4 in) mounted on or in a road surface that is intended to be used as a positioning guide or to supplement or substitute for pavement markings or to mark the position of a fire hydrant. The color of raised pavement markers under both daylight and nighttime conditions shall conform to the color of the marking for which they serve as a positioning guide, or for which they supplement or substitute. Option: Blue raised pavement markers may be used to mark the positions of fire hydrants. Support: Retrorefleetive and internally illuminated raised pavement markers are available in monodirectional and bidirectional configurations. The bidirectional marker is capable of displaying the applicable color for each direction of travel. Guidance: Nor retroreflective raised pavement markers should not be used alone, without supplemental retmreilective or intorrtally illuminated markers, as a substitute for other types of pavement markings. Directional configurations should be used to maximize correct information and to minimize confusing information provided to the road user. Directional configurations also should be used to avoid confusion resulting from visibility of markers that do not apply to the road user. The spacing of raised pavement markers used to supplement or substitute for other types of longitudinal markings should correspond with the pattern of broken lines for which the markers supplement or substitute. Standard: 3B.13 and -31 1., The widths and patlems of ralsed pavement marltem shall conform to Ht datalls shown In Figures 3A- 1011CA) through 3A.1112(CA). Soo section 3A.05. Support: Figures 9-20 through 9-22 in the "Traffic Control Devices Handbook" (see Section lA.1 l) contain additional information regarding the spacing of raised pavement markers on longitudinal markings. cher 313 - Favemcut eetd Curb Mwkbw JamHuy 21, 2010 Part 3 - Maddup California MUTCD Page 3B-10 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions l and 2, as amended for use in California) Support: Raised pavement markers are not normally placed where snow plows would damage the markers and require an unusual amount of replacement. Guidance: When used in these areas, they should be recessed, as shown in Department of Transportation's Standard Plan A20 -D. See Section 1A.11 for Information regarding this publication. Advance Markers Option: Advance Markers at exit ramps may be used to help motorists locate exit ramps in heavy fog areas. Support: The Advance Markers consist of a 3-2-1 countdown pattern of one-way dear reflective pavement markers. The pattern consists of three markers placed on the right shoulder 640 m (2100 ft) in advance of the neutral area (gore), two markers at 425 in (1400 ft) and one marker at 215 in (700 ft). The markers are placed on a line perpendicular to the lane line at 0.3 m (1 ft) spacing beginning 50 mm (2 In) off the edge of traveled way. Location Markers for Fire Hvdragk Option: Blue raised reflective pavement markers, may be planed on a highway, street, or road, to mark fire hydrant and/or water supply locations. Standard: The blue raised reflective pavement markers shall not be used for any other purpose. Local agencies shall not place blue reflective pavement markers on a State highway unless they first obtain an encroachment permit from the Department of Transportation. The agency responsible for the placement shall also be responsible for the maintenance and replacement. See Section 13060, of the Health and Safety Code. See Section 1A.11 for information regarding this publication. Guidance: In general, the blue reflective pavement markers should be placed 150 mm (6 in) from the centerline stripe, or approximate center of the pavement where there is no centerline stripe, on the side nearest the fire hydrant. When placed on expressways, freeways and freeway ramps, they should be placed on the shoulder, 0.31 in (1 ft) to the right of the edge line, opposite the fire hydrant. Typical marker locations are shown on Figure 3B-102(CA). Option: Because fire hydrants adjacent to freeways may be out of the right-of-way and, in many locations, out of view from the freeway, some fire districts may wart to install small supplemental signs (SWCA) and S10(CA)) or markings to identify the hydrant number or distance to the hydrant. These installations are optional and at the discretion of the Department of Transportation's Districts. Section 3B.12 _Raked Pavement Markers as Vehicle Positioning Guides with Omer Lo dual Option: Raised pavement markers may be used as positioning guides with longitudinal line markings without necessarily conveying information to the road user about passing or lane -use restrictions. In such applications, markers may be positioned between the two lines of a one-way or two-way no -passing zone marling or positioned in line with or immediately adjacent to single solid or broken centerline or lane line Option: When it is desired to alert the road user to changes in the travel path, such as on sharp curves or on transitions that reduce the number of lanes or that drift traffic laterally, the spacing Um shown in Details 16,17,19, 20, 22 or 23 may be used. 3B—Paveet and Glob Mmkinp Janumy 21, 2010 Part 3 - Ma klap California MUTCD Page 3B-11 (FHWA,s MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) was Dism eendieiens. Standard: The widths and patterns of raised pavement markers shall conform to the details shown in Figures 3A- 101(CA) through 3A-112(CA). See Section 3A.O5. Section 3B.13 Raised Pavement Markers Saanleme ting Other MarldngM Guidance: The use of raised pavement markers for supplementing longitudinal line markings should conform to the following: A. Lateral Positioning 1. when supplementing double line markings, pairs of raised pavement markers placed laterally in line with or immediately outside of the two lines should be used. 2. When supplementing wide line markings, pairs of raised pavement markers placed laterally adjacent to each other should be used. B. Longitudinal Spacing , , shwald he eyed: 3. when supplementing dotted line markings, a spacing appropriate for the application should be used. 4. when supplementing longitudinal line markings through 81 -grade intersections, one raised pavement marker for each short line segment should be used Standard: The widths and patterns of raised pavement markers shall conform to the details shown in figures 3A- 101(CA) through 3M112(CAj. See Section 3A.O& Option: Raised pavement markers also may be used to supplement other markings for channelizing islands or approaches to obstructions. Section 3B.14 Raised Pavement Markm Substituting for Pavement MEidw Option: Retroreflective or internally illuminated raised pavement markers, or nonretroreflective raised pavement markers supplemented by retroreflective or internally illuminated markers, may be substituted for markings of other types. Guidance: If used, the pattern and color of the raised pavement markers should simulate the pattern and color of the markings for which they substitute. The normal $peeing of raised pavement markers, when substituting for other markings, should be determined in terms of the standard length of the broken line segment. Option: The side of a raised pavement marker that is visible to tr:atiic proceeding in the wrong direction may be red. Standards If raised pavemut saggrkan are used to substitute for broken line markings, a group of three to 8ve awke" shall be used. if N is odwr4b -Ment length (st441mlaft UbtepW 3B - lavemm and Cwb Matinp Jammry 2l, 2010 prt 3 - blukinp California MUTCD Page 313-12 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 inhaling Revisionsl and 2, as =ended for the in California) At feat one retroreflective or internally illuminated marker per group thalC be used or a retrorellective or internally illuminated masker shall be instaiied midway in each grip between successive groups of nonretroreflective- markers. -liev ek g no-gra-thaH-1'11�� The wWft and patterns of rained pavement markers shall conform to the details shown in Figures 3A- 101(CA) through 3A.112(CA), Se® Section 3AX Guidance: Raised pavement markers should not substitute for right edge line markings. Stoat one mis IMMIR Option: When substituting for wide lines, raised pavement markers may be placed laterally adjacent to each other to simulate the width of the line. Standard: If used on State highways. Internally-iliuminated raised pavement markers shall be Installed by an encroachment permit and Include a maintenance agreement as a provision of the permit for the service life of the markers. Section 3B.15 Transverse Markings Standard: Transverse markings, which include shoulder markings, word and symbol markings, stop lines, yield lines, crosswalk lines, speed measurement markings, speed hump markings, parking space markings, and others, shall be white unless otherwise specified herein. Guidance: Because of the low approach angle at which pavement markings are viewed, transverse lines should be proportioned to provide visibility equal to that of longitudinal lines. Standard: Pavement marling letters, numerals, and symbols shall be installed in accordance with the Pavement Markings chapter of the "Standard Highway Signs" book (see Section 1A.11). Crosswalk markings near schools shall be yellm. Refer to CVC 21368 and hart 7. supportRefer to Department of Transportation's Standard Plans for pavement marking letters, numerals and symbols. See Section M11 br Information regarding this publication Section 38.16 Stop and Yin Standard: If used, stop lines shall cu"Ist of solid white lines extending accost approach lees to indicate the point at which the stop is intended or required to be made. If used, yield linin (see Figure 3B 14 3B-14(CA)) shall consist of a row of solid white isosceles triangles pointing toward approaching vehicles extending across approach lanes to indicate the point at which the yield is intended or required to be made. Guidance: Stop lines should be 300 to 600 mm (12 to 24 in) wide. Stop lines should be used to indicate the point behind which vehicles are required to stop, in compliance with a STOP (Ill -1) sign, triflic control signal, or some other tic control device, except YIELD signs. OwfW 313 — Pavenmt and t ub MWWqP January 21,1010 Part 3 - Ma amus California MUTCD Page 3B-13 (FHWA's MiTPCD 2003 including Revisiamsl and 2, as amended for use in California) The individual triangles comprising the yield line should have a base of 3004e-600 mm (424o 24 in) wide and a height equal to 1.5 times the base. The space between the triangles should be 7S to00 nun (44a 12 in). Option: Yield lines may be, used to indicate the point behind which vehicles are required to yield in compliance with a YIELD (RI -2) sign or a Yield Here to Pedestrians (RI -5 or Rl-5a) sign Wdance: If used, stop and yield lines should be placed a minimum of 1.2 in (4 ft) in advance of the nearest crosswalk line at controlled intersections, except for yield lines at roundabout intersections as provided for in Section 313.24 and at midblock crosswalks. In the absence of a marked crosswalk, the stop line or yield line should be placed at the desired stopping or yielding point, but should be placed no more than 9 in (30 ft) nor less than 1.2 in (4 ft) from the nearest edge of the intersecting traveled way. Stop lines should be placed to allow sufficient sight distance to all other approaches to an intersection. If used at an unsignalized midblock crosswalk, yield lines should be placed adjacent to the Yield Here to Pedestrians sign located 6.1 to 15 in (20 to 50 ft) in advance of the nearest crosswalk line, and parking should be prohibited in the area between the yield line and the crosswalk (see Figure 3B-15). Stop lines at midblock signalized locations should be placed at least 12 in (40 ft) in advance of the nearest signal indication (see Section 4D.15). Support: Drivers who yield too close to crosswalks on multi -lane approaches place pedestrians at risk by blocking other drivers' views of pedestrians. Supp: As defined in CVC 377, a "limit line" is a solid white line not less than 300 mm (12 in) nor more than 600 mm (24 in) wide, extending across a roadway or any portion thereof to indicate the point at which traffic is required to stop in compliance with legal requirements. Standard: For all purposes, limit line(s) as defined per CVC 377shall mean stop line(s). A limit line shall be placed in conjunction with STOP (R1-1) signs on paved approaches, except where marked crosswalk exists. Guidance: If a sidewalk exists, the limit fine should be placed in advance of an unmarked crosswalk area. Option. A limit line may be placed in advance of a crosswalk where vehicles are required to stop, in compliance with a STOP (It1-1) sign, traffic control signal or some other traffic control device. supper If a marked crosswalk is in place, it would normally function as a limit line. Typical limit One markings are shown in Figure 38-103(CA). Standard: The individual triangles comprising the yield llne shall have a base of 0.6 m (2 ft) wide and a height of 0.9 m (3 ft). The space between the triangles shall be 0.3 m (1 ft). Support: Figure 38-14(CA) shows typical yield One layout for streets and Highways. Section 3H.17 Crosswalk Mrkdnes Support: Crosswalk markings provide guidance for pc&stn= who are crossing roadways by defining and delineating paths on approaches to and within signalized intersections, and on approaches to other intersections where traftac stops. Crosswalk markings also serve to alert road users of a pedestrian crossing point across roadways not controlled by highway traffic signals or STOP signs. At nonintersection locations, crosswdk markings legally establish the crosswalk. Chapter 3B — PavOMM aud Gmt MWkhW Januesy 21, 2010 Part 3 - Maddnp California MUTCD Page 3B-14 (FHWA,s MUTCD 2003 including Revisiansl and 2, as amended for use in California) Standard: When crosswalk lines are used, they shall consist of solid white lines that mark the crosswalk. They sball be not less than 46@,mtv&( 360 earn (12 in) nor greater than 600 num (24 in) in width. Guidance: If transverse lines are used to mark a crosswalk, the gap between the lines should not be less than 1.8 in (6 ft). If diagonal or longitudinal lines are used without transverse lines to mark a crosswalk, the crosswalk should be not less than 1.8 m (6 ft) wide. Crosswalk lines, if used on both sides of the crosswalk, should extend across the full width of pavement or to the edge of the intersecting crosswalk to discourage diagonal walking between crosswalks (see Figures 3B-15 and 3B-16). Crosswalks should be marked at all intersections where there is substantial conflict between vehicular and pedestrian movements. Marked crosswalks also should be provided at other appropriate points of pedestrian concentration, such as at loading islands, midblock pedestrian crossings, or where pedestrians could not otherwise recognize the proper place to cross. Crosswalk lines should not be used indiscriminately. An engineering study should be performed before they are installed at locations away from highway traffic signals or STOP signs. Because nonintersecdon pedestrian crossings are generally unexpected by the road user, warning signs (see Section 2CA1) should be, installed and adequate visibility should be provided by parking prohibitions. Support: Section 3B.16 contains information regarding placement of stop line markings near crosswalk markings. Option: For added visibility, the area of the crosswalk may be marked with white diagonal lines at a 45 -degree angle to the line of the crosswalk or with white longitudinal lines parallel to traffic flow as shown. in Figure 3B-16. When diagonal or longitudinal lines are used to mark a crosswalk, the transverse crosswalk lines may be omitted. This type of marking may be used at locations where substantial numbers of pedestrians cross without any other traffic control device, at locations where physical conditions are such that added visibility of the crosswalk is desired, or at places where a pedestrian crosswalk might not be expected. Guidance: If used, the diagonal or lo*tudinal lines should be 300 to 600 mm (12 to 24 in) wide and spaced 300 to 1500 mm (12 to 60 in) apart. The marking design should avoid the wheel paths, and the spacing should not exceed 2.5 times the line width. Option: When an exclusive pedestrian phase that permits diagonal crossing is provided at a traffic control signal, a madding as shown in Figure 313-17 may be used for the crosswalk. Standard: Crosswalk markings near schools shall be yellow as provided in CVC 21358. See Part 7. Option: Pedestrian crosswalk markings may be placed at intersections, representing extensions of the sidewalk fines, or on any portion of the roadway distinc ly indicated for pedestrian crossing. Refer to CVC 275. Guidance: In general, crosmiks should not be marked at Intersections unless they are intended to channelize pedestrians. Emphasis is placed on the use of marked crosswallm as a c1mmelization device. The foliowft ftclors may be considered in determining whether a marked crosswalk should be used: Vehicular approach speeds from both directlow. e Vehicular volume and density. ® Vehicular tum ing movemeoets. ® PedeWan volumes. Width.Roadway ® Day and night visibility by both pedeshians and motorists. Chop" 3B — PovenleW md Clab MaJdAP Jwwny 21, 2010 Part 3 - ]Marls W California MU TCD Page 3B-15 MMA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions l and 2, as amended for use in California) • Channelization Is desirable to clarify pedestrian routes for sighted or sight impaired pedestrians. • Discouragement of pedestrian use of undesirable routes. • Consistency with markings at adjacent Intersections or within the same intersection. Option: Crosswalk markings may be established between intersections (mid -block) in accordance with CVC 21106(a). Guidance: Mid -block pedestrian crossings are generally unexpected by the motorist and should be discouraged unless, in the opinion of the engineer, there is strong justification in favor of such installation. Particular attention should be given to roadways with two or more traffic lanes in one direction as a pedestrian may be hidden from view by a vehicle yielOing the right -of -ray to a pedestrian. Option: When diagonal or longitudinal lines are used to mark a crosswalk, the transverse crosswalk lines may be omitted. Standard: However, when the factor that determined the need to mark a crosswalk is the clarification of pedestrian routes for sight-impalred pedestrians, the transverse crosswalk lines shall be marked. Option: At controlled approaches, limit fines (stop Ones) help to define pedestrian paths and are therefore a factor the engineer may consider In deciding whether or not to mark the crosswalk. Where it is desirable to remove a marked crosswalk, the removal may be accomplished by repaving or surface treatment. Guidance: A marked crosswalk should not be eliminated by allowing it to fade out or be wom away. Support: The worn or faded crosswalk retains its prominent appearance to the pedestrian at the curb, but is less visible to the approaching driver. Standard: Notification to the public shall be given at least 30 days prior to the scheduled removal of an existing marked crosswalk. The notice of proposed removal shall Inform the public how to provide input related to the scheduled removal and shall be posted at the crosswalk iidentihed for removal. Refer to CVC 21950.5 Option: Signs may be installed at or adjacent to an intersection directing that pedestrians shall not cross in a crosswalk indicated at the intersection in accordance with CVC 21106(b). White PED XING pavement markings may be placed in each approach lane to a marked crosswalk, except at intersections controlled by traffic signals or STOP or YIELD signs. Section 38.19 Paridgg S gg Msr Support: Marking of parking space boundaries encourages more orderly and efficient use of parking spaces where parking turnover is substantial. Parking space markings tend to prevent encroachment into fire hydrant zones, bus stops, loading zones, approaches to intersections, curb ramps, and clearance spaces for islands and other zones whom parking is restricted. Examples ofparking space markings are shown in Figure 3B 12 313-18(CA). Stan&xd: Pang space markbW shall be white. Option: Blue lines may supplement white parking space markings of each padong space designated for use only by persons with disabilities. Additional parldmg space markings for the purpose of designating spaces for use only by persons with disabilities are discussed in Section 3B.19 ami illustrated in Figure 3B-49 38-19(CA). Support Refler to CVC 22ND through 22522 for pwft space markings. Refer to Section 26.39 for PerNng Regulations. C mptar 31i — Pavemmt and Grub It+tarkrop January 21, 2010 Part 3 - Makinp California MUTCD Page 3B-16 (FHWA's MU1'CD 2003 including Revisioml and 2, as amended for use in CaMmia) Policy( on ParMna Restrictions Option: Local authorities may, by ordinance, provide for the establishment of parking meter zones and cause streets and highways to be marked with white lines designating parking spaces. Refer to CVC Section 22508. Standard: Where the proposed zones are on State highways, the ordinances shall be approved by the Department of Transportation. Local authorkM shall furnlsh a sketch or map showing the definite location of all parking meter stalls on State highways before departmental approval is given. Support: The District Directors have been delegated the authority to approve such ordinances. The desirable dimensions of parking meter stalls are 2.4 m (8 ft) by 7.3 m (24 ft) with a minimum length of 6.1 m (20 ft). Guidance: At all intersections, one stall length on each side measured from the crosswalk or end of curb return should have parking prohibited. A clearance of 1.8 m (8 ft) measured from the curb return should be provided at alleys and driveways. At signalized inhinmclions parking should be prohibited for a minimum of two stall lengths on the near side and one stall length on the far side. See Figure 38-18(CA). Standard: The departmental approval for the Installation of the parking meters shall be covered by an encroachment permit. Option: Local authorities may by ordinance permit angle parking. Refer to CVC 22503. Support: Department of Transportation does not approve ordinances establishing angle parking on State highways. Diagonal parking stalls are not permitted on State highways. Section 313.19 Pavement Wojrd and S bol Markin Support: Word and symbol markings on the pavement are used for the purpose of guiding, warning, or regulating traffic. Symbol messages are preferable to word messages. Examples of standard word and arrow pavement markings are shown in Figures 3B-20 38-20(CA) and 38-21 3B-21(CA)- Normally, pavement word and symbol markings supplement standard signing. Standard: Word and symbol markings shell be whfte, except as otherwise noted in this Section. Guidance: Letters and numerals should be8-) 2.44 in (8 fl) or more in height. Word and symbol markings should not exceed three lines of information. if a pavement marking word message consists of more than one line of information, it should read in the direction of travel. The first woad of the message should be nearest to the road user. Except for the two opposing arrows of a two-way left -turn lane marking (see Figure 3B-7), the longitudinal space between word or symbol message markings, including arrow markings, should be at least four times the height of the characters for low -speed roads, but not more than ten times the height of the characters under any conditions. The number of different word and symbol markings used should be minimized to provide effective guidance and avoid misunderstanding. Except as noted in the Option, pavement word and symbol markings should be no more than one lane in width. Chapter 313 — Pavammt ad Cmc MukkV January 21, 2010 Part 3 - Mukinp Califoais MUTCD Page 3B-17 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 inehWigg Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Standard If used, the SCHOOL. pavement marking shown in Figure 313-20(CA) and 7C-101(CA) shall be used and it shall be restricted to a single lane (See Section 7C.06). Word and symbol markings near schools shall be yellow as provided in CVC 21366. See Part 7. Paverment word and symbol markings sbeuld may be proportionally sealed spaced to fit within the width of the facility upon which they are applied. Option: On narrow, low -speed shared -use paths, the pavement words and symbols may be smaller than suggested, but to the relative scale. Standard: The International Symbol of Accessibility parking space markings any shall be placed in each parking space designated for use by persons with disabilities. A blue background with white border any shalt supplement the wheelchair symbol as shown in Figure3B-19 311-19(CA). If used, new construction of accessible off -Street parking spaces, and, loading and unloading areas shall Include pavement marking details shown on Figure 36.19 (CA), or as shown on the Department's Revised Standard Plan A90A. The loading and unloading area shall be marked by a border and hatched lines. The border shall be painted blue and the hatched lines shall be painted a suitable contrasting color to the parking space (blue or white paint is preferred). If used, new constriction of accessible on -street parking shall include a blue painted curb, as shown on the Department's Revised Standard Plan A906. If on -street parking designated and designed for persons with disabilities includes a loading and unloading area, it shall be marked by a border and hatched lines. The border shall be painted blue and the hatched lines shall be painted a suitable contrasting color to the parking space (blue or white paint is preferred). Loading and unloading areas shall include the words "NO PARKING" within the blue border and shall be painted In white letters no less than 0.3 m (12 In) high (See detail in Figure 311-19 (CA)). Refer to California Code of Regulations Title 24, Section 11296.4. Standard: Where through traffic lana approaching an intersection become mandatory turn lanes, lane -use arrow markings (see Figure 3B-3! 36-21(CA)) shall be used and shall be accompanied by standard signs. lane use, lane reduction, and wrong -way arrow markings shall be designed as shown to Figure 3641 311214CA). Guidance: Whets through lanes become mandatory turn lanes, signs or markings should be repeated as necessary to prevent entrapment and to help the road user select the appropriate lane in advance of reaching a queue of wasting vehicles. Option: Lane -use arrow markings (see Figure 3B-24 3621(CM) may be used to convey either guidance or mandatory messages. The ONLY word marking (see Figure In 20 3B-20(CA)) may be used to supplement lane -use arrow markings (see Figure 313-22). In situations where a lane reduction transition occurs, the lane reduction arrow markings shown in Figure 3B M 3B-21(CA) maybe used. Guidance: When crossroad cbamnelization or ramp geometrics do not make wrong -way movements difficult, a arrow should be placed in each lane of an exit ramp near the crossroad terminal where it will be clearly visible to a potential wrong -way road user (see Figure 3B 23 38-23(CA)). t" 3B _ pwmmt and Gt& Amp January 21, 2010 Past 3 - California MUTCD Page 3B-18 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Option: The wrong -way arrow markings shown in Figure 3131 3B-21(CA) may be placed near the downstream terminus of a ramp as shown in Figures 3B 23 3B-23(CA) end -3•B-34 to indicate the correct direction of traffic flow and to discourage drivers from traveling in the wrong direction. A yield -ahead triangle symbol or YIELD AHEAD word pavement marking may be used on approaches to intersections where the approaching traffic will encounter a YIELD sign at the intersection (see Figure 313- 25). Support: Lane -use arrow markings are often used to provide guidance in turn bays (see Figure 3B-22), where turns may or may not be mandatory, and in two-way left -tum lanes (see Figure 311-7). Arrows: Standard: Where a turning movement Is mandatory, an arrow marking accompanied by a regulatory sign shall be used. However, when an additional clearly marked lane is provided for the approach to the turning movement, the sign Is not required. Refer to CVC 22101. Support: Examples of entrance/exit ramp terminal signs and pavement martdngs are shown in Figure 3B-23(CA). Guidance: The Type V arrows and warning signs, as shown in Figure 3B-104(CA), should be used at locations where motorists could perceive that they are on a one-way roadway when, in fact, they are on a two lane, two-way highway. Following are some typical situations: • Construction sites where a two-lane highway is being converted to a freeway or an expressway. • Two-lane, two-way highways where ultimate freeway or expressway right-of-way has been purchased and grading for the full width has been completed. Two-lane, two-way highways following long sections of multi -lane freeway or expressway. Exit Ramp Arrows: Standard: A minimum of two pavement arrows shall be placed on each freeway exit ramp lane. A Type V arrow shall be the first arrow, on the ramp, in the direction of travel when exiting the freeway. Where a mandatory movement is required, a Type I, 11, III, IV, VII, or VIII arrow shall be placed with its point approximately 6.10 m (20 ft) preceding the limit line, crosswalk or "STOP" pavement legend. Where no mandatory movement is required, a Type V arrow shall be used at this location. All otter additional arrows, when used, shall be a minimum of T.32 m (24 ft) in length. All arrows shall be placed in the center of the lane and spaced approximately 30 m (100 ft) to 90 m (300 ft) apart. Guidance: The actual position and spacing should be determined in the field to provide the optimum visibility for traffic that may attempt to enter the exit ramp in the wrong direction. Support: See Figures 3B-21(CA) and 38-23(CA). Entrance Ramp Arrows: Standard: A minimum of one Type 1 arrow, not less than 5.49 m (10 ft) in length, shall be positioned In the center of each freeway entrance ramp lane so that it Is clearly in view of a right -way driver. i E.. Guidance: The distance between arrows, when more than one per lane Is needed, should be 30 m (100 ft) to 90 m (300 ft). The Type V arrow should not be used on entrance ramps. Support: See Figures 3B-21(CA) and 38-23(CA). Additional information on signing of ramp terminals is shown in Section 2€,50. f Chapter 3B _ Pavemcni 2M Garb MKkiJW January 21, 2010 Part 3 - hdaddup Califomia MUTCD Page 311-19 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use m California) Turn Land Arm'. Standard: One directional arrow, a minimum of 2.44 m (8 M in length, shall be placed In the center of each turning lane near the point of entrance. High approach speeds may jusW tine use of a longer arrow. Two or more arrows may be placed in long turning lanes. Support See Figures 38-7(CA) and 38-101 (CA). Support: Refer to Section 2E.50 for Wrong -Way Traffic Control at Interchange Ramps. Option: Word and symbol maddngs may include, but are not limited to, the following. Other words or symbols may also be used under certain conditions. A. Regulatory: 1. STOP 2. RIGHT (LEFT) TURN ONLY 3. 40 km/h (25 MPH) 4. Arrow Symbols B. Warning: 1. STOP AHEAD 2. YIELD AHEAD 3. YIELD AHEAD Triangle Symbol 4. SCHOOL KING 5. SIGNAL AHEAD 6. PED )MG 7. SCHOOL 8. RXR 9. BUMP 10. HUMP C. Guide: 1. US 40 2. STATS 135 3. ROUTE 40 Standard: Except at the end` of aisles in parking lots, the word STOP shall not be used on the pavement unless accompanied by a sus tine (see Section 311.16) and STOP sign (see Section 211.04). At the ends of shies in parking lots, *a word STOP shall not be used on the pavement unless accompanied by a stop line. The word STOP shall not be placed on the pavement in advance of a stop line, unless every vehicle is required to stop at an Blanes. The ylekt-ahead triangle cyndwl or YIELD AHEAD woad pavement marking slosh not be used unless a YIELD sign (w Section 211.08) is in place at the intersection. The yield -ahead symbol marking sball be as shown in Figure 3B-25. Guidance: A STOP pavernmt marldrig should be placed on all but minor approaches to Sime hl*Mys not controlled by wMais. Option: Pavement markings with appropriate figures may be used to supplement speed limit signs. See Section 26.13. ChepW 313 — CMb M&AdW 7anuuy 21, 2010 Deft 3 - Mks California MUTCD Page 3B-20 MMA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Section 3B.20 Speed Measurement Markin Support: A speed measurement marking is a transverse marking placed on the roadway to assist the enforcement of speed regulations. Standard: Speed measurement markings, if used, shall be whine, and shall not be greater than 600 mm (24 in) in width. Option: Speed measurement markings may extend 600 mm (24 in) on either side of the centerline or 600 mm (24 in) on either side of edge line markings at 400 in (0.25 mi) intervals over a 1.6 km (I mi) length of roadway. When paved shoulders of sufficient width are available, the speed measurements markings may be placed entirely on these shoulders. Advisory signs may be used in conjunction with these markings (see pigwe-313- 40 38-105(CA)). Support: The California Highway Patrol patrols certain highways with both helicopters and fixed -wing aircraft. The purpose of the patrol is to monitor traffic, provide motorist assistance and initiate appropriate enforcement action. In order to make the air patrol effective, the California Highway Patrol and Department of Transportation have agreed upon markings and signs as shown in Figure 3B-105(CA). Option: Speed measurement markings may be placed on the right shoulder in areas patrolled by aircraft as requested by the California Highway Patrol. Standard: Where there is an equation of more than 30 m (100 ft) In a 1.6 km (1 mi) posting, a white "A' pavement marking shall be placed at each end of the section to indicate the markings are less than 1.8 km (1 mi) apart. Guidance: The SPEED ENFORCED BY AIRCRAFT (R48-2(CA)) sign should be used for both directions of travel and should be spaced at 40 km (25 mi) intervals. Pavement marking should be placed on the shoulder in one direction only, except where the opposing roadway is widely separated. Option: In areas where Identifying features are widely separated, white 0.91 m (3 ft) high post kilometer (mile) numbers may be placed at 8 km (5 mi) points where needed for aircraft reference. Standard: Markings shall not be on the traveled way. Option: If routes with narrow shoulders are requested for marking, the standard marking shape may be modified to provide an equivalent area without encroaching on the traveled way or the Alternate Marking System described. Support: The Aftemate Marking System is a 200 mm (8 in) wide solid white longitudinal line, 6.1 m (20 ft) in length and in line with the right edge line. It is preceded and followed by a 6.1 m (20 ft) gap in the right edge line. Section 31UI Curb MALMM Support: Curb markings are most of= used to indicate parking regulations or to delineate the curb. Standard: Signs shall be used with curb markings in those area where curb markings are frequently obliterated by snow* and lee aecumaktion unless the no parking zone b controlled by statute or local ordinance. Where curbs are *narked, the colors shall conform to the general principles of markings (see Section 3A.04). CbVW 3B — PavanW and Cmb Mwkiiw 3anuaay 2 r, 201® Partibtutimp - Califomia MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Page 3B-21 Guidance: Except as noted in the Option, when curb markings are used without signs to convey parking regulations, a legible word marking regarding the regulation (such as "No Parking" or "No Standing'] should be placed on the curb. Option: Curb markings without word markings or signs may be used to convey a general prohibition by statute of parking within a specified distance of a STOP sign, driveway, fire hydrant, or crosswalk. &uidanee: Support: Refer to Chapter 3C (Object Markers) for marking noses of raised medians and curbs of islands. fegieistiea Refer to CVC 21458 quoted later in this section. Support: Since yellow and white curb markings are frequently used for curb delineation and visibility, it is advisable to establish parking regulations through the installation of standard signs (see Sections 2B.39 through 2B.41). Where the curbs of the islands become parallel to the direction of traffic flow, it is not necessary to mark the curbs unless an engineering study indicates the need for this type of delineation. Curbs at openings in a continuous median island need not be marked unless an engineering study indicates the need for this type of marking. Support: Refer to Section 28.39 for Parking Regulations. In California, curb markings are not used for delineating traffic. They are mainly used for parking regulations. Standard: The color of curb markings shall conform to CVC 21458 quoted below: (a) Whenever local authorities enact local parking regulations and indicate them by the use of paint upon curbs, the following colors only sitall be used, and the colors indicate as follows: (1) Red Indicates no stopping, standing, or parking, whether the vehicle is attended or unattended, except that a bus may stop in a red zone marked or sign posted as a bus loading zone. (2) Yellow Indicates stopping only for the purpose of loading or unloading passengers or freight for the time as may be specified by local ordinance. (3) White Indicates stopping for either of the following purposes: (A) Loading or unloading of pawgers for the time as may be specified by local ordinance. (8) Depositing mail In an adimnt mailbox. (4) Green Indicates time lknit parking specified by local ordinance. (v) glue Irutkofts parking ilmked exclusively to the vehicles of disabled persons and disabled veterans. (b) Regulations adopted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be effective on days and during hours or tines as prescrlbed by local ordinances. Parking regulations shall be covered by ordinance or order of the authority having jurisdiction over the street or hi Option: Curb markings may supplement standard signs. Prohibitions or restrictim enacted by local audiorilles under Sections 22506 or 22507 may be indicated by marking curbs as prescribed by CVC Section 21458. Chgta 3B - PavenwM and Cmb MwWnp Januwy 21, 2010 Part 3 - Marr Cai "min MUTCD Page 3B-22 (FHWA's MUPCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Edg on Parkins Ras ct#gPs Support Loading Zones - LOW authorities are authorized by Section 21112 of the CVC to license and regulate the location of stands on sheets and highways for use of testa >s and other public carriers for hire. Where such stands are located on State highways, and highway Maintenance is not d8la9ated to the local authority, the approval of the Department is required. The District Directors have been delegated authority to approve local ordinances establishing such stands. Loading zone ordinances restricted for cerin segments of tragic such as "hotel patrons only" will not be approved. Bus stand ordinances are generatiy approved. Standard: Whenever practicable, tan stands shall be located on the far side of the intersection. Section 3B.22 EgIfercatial Lane Word and Symbol ala—A&D Standard: When a true is assigned full or part time to a particular class or classes of vehicles, preferential lane maerklegs sball be used. Signs or signer shall be used with preferential Isne word or symbol markings. All preferential lane word and symbol markings shall be white. All preferential Inc word and symbol markings shall be positioned laterally in the center of the preferred use lane. Support: Preferential lanes identify a wide variety of special uses, including, but not limited to, high -occupancy vehicle (HOV) lanes, bicycle lanes, bus only lanes, taxi only lanes, and light rail transit only. Standard: Where a preferential lane use is established, the preferential lane shall be marked with one or more of the following symbol or word marldags for the preferential lane use specified: A. HOV lane—the preferential hme use marking for high -occupancy vehicle lanes shall consist of white lines formed in a diamond shape symbol or the word message HOV. The diamond shall be at least 0.75 in (2.5 ft) wide and 3.7 m (12 ft) in length. The lines shall be at least 150 mm (6 in) In width. B. Bicycle lane preferential lane use marling for a bicycle lane shall consist of a bicycle symbol or the word marking RIKE LANE (see Chapter 9C and Figures 9C-1 and 9C-3 through C. Bus only lane --the preferential lane use marking for a bus only lane shall consist of the word marking BUS ONLY. D. Taxi only lane—the prefcreatiat hue use marking for a taxi only lane shall consist of the word marking TAXI ONLY. E. Light rail transit lane—the preferential lane use marking for a 0ght rail transit lane shag consist of the letter T. F. Other preferential lane use markings shall be identified in accordance with Section 38.23. If two or more preferential lane uses are permitted in a single lane, the symbol or word marking for each preferential lane use shall be installed. Guidance: Engineering judgment should determine the need for supplemental devices such as tubular markers, traffic cones, or flashing lights. Support: The spacing of the markings is an engineering judgment that is based on the prevailing speed, block lengths, distance from 'interactions, and other factors that affect clear communication to the road user. AMukings spaced as close as 24 m (80 fi) apart might be appropriate on City streets, while markings spaced -,NG fl) 150 in (500 IQ might be appropriate for freeways, (Refer to MOV Guidelines) and 56 m (180 R) for onramps (Refer to Ramp SOO Section 1A.11 for infornntion regarding these publications. (wee 3B — PavMwt sad Club MuthW Jammy 21, 2010 Pwt 3 - Markup California MUTCD Page 3B-23 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Ravisiansl and 2, as amended for use in CaMmia) support For State highways, we oeparbwt of Transportation's High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) Guidelines and Ramp Meter Design Manual. See Section %ii for information regarding these publications. High Occupancy Vehicle (NOV) lanes are lanes where usage is restricted to a class of vehicle occupancy. NOV lane assignments cold be made on a R&bme or parttime basis. Freeway mainline NOV lanes can be operated as physically separated, buffer separated, reveraft, contiguous, or as contra -flow faclities. NOV lanes can also be operated on county roads or city streets. The NOV lane symbol (diamond shape) is shown in Figure 38-106(CA). Section 313.23 ftlferentiLaneLondlna Marr for Motor Vehicles Standard: Preferential lane Iongitadinal markings for motor vehicles shall be marked with the appropriate word or symbol pavement markings In accordance with Section 311.22. Support: Preferential lanes can take many forms depending on the level of usage and the design of the facility.. They might be physically separated from the other travel lanes by a banner, medias, or painted neutral area, or they might be concurrent with other travel lanes and be separated only by longitudinal pavement markings. Further, physically separated preferential lanes might operate in the same direction or be reversible. Option: Preferential lanes may be operated either full-time (24 hours per day on all days), for extended periods of the day, or part-time (restricted usage during specific hours on specified days). Standard: The following four items are presented in tabular form in Table 3B-3 38-2(CA): A. Physically separated, nonreversible preferential lane --the longitudinal pavement markings for preferential lanes that are pully separated from the other travel lanes by a barrier, median, or painted neutral area shall consist of a single normal solid yellow line at the left edge of the travel lsne(s), a single normal solid white line at the right edge of the travel lane(s), and if there are two or more prreferenthd lanes, the preferenthd travel Imes shall be separated with a normal broken white line (ace Figure 3B -26a). B. Physicagy separs *A reverdble preferential laue®the longitudinal pavement markings for reversible preferential lanes that are physically separated from the other travel kens by a barrier, median, or painted neutral area sksR consist of a single normal solid white line at both edges of the travel iane(s), and V there are two or more preferential lanes, the preferential travel lues shag, be separated witb a normal broken white kine (sec Figure 3B -26a). C. Concurrent Row (left side) preferential Ism"o longitudinal pavement markings for a full- time or part-time preferential lane on the left side of the other traveled lanes shall consist of a sku* normaal' solid y4ow Use at the left edge of the preferential travel lane(s) and one of the following at the vigbt edge of the preferential travel lane(:): 2. A single re1114 wile white litre where crossing to discouraged (see Figure 3B -26c). 3. A single broken wide white tine when crossing is permitted (see figure 3B -26d) at M$ sqpwr& for phyaltaily separated full4lim preferential tones. 4. A shVie broken 180 min (4 in) white Una where crossing Is permitted on preferential lames that operate Im only eartaia periods of the day. In two eases; mark'Ntge shall conform to the purpose the lane serm a me** of ilea 111am If tbrere am two or more preferential lanes, the preferential travel lanes shall be separated with a normid brokm wb#e line. awpW 3u — Pavemmt ad Curb Mwkbw January21, 2010 Part 3 - AdakiRV California MUTCD Page 311-24 (FHWA's MUI'CD 2003 inch d ng Revisiooal and 2, as amended for use in California) D. Concurrent flow (right side) preferential lane—the longitudinal pavement markings for a full- time or part --time preferential lane on the right of the other travel bees shall consist of a single normal solid white line at the right edge of the preferential travel lanes) if warranted and one of the following at the left edge of the preferential travel lane(s): LAdeabl- 2. A single solid wide white line where crossing is discouraged (see Figure 311-26c). 3. A single broken wide white line where crossing its permitted (see Figure 3B -26d) at ingresslegress segments for physically separated full-time preferential lanes. 4. A single dotted normal white One where crossing is permitted for any vehicle to perform a right tarn maneuver (see Figure 3B -26e). 5. A single brow loo mm (4 in) white line where crossing is permitted on preferential lanes that operate for only min periods of the day. In time cases, markings shall conform to the purpose the lane serves a majority of the thne. If there are two or more preferential lanes, the preferential travel lanes shall be separated with a normal bran white One. Option: When concurrent flow preferential lanes and other travel lanes are separated by .6 m (12 ft) or more, chevron markings should may be placed in the neutral area. Guidance. If used, the The chevron spacing should be 30-m{188 € ) 60 m (200 ft) or greater. Few fell "a of pfft 6mo 00HOWNRI flow ,.. Support: The striping pattern for the lane lines between the HOV lane and the adjacent normal flow lanes will vary depending on the condition. See Department of TransporWw's High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) Guidelines and Ramp Meter Design Manual for the appropriate HOV lane One striping patterns and markings. See Section 1 A.I I for information regarding these publications. Section 3B.24 Ab kIm for Roundabout intersections Support: Roundabout intersections are distinctive circular roadways that have the following three critical characteristics: A. A requirement to yield at entry which gives a vehicle on the circular roadway the right-of-way; B. A deflection of the approaching vehicle around the central island; and C. A flare or widening of the approach to allow for proper operation as needed. Examples of markings for roundabout intersections are shown in Figures 3B-27 and 313-28. Option: A yellow edge line may be placed around the inner (left) edge of the circular roadway. Cruidance: A white line should be used on the outer (right) side of the circular roadway as follows: a solid line along the splitter island and a dotted line across the lane(s) entering the roundabout intersection. Edge line extensions should not be plaued across the exits from the circular roadway. Whem crosswalk markings we uac(, the markings should be located a minimum of 7.6 m (25 ft) upstrenra from the yield line, or, if none, from the dotted white line. LLaan� a lines may be used on the circular roadway if there is more tim one lane. A yield line (sec Section 313.16) may be used to indicate the point behind which vehicles are required to yield at the entrance to a roundabout intersection. Stead:a: Bicycle dans nualkings AnA not be provided on the ciirculr;;r roadway of a roundabout intersection. chapa 3B — nyenmmt Bud Curb Makiar January 21, 2010 Pact 3 - bladder California 1181TCD Page 311-25 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revlsionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Section 3BM fo+ grritin s for Other Circular InterstWous Support: Other circular intersections include but are not limited to rotaries, traffic circles, and residential traffic calming designs. Option: The markings shown in Figures 31327 and 3B-28 may be used at other circular intersections when engineering judgment indicates that their presence will benefit drivers or pedestrians. Section 38.26 Steed Humo Mariu�nes Standard: H used, speed hump nimidags shall be a series of white markings placed on a speed hump to Identify its location. Option: Speed humips, except those used for crosswalks, may be marked in accordance with Figure 3B-29. The markings shown in Figure 3B-30 may be used where the speed hump also functions as a crosswalk or speed table. Support Per CVC 440, speed humps or bumps are not of clal traffic control devices. Section 38.27 Advance Sneed Hump Markings Standard: If used, advance speed hump markings shall be a special white marking placed in advance of speed humps or other engineered vertical roadway deflections such as dips. Option: Advance speed hump markings may be used in advance of an engineered vertical roadway deflection when added visibility is desired or where such deflection is not expected (see Figure 3B-31). Advance pavement wording such as BUMP or HUMP (see Section 3B.19) may be used on the approach to a speed hump either alone or in conjunction with advance speed hump markings. Appropriate advance warning signs may be used in conformance with Section 2C.24. Guidance: if used, advance speed hump markings should be installed in each approach lane. Section 36.101(CA) Diagonal and CINSIVIN Markintts Guidance: Diagonal and chevron markings should be used, when in the opinion of an engineer, it is necessary to add emphasis or to discourage vehicular travel upon a paint formed roadway feature such as an unusually wide shoulder area, a pedestrian refuge Mond. or a traffic dl*ione l or drannermation island. Diagonal lines, when used, should be installed between an edge tine and traffic island, or between pairs of double yellow tines. Chmm markings, when used, s houdd be installed between channeltzing runes for traffic flows in the same direction. Support: The applicable channettift lines for chevron ma*bW are shown in Figure 3A-110(CA), Details 36, 36A and 366 and pairs of tines shown In Figure 3A-112(GA), Details 38 and 38A. The diagonal lines or chevron markings are norin* 300 mm (12 in) wide. Standard~ Diagonal Mies and chevrons shall be the same color as the line or Ones to which they conned and shall Point at a ftwat awe. Dlagonai Nw3 or cWvmw, N uu 4 shall be the same color as the edge line. The spadng baMeen these Anes may vary from 0.3 m (1 n) in a pedestrian crosswalk to 60 m (200 ft) for vehicular ChapWr 311 _ PavaMMI and Cwb Mwkiap January21, 2010 Part 3 - MAMW California MU.rCD Page 3B-26 (FE NA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Section 30.102(CA) Pa€sino Lanes Standard: When a passing lane Is provided, a two -direction no passing marking (see Figure 3A-104(CA)) shall be used. when the Average Daily Traftle (ADT) exceeds 3,000. See Figure 3B-107(CA). Option: Passing in both directions may be provided by alternating the direction of the middle lane at about 1.6 km (1 mi) Intervals. A one -direction no passing marking (see Figure 3A-103(CA)) with one or more YIELD TO UPHILL TRAFFIC (R55(CA)) signs may be used when the ADT is 3,000 or less. Section 30.103(CA) Truck Lanes Standard: When s climbing lane Is provided on an upgrade and it is necessary to prohibit trucks from passing slower moving vehicles, a 200 mm (8 In) solid white line shall be used in place of the standard lane line stripe. The TRUCKS RIGHT LANE ONLY (R536(CA)) sign shall be placed at the beginning of the restriction and at approximately OA km (1/4 mi) intervals. When the restriction Is necessary only during certain hours, the Specific Hours/Days Plaque (R82A(CA)) shall be placed below the R536(CA) sign. The TRUCKS RIGHT LANE ONLY (RS30(CA)) sign shall be placed at the beginning of the restriction and at approximately OA km (1/4 mi) Intervals. When the restriction is necessary only during certain hours, the Specific Hours/Days Plaque (R82A(CA)) shall be placed below the R53B(CA) sign. A TRUCK LANE (114.8) sign shall be placed In advance of the truck lane. An END TRUCK LANE (R53A(CA)) sign shall be placed at the end of the restriction. See Figure 30-12(CA) for signing and marking the and of an extra lane. Section 3B.104(CA) Turn Lanes Support: Refer to CVC 21460.5 for Two -Way Left -Tum Lanes. For details of two-way left turn lanes, see Figure 3B-7(CA). For left turn channelization, see Figure 3B-101(CA) and Department of Transportation's Highway Design Manual, Section 405.2. See Section 1A.11 for information regarding this publication. Standard: Left -tum or right -turn lanes shall be separated from the through lanes by a single solid 200 mm (8 In) wide white line as shown in Figure 3A 112(CA). Section 3B.105(CA) T Guidance: Paved tumouts should be marked with a 200 mm (8 in) wide single solid while line between the through lane and the turnout. The One should not extend through the entry and exit areas. See Figure 36-108(CA) and Department of Transportation's Highway Design Manual, Section 204.5 (4). See Section 1A.11 for Information regarding this puftion. Turnouts show be 60 m (200 it) to 150 m (500 ft) in length including a short taper of 15 m (50 ft) at each and. Turnouts should not be longer than 150 m (500 R). The right edge One should be dropped throughout the length of the turnout. Option: Turnout length may be increased 30 in (100 ft) on down grades over 3%. Section 38.108(CA) Rumbte Stria Support Rumble strips are bands of raised material or indentations formed or ground into the traveled way, on the centerline or shoultim. Rumble strips call the motorist's attention to standard warning or regulatory devices or otherwise alert drivers by lransmBtting sound and/or vibration through the vehicle. aWqftr 318 — Pavement and Crab MmddW January 21, 2010 Pad 3 California MUTCD Page 3B-27 (FHWA's MUT CD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Option: Rumble strips may be used in the traveled way on California's streets and highways if the traffic engineer considers their use as the optimal solution to the Mentifieed problem. Rumble strips may be used upstream of std -controlled or signalized intersections if one or more of the following conditions exist: • Engineering Judgment indicates a special need due to sight distance restriction. • Huh approach speeds. • History of Ran -Stop -Sign crashes. Guidance: The use of ramble strips on State highways should be reviewed by the Department of Transportation's District Traffic Engineer or their representative. Option: Rumble strips may be incorporated into rehabilitation projects to replace existing rumble strips without an extensive review. Guidance: Requests should include a description of location, reasons for use, the alternatives which were considered, collision history and a discussion of standard traffic control devices which have been or are in place. Traveled Way Rumble Strips: Support: Rumble strips on the traveled way are 19 mm (0.75 in) or less in height if raised or 25 mm (1 in) or less in depth if rolled -in indentations, 8.5 mm (0.33 in) +/-1.5 mm (0.06 in) if ground -in indentations and generally extend across the travel lanes. A ground in rumble strip with the dimensions shown above has been field reviewed to confirm rideability for bicyclists & motorcyclists. There are several significant disadvantages to the use of rumble strips across the travel lanes. These include: • An abrupt rise in the roadway can present problems to bicyclists and motorcyclists. For this reason, there should be provisions made for cyclists to safely traverse through or around raised rumble strips. • Nearby residents may be subjected to noise. Typical locations where rumble strips on the traveled way have been used include: ® End of a freeway. • In advance of tog booths. • Within a construction zone in advance of the workers. • In advance of a'T' Intersection where the motorist is not expecting to stop. Shoulder Rumble Strias: Support: Shoulder rumble strips are 19 mm (0.75 in) or less in height if raised 25 mm (i in) in depth for rolled -in indentations and 8.5 mm (0.33 in) +/-1.5 mm (0.06 in) for ground -in indentations that extend along the highway shoulder. The maximum width of shoulder rumble strips is 300 mm (12 in) for both rolled-tn and ground -in indentations. Guidance: Where bicycles are permitted, shoulder rumble strips should not be used unless approximately 1.5 m (5 ft) of clear shoulder wktht for bicycle use is available between the rumble strips and the outer edge of the shoulder. Standard: Ground -in rumble strip treatments that are greater than 8.5 mm (0.33 in) +1-1.5 mm (0.06 in) depth shall not be Installed on shoulders where tetalists are allowed. Option: Research findings Indicate that the use of rumble strips on shoulders of freeways in remote areas may reduce drift - off -road collisions. DrI ft off the road is most likely to be a problem on freeways with few interchanges and long tangents. Rumble strips may be used on other roadway types as well to address drift off roadway collisions at locations where they are a concern. The arable strips may consist of grooves rolled into the hot mix as part of a resurfacing project, ground -in Indentation in Portland Concrete Cement or Asphalt Concrete in existing roadway shoulders, or the applicatit of a raised and inverted profile thermoplastic. Chapter 3B — Pavement and Gita Markings January 21, 2010 Part 3 - Markinp California MUTCD Page 3B-28 (FHWA's MtTl'CD 2003 including Ravisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Guidances: When roadways In remote areas are to be resurfaced, consideration should be given to the drift -off-road problem and the use of rumble strips considered. Option: Table 3B-101(CA) may be used by the District Traffic Engineer as a guide to determine the appropriate rumble strip treatment for various shoulder types. Cemerllne Rumble strips- support tri :Support: Ceneedine rumble strips are currently being used experimentally at 2 and 3 lane locations in California and across the nation as a tool to address drift across the centerline collisions. Option: The District Traffic Engineer may consider the use of centerf ne rumble strips with other considerations as a means of addressing drift across the centerline collisions. (This space left latentlonally bkwk) ChopUr 3B _ ftVOMW ad L jammy 21, 2010 Put 3MWWW - California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in Califtnis) Figure 3®-20 CA). Exam7l" of Elongated Letters for Word orkings (Shoot 1 of 2) Page 3B-62 P: NOTES: 1. All 10- shmid kw- Inconfamimmwith the *,Unftrd aiphab&L for highway siww,and p-mw*oair d*Wsppro"dby�'>.i - - 0fTv*rt$VWUWm. 2. stalwo-eu Chapter 3B — Pavenug and Cult MWWRIP Pot 3 - Markings DWrbmnt of TmrrpoftUoWt3 Janu" 21, 2010 California MUTCD MMA's MUTCD 2003 including Revis =l and 2, as amended for use in California) Figure 2&20Aw%ment Exam�les of Elongated Letters for ftrd AtWAIngs (Street 2 of 2) NK ON VO Mk! bi G.F • won ' MM MM X 97 �I UI»M Ow Page 3B-63 1. AN l�l�i�� �rld tluml�alt :l�as+rd3 b€ M '� a tl�a .::ia�d >r6ala iior h. silu� B. Thi dl _ _ choFw 3B _ Pavement and Cust Markinp January 21, 2010 Part 3 California MUTICD (FHWA's MUTCD M inchuling Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California) Figure 30-21 (CA). Exonpies of Arrows for Pavement Mmkings (Shoot 1 of 2) I*- fun*" ONO Eewnroae -44 14-4*40%, TYPE I ARROW "Immortew -414-6000% ME 0 04 ARROW VORTTM 00 use NM WO 4— Olt A- I, I h�—t[ 4 TV L -44 k -"O"11 TYPE I ARROW 4 HA 'A TYPE 8 (B)ANkow rMw PIN" TYPE I AMNOW I*- fun*" ONO Eewnroae -44 14-4*40%, TYPE I ARROW "Immortew -414-6000% ME 0 04 ARROW VORTTM 00 use NM A- I, I h�—t[ TV L 4 HA #4 k-fixsn" TYPE 8 (B)ANkow I*- fun*" ONO Eewnroae -44 14-4*40%, TYPE I ARROW "Immortew -414-6000% ME 0 04 ARROW VORTTM 00 use NM Page 313-65 TYPE H IL) ARROW Ova TTft 9 UGE I, I h�—t[ TV 4 *4 k-axno% TYPE 111m Page 313-65 TYPE H IL) ARROW Ova TTft 9 UGE 0"PE M = NARROW %T=A8 ChapW 3B — Pgva=M and Curb MwHav January 21, 2010 Part 3 - Matkinp I, I h�—t[ 0"PE M = NARROW %T=A8 ChapW 3B — Pgva=M and Curb MwHav January 21, 2010 Part 3 - Matkinp SURVEY DOCUs`," ENTS SURVEY MONUMENT PRESERVATION GUIDELINES CALIFORNIA LAND S UR VE YORS A SSO CM TION & CONSULTING ENGINEERS AND LAND SURVEYORS OF CALIFORNIA Joint Professional Practice Committee - Riverside/San Bernardino and Desert Chapters (In Cooperation with the Riverside & San Bernardino County Surveyors Office) PREFACE: The preceding public survey documents are provided from a search of records on file in the City of San Bernardino, Office of the City Engineer. All work is to be performed by a person or under the supervision of a person authorized to practice Land Surveying (refer to Sub -section 6-1.10 "SURVEYING SERVICE" of these Special Provisions All new and replaced survey ties shall be by transit method The following regarding public works construction in the Public Right of Way is extracted from letter from the above agencies, dated April 13, 2007: NEW & RECONSTRUCTION PROJECTS A. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION (1.) The survey crew shall diligently search for all survey monuments of record and on the surface of the road. It is suggested (that) the search (sh)ould include the use of a metal detector. When the detector indicates the possibility of a buried survey monument, then digging below the surface to uncover the monument within 2" of the road surface is recommended. (2.) The survey crew shall properly reference all found survey monuments, which may be disturbed or covered during construction, to stable surface points. (3.) The authorized surveyor shall properly complete a Corner Record or Record of Survey for the monuments noted in (I)tem (2.), above. Prior to the start of any construction work, the original or a print of the Corner Record or Record of Survey shall be submitted to the County Surveyor for review, signature and filing. B. AFTER CONSTRUCTION AND PRIOR TO RECORDING NOTICE OF COMPLETION 1. All covered and disturbed monuments shall be reset with the same or more durable type of monument as the original, in the surface of the construction. Key monuments shall be a minimum 1" inside diameter iron pipe of appropriate length. 2. A monument box or other protective structure is recommended to be placed around key monuments (section corners, quarter section corners). 3. The authorized surveyor shall properly complete a Corner Record of Record of Survey for all set monuments with a change in character, including tag number, and submit it to the County Surveyor for review, signature and filing. NOTE: Parentheses above indicate changes to original text. CONTRACT AG EM,-FljNT AGREEMENT CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO THIS AGREEMENT is made and concluded this i;O day of 3-Ar)LA00( , 20t_L, between the City of San Bernardino (owner and hereinafter J "CITY"), and Tntejr n Gtb,0fr 0t1 UG -e- P�Ui t dP� rS nG. _ (hereinafter "CONTRACTOR"). 1. For and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the CITY, and under the conditions expressed in the bond as deposited with the CITY, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR agrees with the CITY, at the CONTRACTOR's own proper cost and expense in the Special Provisions to be furnished by the CITY, to furnish all materials, tools and equipment and perform all the work necessary to complete in good workmanlike and substantial manner the TRAFFIC SIGNAL UPGRADE AT WATERMAN AVENUE AND THE I-215 ON-RAMP (TC 16-002) in strict conformity with Plans and Special Provisions No. 12123 , and also in accordance with. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition in effect on the first day of the advertised "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids" for this project, on file in the Office of the City Engineer, Public Works Department, City of San Bernardino, which said Plans and Special Provisions and Standard Specifications are hereby especially referred to and by such reference made a part hereof. 2. The CONTRACTOR agrees to receive and accept the prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule as full compensation for furnishing all materials and doing all the work contemplated and embraced in this agreement; also for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid or from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the work and for all risks of every description connected with the work; also for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of work, and for well and faithfully completing the work and the whole thereof, in the manner and according to the Plans and Special Provisions, and requirements of the Engineer under them. 3. The CONTRACTOR herein covenants by and for himself or herself, his or her heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through them, that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of, any person or group of persons on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, marital status, or ancestry in the performance of this contract, nor shall the CONTRACTOR or any person claiming under or through him or her, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection of subcontractors, vendees, or employees in the performance of this contract. Failure by the CONTRACTOR to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy, as recipient deems appropriate. AGREEMENT: TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT WATERMAN AVENUE AND THE I-215 ON-RAMP (TC 16-002) 4. CITY hereby promises and agrees with the said CONTRACTOR to employ, and does hereby employ the said CONTRACTOR to provide the materials and to do the work according to the terms and conditions herein contained and referred to, for the prices aforesaid, and hereby contracts to pay the same at the time, in the manner, and upon the conditions above set forth; and the same parties for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, do hereby agree to the full performance of the covenants herein contained. 5. It is further expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that should there be any conflict between the terms of this instrument and the bid of said CONTRACTOR, then this instrument shall control and nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance of said terms of said bid conflicting herewith. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties of these presents have executed this contract in four (4) counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original in the year and day first above mentioned. CONTRACTOR NAME OF FIRM: "161% k" ■ TITLE: SF,CiY�`�l MAILING ADDRESS: PHONE NO.: ff/—) �91R - `IBoz ATTEST: Secretary NOTE: Secretary of the Owner should attest. If Contractor is a corporation, Secretary should attest. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO BY: V"�" wiHIA ANDREA M. MILLER City Manager ATTEST: GEPkGEANN HAN A City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: D. SAENZ, City Attorney ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document, to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of Oregon County of Washington On February 20, 2018 before me, LESLIE J WATTS, personally appeared BRAD R HULQUIST, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity (ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of Oregon that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signatu (Seal) Signatu of Notary Public Print Name: LESLIE J WATTS - OFFICIAL STAMP ,. LESLIE JEAN WATTS *WAOTARY PUBLIC - OREGON My co missi n expires: :y,, :,'OMMISSIONNO.957497 is ; ';;?AsMISSION EXPIRES DECEMBER 15, 2020